Ekdohibs
/
zig
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

update embedded LLD to 8.0.0rc2

master
Andrew Kelley 2019-02-07 17:07:18 -05:00
parent 91baa574a5
commit 3e08b3a4f8
No known key found for this signature in database
GPG Key ID: 7C5F548F728501A9
710 changed files with 20066 additions and 5693 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

5
CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -113,6 +113,7 @@ else()
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/lib/ReaderWriter/MachO/WriterMachO.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/lib/ReaderWriter/YAML/ReaderWriterYAML.cpp"
)
set(EMBEDDED_LLD_ELF_SOURCES
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/AArch64ErrataFix.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/AArch64.cpp"
@ -120,19 +121,21 @@ else()
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/ARM.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/AVR.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/Hexagon.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/MSP430.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/Mips.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/MipsArchTree.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/PPC.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/PPC64.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/RISCV.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/SPARCV9.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/X86.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Arch/X86_64.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/CallGraphSort.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/DWARF.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Driver.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/DriverUtils.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/EhFrame.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/Filesystem.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/GdbIndex.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/ICF.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/InputFiles.cpp"
"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/deps/lld/ELF/InputSection.cpp"

31
deps/lld-prebuilt/COFF/Options.inc vendored
View File

@ -55,10 +55,8 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "color-diagnostics=", color_diagnostics_eq, Joined, INVALID, IN
"Use colors in diagnostics; one of 'always', 'never', 'auto'", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "color-diagnostics", color_diagnostics, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Use colors in diagnostics", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "debug:dwarf", debug_dwarf, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "debug:full", debug_full, Flag, INVALID, debug, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "debug:ghash", debug_ghash, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "debug:symtab", debug_symtab, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "debug:", debug_opt, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Embed a symbol table in the image with option", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "debugtype:", debugtype, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Debug Info Options", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "debug", debug, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -95,9 +93,12 @@ OPTION(prefix_1, "fixed:no", fixed_no, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Enable base relocations (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "fixed", fixed, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Disable base relocations", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "force:unresolved", force_unresolved, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "force", force, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
OPTION(prefix_1, "force:multiple", force_multiple, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Allow multiply defined symbols when creating executables", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "force:unresolved", force_unresolved, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Allow undefined symbols when creating executables", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "force", force, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Allow undefined and multiply defined symbols when creating executables", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "functionpadmin", functionpadmin, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "guard:", guard, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Control flow guard", nullptr, nullptr)
@ -148,30 +149,32 @@ OPTION(prefix_1, "lldsavetemps", lldsavetemps, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr,
OPTION(prefix_1, "machine:", machine, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Specify target platform", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "manifest:", manifest_colon, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Create manifest file", nullptr, nullptr)
"NO disables manifest output; EMBED[,ID=#] embeds manifest as resource in the image", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "manifestdependency:", manifestdependency, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Attributes for <dependency> in manifest file", nullptr, nullptr)
"Attributes for <dependency> element in manifest file; implies /manifest", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "manifestfile:", manifestfile, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Manifest file path", nullptr, nullptr)
"Manifest output path, with /manifest", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "manifestinput:", manifestinput, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Specify manifest file", nullptr, nullptr)
"Additional manifest inputs; only valid with /manifest:embed", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "manifestuac:", manifestuac, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"User access control", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "manifest", manifest, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "manifest", manifest, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Create .manifest file", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "maxilksize:", maxilksize, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "merge:", merge, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Combine sections", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "mllvm:", mllvm, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Options to pass to LLVM", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "msvclto", msvclto, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "natvis:", natvis, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Path to natvis file to embed in the PDB", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-color-diagnostics", no_color_diagnostics, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not use colors in diagnostics", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "nodefaultlib:", nodefaultlib, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Remove a default library", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "nodefaultlib", nodefaultlib_all, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "noentry", noentry, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "nodefaultlib", nodefaultlib_all, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Remove all default libraries", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "noentry", noentry, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Don't add reference to DllMainCRTStartup; only valid with /dll", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "nologo", nologo, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "nxcompat:no", nxcompat_no, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Disable data execution provention", nullptr, nullptr)

20
deps/lld-prebuilt/ELF/Options.inc vendored
View File

@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ OPTION(prefix_1, "b", anonymous_16, Separate, INVALID, format, nullptr, 0, 0,
OPTION(prefix_2, "call-graph-ordering-file=", call_graph_ordering_file_eq, Joined, INVALID, call_graph_ordering_file, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Layout sections to optimize the given callgraph", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "call-graph-ordering-file", call_graph_ordering_file, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "call-graph-profile-sort", call_graph_profile_sort, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Reorder sections with call graph profile (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "call_shared", anonymous_1, Flag, INVALID, Bdynamic, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Alias for --Bdynamic", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "check-sections", check_sections, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -133,7 +135,7 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "exclude-libs=", exclude_libs_eq, Joined, INVALID, exclude_libs
"Exclude static libraries from automatic export", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "exclude-libs", exclude_libs, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "execute-only", execute_only, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not mark executable sections readable", nullptr, nullptr)
"Mark executable sections unreadable", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "export-dynamic-symbol=", export_dynamic_symbol_eq, Joined, INVALID, export_dynamic_symbol, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Put a symbol in the dynamic symbol table", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "export-dynamic-symbol", export_dynamic_symbol, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
@ -245,6 +247,8 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "no-apply-dynamic-relocs", no_apply_dynamic_relocs, Flag, INVAL
"Do not apply link-time values for dynamic relocations (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-as-needed", no_as_needed, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Always set DT_NEEDED for shared libraries (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-call-graph-profile-sort", no_call_graph_profile_sort, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not reorder sections with call graph profile", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-check-sections", no_check_sections, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not check section addresses for overlaps", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-color-diagnostics", no_color_diagnostics, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -291,6 +295,8 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "no-rosegment", no_rosegment, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr,
"Do not put read-only non-executable sections in their own segment", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-threads", no_threads, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not run the linker multi-threaded", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-toc-optimize", no_toc_optimize, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"(PowerPC64) Disable TOC related optimizations", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-undefined-version", no_undefined_version, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Report version scripts that refer undefined symbols", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-undefined", no_undefined, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -301,6 +307,8 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "no-warn-backrefs", no_warn_backrefs, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, n
"Do not warn about backward symbol references to fetch archive members (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-warn-common", no_warn_common, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not warn about duplicate common symbols (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-warn-ifunc-textrel", no_warn_ifunc_textrel, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not warn about using ifunc symbols with text relocations (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-warn-mismatch", anonymous_57, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "no-warn-symbol-ordering", no_warn_symbol_ordering, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not warn about problems with the symbol ordering file", nullptr, nullptr)
@ -338,6 +346,8 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "pack-dyn-relocs=", pack_dyn_relocs_eq, Joined, INVALID, pack_d
OPTION(prefix_2, "pack-dyn-relocs", pack_dyn_relocs, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, "[none,android,relr,android+relr]", nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "pic-executable", anonymous_23, Flag, INVALID, pie, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Alias for --pie", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "pic-veneer", pic_veneer, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Always generate position independent thunks (veneers)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "pie", pie, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Create a position independent executable", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin-opt=-fresolution=", plugin_opt_fresolution_eq, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
@ -349,6 +359,7 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin-opt=disable-verify", anonymous_41, Flag, INVALID, disab
"Alias for -disable-verify", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin-opt=dwo_dir=", plugin_opt_dwo_dir_eq, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Directory to store .dwo files when LTO and debug fission are used", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin-opt=emit-llvm", plugin_opt_emit_llvm, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin-opt=jobs=", anonymous_42, Joined, INVALID, thinlto_jobs, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Alias for -thinlto-jobs", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin-opt=lto-partitions=", anonymous_43, Joined, INVALID, lto_partitions, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -424,6 +435,9 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "sort-common", anonymous_60, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0
OPTION(prefix_2, "sort-section=", sort_section_eq, Joined, INVALID, sort_section, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Specifies sections sorting rule when linkerscript is used", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "sort-section", sort_section, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "split-stack-adjust-size=", split_stack_adjust_size_eq, Joined, INVALID, split_stack_adjust_size, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Specify adjustment to stack size when a split-stack function calls a non-split-stack function", "<value>", nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "split-stack-adjust-size", split_stack_adjust_size, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, "<value>", nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "start-group", start_group, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Ignored for compatibility with GNU unless you pass --warn-backrefs", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "start-lib", start_lib, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -467,6 +481,8 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "thinlto-jobs=", thinlto_jobs, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullpt
"Number of ThinLTO jobs", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "threads", threads, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Run the linker multi-threaded (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "toc-optimize", toc_optimize, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"(PowerPC64) Enable TOC related optimizations (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "trace-symbol=", trace_symbol_eq, Joined, INVALID, trace_symbol, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Trace references to symbols", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "trace-symbol", trace_symbol, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
@ -511,6 +527,8 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "warn-backrefs", warn_backrefs, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr
OPTION(prefix_2, "warn-common", warn_common, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Warn about duplicate common symbols", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "warn-execstack", anonymous_62, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "warn-ifunc-textrel", warn_ifunc_textrel, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Warn about using ifunc symbols with text relocations", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "warn-once", anonymous_63, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "warn-shared-textrel", anonymous_64, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "warn-symbol-ordering", warn_symbol_ordering, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,

7
deps/lld-prebuilt/MinGW/Options.inc vendored
View File

@ -90,6 +90,13 @@ OPTION(prefix_1, "o", o, JoinedOrSeparate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
OPTION(prefix_2, "pdb", pdb, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Specify output PDB debug information file", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "pic-executable", pic_executable, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin-opt=", anonymous_3, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin-opt", anonymous_2, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin=", anonymous_1, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "plugin", anonymous_0, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "require-defined=", require_defined_eq, Joined, INVALID, require_defined, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "require-defined", require_defined, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Force symbol to be added to symbol table as an undefined one", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "shared", shared, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Build a shared object", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "stack", stack, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)

6
deps/lld-prebuilt/lld/Common/Version.inc vendored
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#define LLD_VERSION 7.0.0
#define LLD_VERSION_STRING "7.0.0"
#define LLD_VERSION_MAJOR 7
#define LLD_VERSION 8.0.0
#define LLD_VERSION_STRING "8.0.0"
#define LLD_VERSION_MAJOR 8
#define LLD_VERSION_MINOR 0
#define LLD_REVISION_STRING ""
#define LLD_REPOSITORY_STRING ""

41
deps/lld-prebuilt/wasm/Options.inc vendored
View File

@ -36,23 +36,28 @@ OPTION(prefix_1, "color-diagnostics=", color_diagnostics_eq, Joined, INVALID, IN
"Use colors in diagnostics; one of 'always', 'never', 'auto'", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "color-diagnostics", color_diagnostics, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Use colors in diagnostics", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "compress-relocations", compress_relocations, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Compress the relocation targets in the code section.", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "demangle", demangle, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Demangle symbol names", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "disable-verify", disable_verify, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "entry=", alias_entry_entry, Joined, INVALID, entry, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "entry=", anonymous_1, Joined, INVALID, entry, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "entry", entry, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Name of entry point symbol", "<entry>", nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "error-limit=", error_limit, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Maximum number of errors to emit before stopping (0 = no limit)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "export-all", export_all, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Export all symbols (normally combined with --no-gc-sections)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "export-dynamic", export_dynamic, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Put symbols in the dynamic symbol table", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "export-table", export_table, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Export function table to the environment", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "export=", export_eq, Joined, INVALID, export, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Force a symbol to be exported", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "export", export, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Force a symbol to be exported", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "e", alias_entry_e, JoinedOrSeparate, INVALID, entry, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "export", export, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "E", anonymous_2, Flag, INVALID, export_dynamic, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Alias for --export-dynamic", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "e", anonymous_0, JoinedOrSeparate, INVALID, entry, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "fatal-warnings", fatal_warnings, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Treat warnings as errors", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "gc-sections", gc_sections, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -67,7 +72,7 @@ OPTION(prefix_1, "import-table", import_table, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr,
"Import function table from the environment", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "initial-memory=", initial_memory, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Initial size of the linear memory", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "i", alias_initial_memory_i, Flag, INVALID, initial_memory, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "i", anonymous_3, Flag, INVALID, initial_memory, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "lto-O", lto_O, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Optimization level for LTO", "<opt-level>", nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "lto-partitions=", lto_partitions, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -82,18 +87,22 @@ OPTION(prefix_1, "merge-data-segments", merge_data_segments, Flag, INVALID, INVA
"Enable merging data segments", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "mllvm", mllvm, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Options to pass to LLVM", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "m", alias_max_memory_m, Flag, INVALID, max_memory, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "m", anonymous_4, Flag, INVALID, max_memory, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-color-diagnostics", no_color_diagnostics, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not use colors in diagnostics", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-demangle", no_demangle, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not demangle symbol names", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-entry", no_entry, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not output any entry point", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-export-dynamic", no_export_dynamic, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not put symbols in the dynamic symbol table (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-fatal-warnings", no_fatal_warnings, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-gc-sections", no_gc_sections, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Disable garbage collection of unused sections", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-merge-data-segments", no_merge_data_segments, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Disable merging data segments", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-pie", no_pie, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not create a position independent executable (default)", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-print-gc-sections", no_print_gc_sections, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Do not list removed unused sections", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "no-threads", no_threads, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
@ -104,33 +113,41 @@ OPTION(prefix_2, "O", O, JoinedOrSeparate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Optimize output file size", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "o", o, JoinedOrSeparate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Path to file to write output", "<path>", nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "pie", pie, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Create a position independent executable", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "print-gc-sections", print_gc_sections, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"List removed unused sections", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "relocatable", relocatable, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Create relocatable object file", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "r", alias_relocatable_r, Flag, INVALID, relocatable, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "r", anonymous_5, Flag, INVALID, relocatable, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "save-temps", save_temps, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "shared-memory", shared_memory, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Use shared linear memory", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "shared", shared, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Build a shared object", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "stack-first", stack_first, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Place stack at start of linear memory rather than after data", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "strip-all", strip_all, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Strip all symbols", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "strip-debug", strip_debug, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Strip debugging information", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "S", anonymous_7, Flag, INVALID, strip_debug, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Alias for --strip-debug", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "s", anonymous_6, Flag, INVALID, strip_all, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Alias for --strip-all", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "thinlto-cache-dir=", thinlto_cache_dir, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Path to ThinLTO cached object file directory", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "thinlto-cache-policy=", thinlto_cache_policy_eq, Joined, INVALID, thinlto_cache_policy, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Pruning policy for the ThinLTO cache", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "thinlto-cache-policy", thinlto_cache_policy, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Pruning policy for the ThinLTO cache", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "thinlto-cache-policy", thinlto_cache_policy, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "thinlto-jobs=", thinlto_jobs, Joined, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Number of ThinLTO jobs", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "threads", threads, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Run the linker multi-threaded", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "undefined=", undefined_eq, Joined, INVALID, undefined, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Force undefined symbol during linking", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "undefined", undefined, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Force undefined symbol during linking", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "u", alias_undefined_u, JoinedOrSeparate, INVALID, undefined, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "undefined", undefined, Separate, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_2, "u", anonymous_8, JoinedOrSeparate, INVALID, undefined, nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "verbose", verbose, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,
"Verbose mode", nullptr, nullptr)
OPTION(prefix_1, "version", version, Flag, INVALID, INVALID, nullptr, 0, 0,

347
deps/lld/COFF/Chunks.cpp vendored
View File

@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
#include "InputFiles.h"
#include "Symbols.h"
#include "Writer.h"
#include "SymbolTable.h"
#include "lld/Common/ErrorHandler.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
#include "llvm/BinaryFormat/COFF.h"
@ -44,6 +45,22 @@ SectionChunk::SectionChunk(ObjFile *F, const coff_section *H)
Live = !Config->DoGC || !isCOMDAT();
}
// Initialize the RelocTargets vector, to allow redirecting certain relocations
// to a thunk instead of the actual symbol the relocation's symbol table index
// indicates.
void SectionChunk::readRelocTargets() {
assert(RelocTargets.empty());
RelocTargets.reserve(Relocs.size());
for (const coff_relocation &Rel : Relocs)
RelocTargets.push_back(File->getSymbol(Rel.SymbolTableIndex));
}
// Reset RelocTargets to their original targets before thunks were added.
void SectionChunk::resetRelocTargets() {
for (size_t I = 0, E = Relocs.size(); I < E; ++I)
RelocTargets[I] = File->getSymbol(Relocs[I].SymbolTableIndex);
}
static void add16(uint8_t *P, int16_t V) { write16le(P, read16le(P) + V); }
static void add32(uint8_t *P, int32_t V) { write32le(P, read32le(P) + V); }
static void add64(uint8_t *P, int64_t V) { write64le(P, read64le(P) + V); }
@ -58,7 +75,8 @@ static bool checkSecRel(const SectionChunk *Sec, OutputSection *OS) {
return true;
if (Sec->isCodeView())
return false;
fatal("SECREL relocation cannot be applied to absolute symbols");
error("SECREL relocation cannot be applied to absolute symbols");
return false;
}
static void applySecRel(const SectionChunk *Sec, uint8_t *Off,
@ -98,7 +116,7 @@ void SectionChunk::applyRelX64(uint8_t *Off, uint16_t Type, OutputSection *OS,
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_SECTION: applySecIdx(Off, OS); break;
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_SECREL: applySecRel(this, Off, OS, S); break;
default:
fatal("unsupported relocation type 0x" + Twine::utohexstr(Type) + " in " +
error("unsupported relocation type 0x" + Twine::utohexstr(Type) + " in " +
toString(File));
}
}
@ -113,7 +131,7 @@ void SectionChunk::applyRelX86(uint8_t *Off, uint16_t Type, OutputSection *OS,
case IMAGE_REL_I386_SECTION: applySecIdx(Off, OS); break;
case IMAGE_REL_I386_SECREL: applySecRel(this, Off, OS, S); break;
default:
fatal("unsupported relocation type 0x" + Twine::utohexstr(Type) + " in " +
error("unsupported relocation type 0x" + Twine::utohexstr(Type) + " in " +
toString(File));
}
}
@ -123,16 +141,22 @@ static void applyMOV(uint8_t *Off, uint16_t V) {
write16le(Off + 2, (read16le(Off + 2) & 0x8f00) | ((V & 0x700) << 4) | (V & 0xff));
}
static uint16_t readMOV(uint8_t *Off) {
static uint16_t readMOV(uint8_t *Off, bool MOVT) {
uint16_t Op1 = read16le(Off);
if ((Op1 & 0xfbf0) != (MOVT ? 0xf2c0 : 0xf240))
error("unexpected instruction in " + Twine(MOVT ? "MOVT" : "MOVW") +
" instruction in MOV32T relocation");
uint16_t Op2 = read16le(Off + 2);
if ((Op2 & 0x8000) != 0)
error("unexpected instruction in " + Twine(MOVT ? "MOVT" : "MOVW") +
" instruction in MOV32T relocation");
return (Op2 & 0x00ff) | ((Op2 >> 4) & 0x0700) | ((Op1 << 1) & 0x0800) |
((Op1 & 0x000f) << 12);
}
void applyMOV32T(uint8_t *Off, uint32_t V) {
uint16_t ImmW = readMOV(Off); // read MOVW operand
uint16_t ImmT = readMOV(Off + 4); // read MOVT operand
uint16_t ImmW = readMOV(Off, false); // read MOVW operand
uint16_t ImmT = readMOV(Off + 4, true); // read MOVT operand
uint32_t Imm = ImmW | (ImmT << 16);
V += Imm; // add the immediate offset
applyMOV(Off, V); // set MOVW operand
@ -141,7 +165,7 @@ void applyMOV32T(uint8_t *Off, uint32_t V) {
static void applyBranch20T(uint8_t *Off, int32_t V) {
if (!isInt<21>(V))
fatal("relocation out of range");
error("relocation out of range");
uint32_t S = V < 0 ? 1 : 0;
uint32_t J1 = (V >> 19) & 1;
uint32_t J2 = (V >> 18) & 1;
@ -151,7 +175,7 @@ static void applyBranch20T(uint8_t *Off, int32_t V) {
void applyBranch24T(uint8_t *Off, int32_t V) {
if (!isInt<25>(V))
fatal("relocation out of range");
error("relocation out of range");
uint32_t S = V < 0 ? 1 : 0;
uint32_t J1 = ((~V >> 23) & 1) ^ S;
uint32_t J2 = ((~V >> 22) & 1) ^ S;
@ -176,7 +200,7 @@ void SectionChunk::applyRelARM(uint8_t *Off, uint16_t Type, OutputSection *OS,
case IMAGE_REL_ARM_SECTION: applySecIdx(Off, OS); break;
case IMAGE_REL_ARM_SECREL: applySecRel(this, Off, OS, S); break;
default:
fatal("unsupported relocation type 0x" + Twine::utohexstr(Type) + " in " +
error("unsupported relocation type 0x" + Twine::utohexstr(Type) + " in " +
toString(File));
}
}
@ -184,7 +208,7 @@ void SectionChunk::applyRelARM(uint8_t *Off, uint16_t Type, OutputSection *OS,
// Interpret the existing immediate value as a byte offset to the
// target symbol, then update the instruction with the immediate as
// the page offset from the current instruction to the target.
static void applyArm64Addr(uint8_t *Off, uint64_t S, uint64_t P, int Shift) {
void applyArm64Addr(uint8_t *Off, uint64_t S, uint64_t P, int Shift) {
uint32_t Orig = read32le(Off);
uint64_t Imm = ((Orig >> 29) & 0x3) | ((Orig >> 3) & 0x1FFFFC);
S += Imm;
@ -198,7 +222,7 @@ static void applyArm64Addr(uint8_t *Off, uint64_t S, uint64_t P, int Shift) {
// Update the immediate field in a AARCH64 ldr, str, and add instruction.
// Optionally limit the range of the written immediate by one or more bits
// (RangeLimit).
static void applyArm64Imm(uint8_t *Off, uint64_t Imm, uint32_t RangeLimit) {
void applyArm64Imm(uint8_t *Off, uint64_t Imm, uint32_t RangeLimit) {
uint32_t Orig = read32le(Off);
Imm += (Orig >> 10) & 0xFFF;
Orig &= ~(0xFFF << 10);
@ -221,7 +245,7 @@ static void applyArm64Ldr(uint8_t *Off, uint64_t Imm) {
if ((Orig & 0x4800000) == 0x4800000)
Size += 4;
if ((Imm & ((1 << Size) - 1)) != 0)
fatal("misaligned ldr/str offset");
error("misaligned ldr/str offset");
applyArm64Imm(Off, Imm >> Size, Size);
}
@ -250,21 +274,21 @@ static void applySecRelLdr(const SectionChunk *Sec, uint8_t *Off,
applyArm64Ldr(Off, (S - OS->getRVA()) & 0xfff);
}
static void applyArm64Branch26(uint8_t *Off, int64_t V) {
void applyArm64Branch26(uint8_t *Off, int64_t V) {
if (!isInt<28>(V))
fatal("relocation out of range");
error("relocation out of range");
or32(Off, (V & 0x0FFFFFFC) >> 2);
}
static void applyArm64Branch19(uint8_t *Off, int64_t V) {
if (!isInt<21>(V))
fatal("relocation out of range");
error("relocation out of range");
or32(Off, (V & 0x001FFFFC) << 3);
}
static void applyArm64Branch14(uint8_t *Off, int64_t V) {
if (!isInt<16>(V))
fatal("relocation out of range");
error("relocation out of range");
or32(Off, (V & 0x0000FFFC) << 3);
}
@ -287,11 +311,37 @@ void SectionChunk::applyRelARM64(uint8_t *Off, uint16_t Type, OutputSection *OS,
case IMAGE_REL_ARM64_SECREL_LOW12L: applySecRelLdr(this, Off, OS, S); break;
case IMAGE_REL_ARM64_SECTION: applySecIdx(Off, OS); break;
default:
fatal("unsupported relocation type 0x" + Twine::utohexstr(Type) + " in " +
error("unsupported relocation type 0x" + Twine::utohexstr(Type) + " in " +
toString(File));
}
}
static void maybeReportRelocationToDiscarded(const SectionChunk *FromChunk,
Defined *Sym,
const coff_relocation &Rel) {
// Don't report these errors when the relocation comes from a debug info
// section or in mingw mode. MinGW mode object files (built by GCC) can
// have leftover sections with relocations against discarded comdat
// sections. Such sections are left as is, with relocations untouched.
if (FromChunk->isCodeView() || FromChunk->isDWARF() || Config->MinGW)
return;
// Get the name of the symbol. If it's null, it was discarded early, so we
// have to go back to the object file.
ObjFile *File = FromChunk->File;
StringRef Name;
if (Sym) {
Name = Sym->getName();
} else {
COFFSymbolRef COFFSym =
check(File->getCOFFObj()->getSymbol(Rel.SymbolTableIndex));
File->getCOFFObj()->getSymbolName(COFFSym, Name);
}
error("relocation against symbol in discarded section: " + Name +
getSymbolLocations(File, Rel.SymbolTableIndex));
}
void SectionChunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
if (!hasData())
return;
@ -302,46 +352,40 @@ void SectionChunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
// Apply relocations.
size_t InputSize = getSize();
for (const coff_relocation &Rel : Relocs) {
for (size_t I = 0, E = Relocs.size(); I < E; I++) {
const coff_relocation &Rel = Relocs[I];
// Check for an invalid relocation offset. This check isn't perfect, because
// we don't have the relocation size, which is only known after checking the
// machine and relocation type. As a result, a relocation may overwrite the
// beginning of the following input section.
if (Rel.VirtualAddress >= InputSize)
fatal("relocation points beyond the end of its parent section");
if (Rel.VirtualAddress >= InputSize) {
error("relocation points beyond the end of its parent section");
continue;
}
uint8_t *Off = Buf + OutputSectionOff + Rel.VirtualAddress;
// Use the potentially remapped Symbol instead of the one that the
// relocation points to.
auto *Sym = dyn_cast_or_null<Defined>(RelocTargets[I]);
// Get the output section of the symbol for this relocation. The output
// section is needed to compute SECREL and SECTION relocations used in debug
// info.
auto *Sym =
dyn_cast_or_null<Defined>(File->getSymbol(Rel.SymbolTableIndex));
if (!Sym) {
if (isCodeView() || isDWARF())
continue;
// Symbols in early discarded sections are represented using null pointers,
// so we need to retrieve the name from the object file.
COFFSymbolRef Sym =
check(File->getCOFFObj()->getSymbol(Rel.SymbolTableIndex));
StringRef Name;
File->getCOFFObj()->getSymbolName(Sym, Name);
fatal("relocation against symbol in discarded section: " + Name);
}
Chunk *C = Sym->getChunk();
Chunk *C = Sym ? Sym->getChunk() : nullptr;
OutputSection *OS = C ? C->getOutputSection() : nullptr;
// Only absolute and __ImageBase symbols lack an output section. For any
// other symbol, this indicates that the chunk was discarded. Normally
// relocations against discarded sections are an error. However, debug info
// sections are not GC roots and can end up with these kinds of relocations.
// Skip these relocations.
if (!OS && !isa<DefinedAbsolute>(Sym) && !isa<DefinedSynthetic>(Sym)) {
if (isCodeView() || isDWARF())
continue;
fatal("relocation against symbol in discarded section: " +
Sym->getName());
// Skip the relocation if it refers to a discarded section, and diagnose it
// as an error if appropriate. If a symbol was discarded early, it may be
// null. If it was discarded late, the output section will be null, unless
// it was an absolute or synthetic symbol.
if (!Sym ||
(!OS && !isa<DefinedAbsolute>(Sym) && !isa<DefinedSynthetic>(Sym))) {
maybeReportRelocationToDiscarded(this, Sym, Rel);
continue;
}
uint64_t S = Sym->getRVA();
// Compute the RVA of the relocation for relative relocations.
@ -399,17 +443,125 @@ static uint8_t getBaserelType(const coff_relocation &Rel) {
// fixed by the loader if load-time relocation is needed.
// Only called when base relocation is enabled.
void SectionChunk::getBaserels(std::vector<Baserel> *Res) {
for (const coff_relocation &Rel : Relocs) {
for (size_t I = 0, E = Relocs.size(); I < E; I++) {
const coff_relocation &Rel = Relocs[I];
uint8_t Ty = getBaserelType(Rel);
if (Ty == IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE)
continue;
Symbol *Target = File->getSymbol(Rel.SymbolTableIndex);
// Use the potentially remapped Symbol instead of the one that the
// relocation points to.
Symbol *Target = RelocTargets[I];
if (!Target || isa<DefinedAbsolute>(Target))
continue;
Res->emplace_back(RVA + Rel.VirtualAddress, Ty);
}
}
// MinGW specific.
// Check whether a static relocation of type Type can be deferred and
// handled at runtime as a pseudo relocation (for references to a module
// local variable, which turned out to actually need to be imported from
// another DLL) This returns the size the relocation is supposed to update,
// in bits, or 0 if the relocation cannot be handled as a runtime pseudo
// relocation.
static int getRuntimePseudoRelocSize(uint16_t Type) {
// Relocations that either contain an absolute address, or a plain
// relative offset, since the runtime pseudo reloc implementation
// adds 8/16/32/64 bit values to a memory address.
//
// Given a pseudo relocation entry,
//
// typedef struct {
// DWORD sym;
// DWORD target;
// DWORD flags;
// } runtime_pseudo_reloc_item_v2;
//
// the runtime relocation performs this adjustment:
// *(base + .target) += *(base + .sym) - (base + .sym)
//
// This works for both absolute addresses (IMAGE_REL_*_ADDR32/64,
// IMAGE_REL_I386_DIR32, where the memory location initially contains
// the address of the IAT slot, and for relative addresses (IMAGE_REL*_REL32),
// where the memory location originally contains the relative offset to the
// IAT slot.
//
// This requires the target address to be writable, either directly out of
// the image, or temporarily changed at runtime with VirtualProtect.
// Since this only operates on direct address values, it doesn't work for
// ARM/ARM64 relocations, other than the plain ADDR32/ADDR64 relocations.
switch (Config->Machine) {
case AMD64:
switch (Type) {
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR64:
return 64;
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR32:
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_REL32:
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_REL32_1:
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_REL32_2:
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_REL32_3:
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_REL32_4:
case IMAGE_REL_AMD64_REL32_5:
return 32;
default:
return 0;
}
case I386:
switch (Type) {
case IMAGE_REL_I386_DIR32:
case IMAGE_REL_I386_REL32:
return 32;
default:
return 0;
}
case ARMNT:
switch (Type) {
case IMAGE_REL_ARM_ADDR32:
return 32;
default:
return 0;
}
case ARM64:
switch (Type) {
case IMAGE_REL_ARM64_ADDR64:
return 64;
case IMAGE_REL_ARM64_ADDR32:
return 32;
default:
return 0;
}
default:
llvm_unreachable("unknown machine type");
}
}
// MinGW specific.
// Append information to the provided vector about all relocations that
// need to be handled at runtime as runtime pseudo relocations (references
// to a module local variable, which turned out to actually need to be
// imported from another DLL).
void SectionChunk::getRuntimePseudoRelocs(
std::vector<RuntimePseudoReloc> &Res) {
for (const coff_relocation &Rel : Relocs) {
auto *Target =
dyn_cast_or_null<Defined>(File->getSymbol(Rel.SymbolTableIndex));
if (!Target || !Target->IsRuntimePseudoReloc)
continue;
int SizeInBits = getRuntimePseudoRelocSize(Rel.Type);
if (SizeInBits == 0) {
error("unable to automatically import from " + Target->getName() +
" with relocation type " +
File->getCOFFObj()->getRelocationTypeName(Rel.Type) + " in " +
toString(File));
continue;
}
// SizeInBits is used to initialize the Flags field; currently no
// other flags are defined.
Res.emplace_back(
RuntimePseudoReloc(Target, this, Rel.VirtualAddress, SizeInBits));
}
}
bool SectionChunk::hasData() const {
return !(Header->Characteristics & IMAGE_SCN_CNT_UNINITIALIZED_DATA);
}
@ -447,6 +599,13 @@ void SectionChunk::replace(SectionChunk *Other) {
Other->Live = false;
}
uint32_t SectionChunk::getSectionNumber() const {
DataRefImpl R;
R.p = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Header);
SectionRef S(R, File->getCOFFObj());
return S.getIndex() + 1;
}
CommonChunk::CommonChunk(const COFFSymbolRef S) : Sym(S) {
// Common symbols are aligned on natural boundaries up to 32 bytes.
// This is what MSVC link.exe does.
@ -460,6 +619,7 @@ uint32_t CommonChunk::getOutputCharacteristics() const {
void StringChunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
memcpy(Buf + OutputSectionOff, Str.data(), Str.size());
Buf[OutputSectionOff + Str.size()] = '\0';
}
ImportThunkChunkX64::ImportThunkChunkX64(Defined *S) : ImpSymbol(S) {
@ -502,13 +662,50 @@ void ImportThunkChunkARM64::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
applyArm64Ldr(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 4, Off);
}
// A Thumb2, PIC, non-interworking range extension thunk.
const uint8_t ArmThunk[] = {
0x40, 0xf2, 0x00, 0x0c, // P: movw ip,:lower16:S - (P + (L1-P) + 4)
0xc0, 0xf2, 0x00, 0x0c, // movt ip,:upper16:S - (P + (L1-P) + 4)
0xe7, 0x44, // L1: add pc, ip
};
size_t RangeExtensionThunkARM::getSize() const {
assert(Config->Machine == ARMNT);
return sizeof(ArmThunk);
}
void RangeExtensionThunkARM::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
assert(Config->Machine == ARMNT);
uint64_t Offset = Target->getRVA() - RVA - 12;
memcpy(Buf + OutputSectionOff, ArmThunk, sizeof(ArmThunk));
applyMOV32T(Buf + OutputSectionOff, uint32_t(Offset));
}
// A position independent ARM64 adrp+add thunk, with a maximum range of
// +/- 4 GB, which is enough for any PE-COFF.
const uint8_t Arm64Thunk[] = {
0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x90, // adrp x16, Dest
0x10, 0x02, 0x00, 0x91, // add x16, x16, :lo12:Dest
0x00, 0x02, 0x1f, 0xd6, // br x16
};
size_t RangeExtensionThunkARM64::getSize() const {
assert(Config->Machine == ARM64);
return sizeof(Arm64Thunk);
}
void RangeExtensionThunkARM64::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
assert(Config->Machine == ARM64);
memcpy(Buf + OutputSectionOff, Arm64Thunk, sizeof(Arm64Thunk));
applyArm64Addr(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 0, Target->getRVA(), RVA, 12);
applyArm64Imm(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 4, Target->getRVA() & 0xfff, 0);
}
void LocalImportChunk::getBaserels(std::vector<Baserel> *Res) {
Res->emplace_back(getRVA());
}
size_t LocalImportChunk::getSize() const {
return Config->is64() ? 8 : 4;
}
size_t LocalImportChunk::getSize() const { return Config->Wordsize; }
void LocalImportChunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
if (Config->is64()) {
@ -528,6 +725,34 @@ void RVATableChunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
"RVA tables should be de-duplicated");
}
// MinGW specific, for the "automatic import of variables from DLLs" feature.
size_t PseudoRelocTableChunk::getSize() const {
if (Relocs.empty())
return 0;
return 12 + 12 * Relocs.size();
}
// MinGW specific.
void PseudoRelocTableChunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
if (Relocs.empty())
return;
ulittle32_t *Table = reinterpret_cast<ulittle32_t *>(Buf + OutputSectionOff);
// This is the list header, to signal the runtime pseudo relocation v2
// format.
Table[0] = 0;
Table[1] = 0;
Table[2] = 1;
size_t Idx = 3;
for (const RuntimePseudoReloc &RPR : Relocs) {
Table[Idx + 0] = RPR.Sym->getRVA();
Table[Idx + 1] = RPR.Target->getRVA() + RPR.TargetOffset;
Table[Idx + 2] = RPR.Flags;
Idx += 3;
}
}
// Windows-specific. This class represents a block in .reloc section.
// The format is described here.
//
@ -613,13 +838,16 @@ void MergeChunk::addSection(SectionChunk *C) {
}
void MergeChunk::finalizeContents() {
for (SectionChunk *C : Sections)
if (C->isLive())
Builder.add(toStringRef(C->getContents()));
Builder.finalize();
if (!Finalized) {
for (SectionChunk *C : Sections)
if (C->Live)
Builder.add(toStringRef(C->getContents()));
Builder.finalize();
Finalized = true;
}
for (SectionChunk *C : Sections) {
if (!C->isLive())
if (!C->Live)
continue;
size_t Off = Builder.getOffset(toStringRef(C->getContents()));
C->setOutputSection(Out);
@ -640,5 +868,16 @@ void MergeChunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
Builder.write(Buf + OutputSectionOff);
}
// MinGW specific.
size_t AbsolutePointerChunk::getSize() const { return Config->Wordsize; }
void AbsolutePointerChunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {
if (Config->is64()) {
write64le(Buf + OutputSectionOff, Value);
} else {
write32le(Buf + OutputSectionOff, Value);
}
}
} // namespace coff
} // namespace lld

130
deps/lld/COFF/Chunks.h vendored
View File

@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ class DefinedImportData;
class DefinedRegular;
class ObjFile;
class OutputSection;
class RuntimePseudoReloc;
class Symbol;
// Mask for permissions (discardable, writable, readable, executable, etc).
@ -63,6 +64,13 @@ public:
// before calling this function.
virtual void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const {}
// Called by the writer once before assigning addresses and writing
// the output.
virtual void readRelocTargets() {}
// Called if restarting thunk addition.
virtual void resetRelocTargets() {}
// Called by the writer after an RVA is assigned, but before calling
// getSize().
virtual void finalizeContents() {}
@ -114,6 +122,10 @@ protected:
public:
// The offset from beginning of the output section. The writer sets a value.
uint64_t OutputSectionOff = 0;
// Whether this section needs to be kept distinct from other sections during
// ICF. This is set by the driver using address-significance tables.
bool KeepUnique = false;
};
// A chunk corresponding a section of an input file.
@ -140,6 +152,8 @@ public:
SectionChunk(ObjFile *File, const coff_section *Header);
static bool classof(const Chunk *C) { return C->kind() == SectionKind; }
void readRelocTargets() override;
void resetRelocTargets() override;
size_t getSize() const override { return Header->SizeOfRawData; }
ArrayRef<uint8_t> getContents() const;
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
@ -157,6 +171,8 @@ public:
void applyRelARM64(uint8_t *Off, uint16_t Type, OutputSection *OS, uint64_t S,
uint64_t P) const;
void getRuntimePseudoRelocs(std::vector<RuntimePseudoReloc> &Res);
// Called if the garbage collector decides to not include this chunk
// in a final output. It's supposed to print out a log message to stdout.
void printDiscardedMessage() const;
@ -167,16 +183,6 @@ public:
StringRef getDebugName() override;
// Returns true if the chunk was not dropped by GC.
bool isLive() { return Live; }
// Used by the garbage collector.
void markLive() {
assert(Config->DoGC && "should only mark things live from GC");
assert(!isLive() && "Cannot mark an already live section!");
Live = true;
}
// True if this is a codeview debug info chunk. These will not be laid out in
// the image. Instead they will end up in the PDB, if one is requested.
bool isCodeView() const {
@ -197,10 +203,13 @@ public:
// Allow iteration over the associated child chunks for this section.
ArrayRef<SectionChunk *> children() const { return AssocChildren; }
// The section ID this chunk belongs to in its Obj.
uint32_t getSectionNumber() const;
// A pointer pointing to a replacement for this chunk.
// Initially it points to "this" object. If this chunk is merged
// with other chunk by ICF, it points to another chunk,
// and this chunk is considrered as dead.
// and this chunk is considered as dead.
SectionChunk *Repl;
// The CRC of the contents as described in the COFF spec 4.5.5.
@ -217,13 +226,17 @@ public:
ArrayRef<coff_relocation> Relocs;
// Used by the garbage collector.
bool Live;
// When inserting a thunk, we need to adjust a relocation to point to
// the thunk instead of the actual original target Symbol.
std::vector<Symbol *> RelocTargets;
private:
StringRef SectionName;
std::vector<SectionChunk *> AssocChildren;
// Used by the garbage collector.
bool Live;
// Used for ICF (Identical COMDAT Folding)
void replace(SectionChunk *Other);
uint32_t Class[2] = {0, 0};
@ -254,6 +267,7 @@ public:
private:
llvm::StringTableBuilder Builder;
bool Finalized = false;
};
// A chunk for common symbols. Common chunks don't have actual data.
@ -297,7 +311,7 @@ static const uint8_t ImportThunkARM64[] = {
};
// Windows-specific.
// A chunk for DLL import jump table entry. In a final output, it's
// A chunk for DLL import jump table entry. In a final output, its
// contents will be a JMP instruction to some __imp_ symbol.
class ImportThunkChunkX64 : public Chunk {
public:
@ -341,11 +355,31 @@ private:
Defined *ImpSymbol;
};
class RangeExtensionThunkARM : public Chunk {
public:
explicit RangeExtensionThunkARM(Defined *T) : Target(T) {}
size_t getSize() const override;
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
Defined *Target;
};
class RangeExtensionThunkARM64 : public Chunk {
public:
explicit RangeExtensionThunkARM64(Defined *T) : Target(T) {}
size_t getSize() const override;
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
Defined *Target;
};
// Windows-specific.
// See comments for DefinedLocalImport class.
class LocalImportChunk : public Chunk {
public:
explicit LocalImportChunk(Defined *S) : Sym(S) {}
explicit LocalImportChunk(Defined *S) : Sym(S) {
Alignment = Config->Wordsize;
}
size_t getSize() const override;
void getBaserels(std::vector<Baserel> *Res) override;
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
@ -414,9 +448,73 @@ public:
uint8_t Type;
};
// This is a placeholder Chunk, to allow attaching a DefinedSynthetic to a
// specific place in a section, without any data. This is used for the MinGW
// specific symbol __RUNTIME_PSEUDO_RELOC_LIST_END__, even though the concept
// of an empty chunk isn't MinGW specific.
class EmptyChunk : public Chunk {
public:
EmptyChunk() {}
size_t getSize() const override { return 0; }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {}
};
// MinGW specific, for the "automatic import of variables from DLLs" feature.
// This provides the table of runtime pseudo relocations, for variable
// references that turned out to need to be imported from a DLL even though
// the reference didn't use the dllimport attribute. The MinGW runtime will
// process this table after loading, before handling control over to user
// code.
class PseudoRelocTableChunk : public Chunk {
public:
PseudoRelocTableChunk(std::vector<RuntimePseudoReloc> &Relocs)
: Relocs(std::move(Relocs)) {
Alignment = 4;
}
size_t getSize() const override;
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
private:
std::vector<RuntimePseudoReloc> Relocs;
};
// MinGW specific; information about one individual location in the image
// that needs to be fixed up at runtime after loading. This represents
// one individual element in the PseudoRelocTableChunk table.
class RuntimePseudoReloc {
public:
RuntimePseudoReloc(Defined *Sym, SectionChunk *Target, uint32_t TargetOffset,
int Flags)
: Sym(Sym), Target(Target), TargetOffset(TargetOffset), Flags(Flags) {}
Defined *Sym;
SectionChunk *Target;
uint32_t TargetOffset;
// The Flags field contains the size of the relocation, in bits. No other
// flags are currently defined.
int Flags;
};
// MinGW specific. A Chunk that contains one pointer-sized absolute value.
class AbsolutePointerChunk : public Chunk {
public:
AbsolutePointerChunk(uint64_t Value) : Value(Value) {
Alignment = getSize();
}
size_t getSize() const override;
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
private:
uint64_t Value;
};
void applyMOV32T(uint8_t *Off, uint32_t V);
void applyBranch24T(uint8_t *Off, int32_t V);
void applyArm64Addr(uint8_t *Off, uint64_t S, uint64_t P, int Shift);
void applyArm64Imm(uint8_t *Off, uint64_t Imm, uint32_t RangeLimit);
void applyArm64Branch26(uint8_t *Off, int64_t V);
} // namespace coff
} // namespace lld

5
deps/lld/COFF/Config.h vendored
View File

@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ struct Configuration {
bool is64() { return Machine == AMD64 || Machine == ARM64; }
llvm::COFF::MachineTypes Machine = IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN;
size_t Wordsize;
bool Verbose = false;
WindowsSubsystem Subsystem = llvm::COFF::IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN;
Symbol *Entry = nullptr;
@ -94,7 +95,8 @@ struct Configuration {
bool DoICF = true;
bool TailMerge;
bool Relocatable = true;
bool Force = false;
bool ForceMultiple = false;
bool ForceUnresolved = false;
bool Debug = false;
bool DebugDwarf = false;
bool DebugGHashes = false;
@ -195,6 +197,7 @@ struct Configuration {
bool MinGW = false;
bool WarnMissingOrderSymbol = true;
bool WarnLocallyDefinedImported = true;
bool WarnDebugInfoUnusable = true;
bool Incremental = true;
bool IntegrityCheck = false;
bool KillAt = false;

118
deps/lld/COFF/DLL.cpp vendored
View File

@ -35,8 +35,6 @@ namespace {
// Import table
static int ptrSize() { return Config->is64() ? 8 : 4; }
// A chunk for the import descriptor table.
class HintNameChunk : public Chunk {
public:
@ -49,6 +47,7 @@ public:
}
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
memset(Buf + OutputSectionOff, 0, getSize());
write16le(Buf + OutputSectionOff, Hint);
memcpy(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 2, Name.data(), Name.size());
}
@ -61,11 +60,14 @@ private:
// A chunk for the import descriptor table.
class LookupChunk : public Chunk {
public:
explicit LookupChunk(Chunk *C) : HintName(C) { Alignment = ptrSize(); }
size_t getSize() const override { return ptrSize(); }
explicit LookupChunk(Chunk *C) : HintName(C) { Alignment = Config->Wordsize; }
size_t getSize() const override { return Config->Wordsize; }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
write32le(Buf + OutputSectionOff, HintName->getRVA());
if (Config->is64())
write64le(Buf + OutputSectionOff, HintName->getRVA());
else
write32le(Buf + OutputSectionOff, HintName->getRVA());
}
Chunk *HintName;
@ -76,8 +78,10 @@ public:
// See Microsoft PE/COFF spec 7.1. Import Header for details.
class OrdinalOnlyChunk : public Chunk {
public:
explicit OrdinalOnlyChunk(uint16_t V) : Ordinal(V) { Alignment = ptrSize(); }
size_t getSize() const override { return ptrSize(); }
explicit OrdinalOnlyChunk(uint16_t V) : Ordinal(V) {
Alignment = Config->Wordsize;
}
size_t getSize() const override { return Config->Wordsize; }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
// An import-by-ordinal slot has MSB 1 to indicate that
@ -99,6 +103,8 @@ public:
size_t getSize() const override { return sizeof(ImportDirectoryTableEntry); }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
memset(Buf + OutputSectionOff, 0, getSize());
auto *E = (coff_import_directory_table_entry *)(Buf + OutputSectionOff);
E->ImportLookupTableRVA = LookupTab->getRVA();
E->NameRVA = DLLName->getRVA();
@ -118,6 +124,10 @@ public:
bool hasData() const override { return false; }
size_t getSize() const override { return Size; }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
memset(Buf + OutputSectionOff, 0, Size);
}
private:
size_t Size;
};
@ -160,6 +170,8 @@ public:
}
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
memset(Buf + OutputSectionOff, 0, getSize());
auto *E = (delay_import_directory_table_entry *)(Buf + OutputSectionOff);
E->Attributes = 1;
E->Name = DLLName->getRVA();
@ -230,6 +242,36 @@ static const uint8_t ThunkARM[] = {
0x60, 0x47, // bx ip
};
static const uint8_t ThunkARM64[] = {
0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x90, // adrp x17, #0 __imp_<FUNCNAME>
0x31, 0x02, 0x00, 0x91, // add x17, x17, #0 :lo12:__imp_<FUNCNAME>
0xfd, 0x7b, 0xb3, 0xa9, // stp x29, x30, [sp, #-208]!
0xfd, 0x03, 0x00, 0x91, // mov x29, sp
0xe0, 0x07, 0x01, 0xa9, // stp x0, x1, [sp, #16]
0xe2, 0x0f, 0x02, 0xa9, // stp x2, x3, [sp, #32]
0xe4, 0x17, 0x03, 0xa9, // stp x4, x5, [sp, #48]
0xe6, 0x1f, 0x04, 0xa9, // stp x6, x7, [sp, #64]
0xe0, 0x87, 0x02, 0xad, // stp q0, q1, [sp, #80]
0xe2, 0x8f, 0x03, 0xad, // stp q2, q3, [sp, #112]
0xe4, 0x97, 0x04, 0xad, // stp q4, q5, [sp, #144]
0xe6, 0x9f, 0x05, 0xad, // stp q6, q7, [sp, #176]
0xe1, 0x03, 0x11, 0xaa, // mov x1, x17
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x90, // adrp x0, #0 DELAY_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x91, // add x0, x0, #0 :lo12:DELAY_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x94, // bl #0 __delayLoadHelper2
0xf0, 0x03, 0x00, 0xaa, // mov x16, x0
0xe6, 0x9f, 0x45, 0xad, // ldp q6, q7, [sp, #176]
0xe4, 0x97, 0x44, 0xad, // ldp q4, q5, [sp, #144]
0xe2, 0x8f, 0x43, 0xad, // ldp q2, q3, [sp, #112]
0xe0, 0x87, 0x42, 0xad, // ldp q0, q1, [sp, #80]
0xe6, 0x1f, 0x44, 0xa9, // ldp x6, x7, [sp, #64]
0xe4, 0x17, 0x43, 0xa9, // ldp x4, x5, [sp, #48]
0xe2, 0x0f, 0x42, 0xa9, // ldp x2, x3, [sp, #32]
0xe0, 0x07, 0x41, 0xa9, // ldp x0, x1, [sp, #16]
0xfd, 0x7b, 0xcd, 0xa8, // ldp x29, x30, [sp], #208
0x00, 0x02, 0x1f, 0xd6, // br x16
};
// A chunk for the delay import thunk.
class ThunkChunkX64 : public Chunk {
public:
@ -298,11 +340,35 @@ public:
Defined *Helper = nullptr;
};
class ThunkChunkARM64 : public Chunk {
public:
ThunkChunkARM64(Defined *I, Chunk *D, Defined *H)
: Imp(I), Desc(D), Helper(H) {}
size_t getSize() const override { return sizeof(ThunkARM64); }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
memcpy(Buf + OutputSectionOff, ThunkARM64, sizeof(ThunkARM64));
applyArm64Addr(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 0, Imp->getRVA(), RVA + 0, 12);
applyArm64Imm(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 4, Imp->getRVA() & 0xfff, 0);
applyArm64Addr(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 52, Desc->getRVA(), RVA + 52, 12);
applyArm64Imm(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 56, Desc->getRVA() & 0xfff, 0);
applyArm64Branch26(Buf + OutputSectionOff + 60,
Helper->getRVA() - RVA - 60);
}
Defined *Imp = nullptr;
Chunk *Desc = nullptr;
Defined *Helper = nullptr;
};
// A chunk for the import descriptor table.
class DelayAddressChunk : public Chunk {
public:
explicit DelayAddressChunk(Chunk *C) : Thunk(C) { Alignment = ptrSize(); }
size_t getSize() const override { return ptrSize(); }
explicit DelayAddressChunk(Chunk *C) : Thunk(C) {
Alignment = Config->Wordsize;
}
size_t getSize() const override { return Config->Wordsize; }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
if (Config->is64()) {
@ -338,6 +404,8 @@ public:
}
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
memset(Buf + OutputSectionOff, 0, getSize());
auto *E = (export_directory_table_entry *)(Buf + OutputSectionOff);
E->NameRVA = DLLName->getRVA();
E->OrdinalBase = 0;
@ -362,6 +430,8 @@ public:
size_t getSize() const override { return Size * 4; }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) const override {
memset(Buf + OutputSectionOff, 0, getSize());
for (const Export &E : Config->Exports) {
uint8_t *P = Buf + OutputSectionOff + E.Ordinal * 4;
uint32_t Bit = 0;
@ -418,30 +488,6 @@ private:
} // anonymous namespace
uint64_t IdataContents::getDirSize() {
return Dirs.size() * sizeof(ImportDirectoryTableEntry);
}
uint64_t IdataContents::getIATSize() {
return Addresses.size() * ptrSize();
}
// Returns a list of .idata contents.
// See Microsoft PE/COFF spec 5.4 for details.
std::vector<Chunk *> IdataContents::getChunks() {
create();
// The loader assumes a specific order of data.
// Add each type in the correct order.
std::vector<Chunk *> V;
V.insert(V.end(), Dirs.begin(), Dirs.end());
V.insert(V.end(), Lookups.begin(), Lookups.end());
V.insert(V.end(), Addresses.begin(), Addresses.end());
V.insert(V.end(), Hints.begin(), Hints.end());
V.insert(V.end(), DLLNames.begin(), DLLNames.end());
return V;
}
void IdataContents::create() {
std::vector<std::vector<DefinedImportData *>> V = binImports(Imports);
@ -465,8 +511,8 @@ void IdataContents::create() {
Hints.push_back(C);
}
// Terminate with null values.
Lookups.push_back(make<NullChunk>(ptrSize()));
Addresses.push_back(make<NullChunk>(ptrSize()));
Lookups.push_back(make<NullChunk>(Config->Wordsize));
Addresses.push_back(make<NullChunk>(Config->Wordsize));
for (int I = 0, E = Syms.size(); I < E; ++I)
Syms[I]->setLocation(Addresses[Base + I]);
@ -555,6 +601,8 @@ Chunk *DelayLoadContents::newThunkChunk(DefinedImportData *S, Chunk *Dir) {
return make<ThunkChunkX86>(S, Dir, Helper);
case ARMNT:
return make<ThunkChunkARM>(S, Dir, Helper);
case ARM64:
return make<ThunkChunkARM64>(S, Dir, Helper);
default:
llvm_unreachable("unsupported machine type");
}

9
deps/lld/COFF/DLL.h vendored
View File

@ -19,19 +19,12 @@ namespace coff {
// Windows-specific.
// IdataContents creates all chunks for the DLL import table.
// You are supposed to call add() to add symbols and then
// call getChunks() to get a list of chunks.
// call create() to populate the chunk vectors.
class IdataContents {
public:
void add(DefinedImportData *Sym) { Imports.push_back(Sym); }
bool empty() { return Imports.empty(); }
std::vector<Chunk *> getChunks();
uint64_t getDirRVA() { return Dirs[0]->getRVA(); }
uint64_t getDirSize();
uint64_t getIATRVA() { return Addresses[0]->getRVA(); }
uint64_t getIATSize();
private:
void create();
std::vector<DefinedImportData *> Imports;

459
deps/lld/COFF/Driver.cpp vendored
View File

@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
#include "llvm/Option/ArgList.h"
#include "llvm/Option/Option.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/LEB128.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Process.h"
#include "llvm/Support/TarWriter.h"
@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ Configuration *Config;
LinkerDriver *Driver;
bool link(ArrayRef<const char *> Args, bool CanExitEarly, raw_ostream &Diag) {
errorHandler().LogName = sys::path::filename(Args[0]);
errorHandler().LogName = args::getFilenameWithoutExe(Args[0]);
errorHandler().ErrorOS = &Diag;
errorHandler().ColorDiagnostics = Diag.has_colors();
errorHandler().ErrorLimitExceededMsg =
@ -370,13 +371,30 @@ Optional<StringRef> LinkerDriver::findFile(StringRef Filename) {
return Path;
}
// MinGW specific. If an embedded directive specified to link to
// foo.lib, but it isn't found, try libfoo.a instead.
StringRef LinkerDriver::doFindLibMinGW(StringRef Filename) {
if (Filename.contains('/') || Filename.contains('\\'))
return Filename;
SmallString<128> S = Filename;
sys::path::replace_extension(S, ".a");
StringRef LibName = Saver.save("lib" + S.str());
return doFindFile(LibName);
}
// Find library file from search path.
StringRef LinkerDriver::doFindLib(StringRef Filename) {
// Add ".lib" to Filename if that has no file extension.
bool HasExt = Filename.contains('.');
if (!HasExt)
Filename = Saver.save(Filename + ".lib");
return doFindFile(Filename);
StringRef Ret = doFindFile(Filename);
// For MinGW, if the find above didn't turn up anything, try
// looking for a MinGW formatted library name.
if (Config->MinGW && Ret == Filename)
return doFindLibMinGW(Filename);
return Ret;
}
// Resolves a library path. /nodefaultlib options are taken into
@ -429,29 +447,48 @@ StringRef LinkerDriver::findDefaultEntry() {
assert(Config->Subsystem != IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN &&
"must handle /subsystem before calling this");
// As a special case, if /nodefaultlib is given, we directly look for an
// entry point. This is because, if no default library is linked, users
// need to define an entry point instead of a "main".
bool FindMain = !Config->NoDefaultLibAll;
if (Config->MinGW)
return mangle(Config->Subsystem == IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI
? "WinMainCRTStartup"
: "mainCRTStartup");
if (Config->Subsystem == IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI) {
if (findUnderscoreMangle(FindMain ? "WinMain" : "WinMainCRTStartup"))
return mangle("WinMainCRTStartup");
if (findUnderscoreMangle(FindMain ? "wWinMain" : "wWinMainCRTStartup"))
return mangle("wWinMainCRTStartup");
if (findUnderscoreMangle("wWinMain")) {
if (!findUnderscoreMangle("WinMain"))
return mangle("wWinMainCRTStartup");
warn("found both wWinMain and WinMain; using latter");
}
return mangle("WinMainCRTStartup");
}
if (findUnderscoreMangle(FindMain ? "main" : "mainCRTStartup"))
return mangle("mainCRTStartup");
if (findUnderscoreMangle(FindMain ? "wmain" : "wmainCRTStartup"))
return mangle("wmainCRTStartup");
return "";
if (findUnderscoreMangle("wmain")) {
if (!findUnderscoreMangle("main"))
return mangle("wmainCRTStartup");
warn("found both wmain and main; using latter");
}
return mangle("mainCRTStartup");
}
WindowsSubsystem LinkerDriver::inferSubsystem() {
if (Config->DLL)
return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI;
if (findUnderscoreMangle("main") || findUnderscoreMangle("wmain"))
if (Config->MinGW)
return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CUI;
if (findUnderscoreMangle("WinMain") || findUnderscoreMangle("wWinMain"))
// Note that link.exe infers the subsystem from the presence of these
// functions even if /entry: or /nodefaultlib are passed which causes them
// to not be called.
bool HaveMain = findUnderscoreMangle("main");
bool HaveWMain = findUnderscoreMangle("wmain");
bool HaveWinMain = findUnderscoreMangle("WinMain");
bool HaveWWinMain = findUnderscoreMangle("wWinMain");
if (HaveMain || HaveWMain) {
if (HaveWinMain || HaveWWinMain) {
warn(std::string("found ") + (HaveMain ? "main" : "wmain") + " and " +
(HaveWinMain ? "WinMain" : "wWinMain") +
"; defaulting to /subsystem:console");
}
return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CUI;
}
if (HaveWinMain || HaveWWinMain)
return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI;
return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN;
}
@ -497,26 +534,65 @@ static std::string createResponseFile(const opt::InputArgList &Args,
return Data.str();
}
static unsigned getDefaultDebugType(const opt::InputArgList &Args) {
unsigned DebugTypes = static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::CV);
enum class DebugKind { Unknown, None, Full, FastLink, GHash, Dwarf, Symtab };
static DebugKind parseDebugKind(const opt::InputArgList &Args) {
auto *A = Args.getLastArg(OPT_debug, OPT_debug_opt);
if (!A)
return DebugKind::None;
if (A->getNumValues() == 0)
return DebugKind::Full;
DebugKind Debug = StringSwitch<DebugKind>(A->getValue())
.CaseLower("none", DebugKind::None)
.CaseLower("full", DebugKind::Full)
.CaseLower("fastlink", DebugKind::FastLink)
// LLD extensions
.CaseLower("ghash", DebugKind::GHash)
.CaseLower("dwarf", DebugKind::Dwarf)
.CaseLower("symtab", DebugKind::Symtab)
.Default(DebugKind::Unknown);
if (Debug == DebugKind::FastLink) {
warn("/debug:fastlink unsupported; using /debug:full");
return DebugKind::Full;
}
if (Debug == DebugKind::Unknown) {
error("/debug: unknown option: " + Twine(A->getValue()));
return DebugKind::None;
}
return Debug;
}
static unsigned parseDebugTypes(const opt::InputArgList &Args) {
unsigned DebugTypes = static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::None);
if (auto *A = Args.getLastArg(OPT_debugtype)) {
SmallVector<StringRef, 3> Types;
A->getSpelling().split(Types, ',', /*KeepEmpty=*/false);
for (StringRef Type : Types) {
unsigned V = StringSwitch<unsigned>(Type.lower())
.Case("cv", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::CV))
.Case("pdata", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::PData))
.Case("fixup", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::Fixup))
.Default(0);
if (V == 0) {
warn("/debugtype: unknown option: " + Twine(A->getValue()));
continue;
}
DebugTypes |= V;
}
return DebugTypes;
}
// Default debug types
DebugTypes = static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::CV);
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_driver))
DebugTypes |= static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::PData);
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_profile))
DebugTypes |= static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::Fixup);
return DebugTypes;
}
static unsigned parseDebugType(StringRef Arg) {
SmallVector<StringRef, 3> Types;
Arg.split(Types, ',', /*KeepEmpty=*/false);
unsigned DebugTypes = static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::None);
for (StringRef Type : Types)
DebugTypes |= StringSwitch<unsigned>(Type.lower())
.Case("cv", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::CV))
.Case("pdata", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::PData))
.Case("fixup", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::Fixup))
.Default(0);
return DebugTypes;
}
@ -676,131 +752,6 @@ static void parseModuleDefs(StringRef Path) {
}
}
// A helper function for filterBitcodeFiles.
static bool needsRebuilding(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
// The MSVC linker doesn't support thin archives, so if it's a thin
// archive, we always need to rebuild it.
std::unique_ptr<Archive> File =
CHECK(Archive::create(MB), "Failed to read " + MB.getBufferIdentifier());
if (File->isThin())
return true;
// Returns true if the archive contains at least one bitcode file.
for (MemoryBufferRef Member : getArchiveMembers(File.get()))
if (identify_magic(Member.getBuffer()) == file_magic::bitcode)
return true;
return false;
}
// Opens a given path as an archive file and removes bitcode files
// from them if exists. This function is to appease the MSVC linker as
// their linker doesn't like archive files containing non-native
// object files.
//
// If a given archive doesn't contain bitcode files, the archive path
// is returned as-is. Otherwise, a new temporary file is created and
// its path is returned.
static Optional<std::string>
filterBitcodeFiles(StringRef Path, std::vector<std::string> &TemporaryFiles) {
std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> MB = CHECK(
MemoryBuffer::getFile(Path, -1, false, true), "could not open " + Path);
MemoryBufferRef MBRef = MB->getMemBufferRef();
file_magic Magic = identify_magic(MBRef.getBuffer());
if (Magic == file_magic::bitcode)
return None;
if (Magic != file_magic::archive)
return Path.str();
if (!needsRebuilding(MBRef))
return Path.str();
std::unique_ptr<Archive> File =
CHECK(Archive::create(MBRef),
MBRef.getBufferIdentifier() + ": failed to parse archive");
std::vector<NewArchiveMember> New;
for (MemoryBufferRef Member : getArchiveMembers(File.get()))
if (identify_magic(Member.getBuffer()) != file_magic::bitcode)
New.emplace_back(Member);
if (New.empty())
return None;
log("Creating a temporary archive for " + Path + " to remove bitcode files");
SmallString<128> S;
if (std::error_code EC = sys::fs::createTemporaryFile(
"lld-" + sys::path::stem(Path), ".lib", S))
fatal("cannot create a temporary file: " + EC.message());
std::string Temp = S.str();
TemporaryFiles.push_back(Temp);
Error E =
llvm::writeArchive(Temp, New, /*WriteSymtab=*/true, Archive::Kind::K_GNU,
/*Deterministics=*/true,
/*Thin=*/false);
handleAllErrors(std::move(E), [&](const ErrorInfoBase &EI) {
error("failed to create a new archive " + S.str() + ": " + EI.message());
});
return Temp;
}
// Create response file contents and invoke the MSVC linker.
void LinkerDriver::invokeMSVC(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
std::string Rsp = "/nologo\n";
std::vector<std::string> Temps;
// Write out archive members that we used in symbol resolution and pass these
// to MSVC before any archives, so that MSVC uses the same objects to satisfy
// references.
for (ObjFile *Obj : ObjFile::Instances) {
if (Obj->ParentName.empty())
continue;
SmallString<128> S;
int Fd;
if (auto EC = sys::fs::createTemporaryFile(
"lld-" + sys::path::filename(Obj->ParentName), ".obj", Fd, S))
fatal("cannot create a temporary file: " + EC.message());
raw_fd_ostream OS(Fd, /*shouldClose*/ true);
OS << Obj->MB.getBuffer();
Temps.push_back(S.str());
Rsp += quote(S) + "\n";
}
for (auto *Arg : Args) {
switch (Arg->getOption().getID()) {
case OPT_linkrepro:
case OPT_lldmap:
case OPT_lldmap_file:
case OPT_lldsavetemps:
case OPT_msvclto:
// LLD-specific options are stripped.
break;
case OPT_opt:
if (!StringRef(Arg->getValue()).startswith("lld"))
Rsp += toString(*Arg) + " ";
break;
case OPT_INPUT: {
if (Optional<StringRef> Path = doFindFile(Arg->getValue())) {
if (Optional<std::string> S = filterBitcodeFiles(*Path, Temps))
Rsp += quote(*S) + "\n";
continue;
}
Rsp += quote(Arg->getValue()) + "\n";
break;
}
default:
Rsp += toString(*Arg) + "\n";
}
}
std::vector<StringRef> ObjFiles = Symtab->compileBitcodeFiles();
runMSVCLinker(Rsp, ObjFiles);
for (StringRef Path : Temps)
sys::fs::remove(Path);
}
void LinkerDriver::enqueueTask(std::function<void()> Task) {
TaskQueue.push_back(std::move(Task));
}
@ -856,6 +807,97 @@ static void parseOrderFile(StringRef Arg) {
}
}
static void markAddrsig(Symbol *S) {
if (auto *D = dyn_cast_or_null<Defined>(S))
if (Chunk *C = D->getChunk())
C->KeepUnique = true;
}
static void findKeepUniqueSections() {
// Exported symbols could be address-significant in other executables or DSOs,
// so we conservatively mark them as address-significant.
for (Export &R : Config->Exports)
markAddrsig(R.Sym);
// Visit the address-significance table in each object file and mark each
// referenced symbol as address-significant.
for (ObjFile *Obj : ObjFile::Instances) {
ArrayRef<Symbol *> Syms = Obj->getSymbols();
if (Obj->AddrsigSec) {
ArrayRef<uint8_t> Contents;
Obj->getCOFFObj()->getSectionContents(Obj->AddrsigSec, Contents);
const uint8_t *Cur = Contents.begin();
while (Cur != Contents.end()) {
unsigned Size;
const char *Err;
uint64_t SymIndex = decodeULEB128(Cur, &Size, Contents.end(), &Err);
if (Err)
fatal(toString(Obj) + ": could not decode addrsig section: " + Err);
if (SymIndex >= Syms.size())
fatal(toString(Obj) + ": invalid symbol index in addrsig section");
markAddrsig(Syms[SymIndex]);
Cur += Size;
}
} else {
// If an object file does not have an address-significance table,
// conservatively mark all of its symbols as address-significant.
for (Symbol *S : Syms)
markAddrsig(S);
}
}
}
// link.exe replaces each %foo% in AltPath with the contents of environment
// variable foo, and adds the two magic env vars _PDB (expands to the basename
// of pdb's output path) and _EXT (expands to the extension of the output
// binary).
// lld only supports %_PDB% and %_EXT% and warns on references to all other env
// vars.
static void parsePDBAltPath(StringRef AltPath) {
SmallString<128> Buf;
StringRef PDBBasename =
sys::path::filename(Config->PDBPath, sys::path::Style::windows);
StringRef BinaryExtension =
sys::path::extension(Config->OutputFile, sys::path::Style::windows);
if (!BinaryExtension.empty())
BinaryExtension = BinaryExtension.substr(1); // %_EXT% does not include '.'.
// Invariant:
// +--------- Cursor ('a...' might be the empty string).
// | +----- FirstMark
// | | +- SecondMark
// v v v
// a...%...%...
size_t Cursor = 0;
while (Cursor < AltPath.size()) {
size_t FirstMark, SecondMark;
if ((FirstMark = AltPath.find('%', Cursor)) == StringRef::npos ||
(SecondMark = AltPath.find('%', FirstMark + 1)) == StringRef::npos) {
// Didn't find another full fragment, treat rest of string as literal.
Buf.append(AltPath.substr(Cursor));
break;
}
// Found a full fragment. Append text in front of first %, and interpret
// text between first and second % as variable name.
Buf.append(AltPath.substr(Cursor, FirstMark - Cursor));
StringRef Var = AltPath.substr(FirstMark, SecondMark - FirstMark + 1);
if (Var.equals_lower("%_pdb%"))
Buf.append(PDBBasename);
else if (Var.equals_lower("%_ext%"))
Buf.append(BinaryExtension);
else {
warn("only %_PDB% and %_EXT% supported in /pdbaltpath:, keeping " +
Var + " as literal");
Buf.append(Var);
}
Cursor = SecondMark + 1;
}
Config->PDBAltPath = Buf;
}
void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
// If the first command line argument is "/lib", link.exe acts like lib.exe.
// We call our own implementation of lib.exe that understands bitcode files.
@ -944,11 +986,17 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
// Handle /ignore
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_ignore)) {
if (StringRef(Arg->getValue()) == "4037")
Config->WarnMissingOrderSymbol = false;
else if (StringRef(Arg->getValue()) == "4217")
Config->WarnLocallyDefinedImported = false;
// Other warning numbers are ignored.
SmallVector<StringRef, 8> Vec;
StringRef(Arg->getValue()).split(Vec, ',');
for (StringRef S : Vec) {
if (S == "4037")
Config->WarnMissingOrderSymbol = false;
else if (S == "4099")
Config->WarnDebugInfoUnusable = false;
else if (S == "4217")
Config->WarnLocallyDefinedImported = false;
// Other warning numbers are ignored.
}
}
// Handle /out
@ -962,20 +1010,26 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
// Handle /force or /force:unresolved
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_force, OPT_force_unresolved))
Config->Force = true;
Config->ForceUnresolved = true;
// Handle /force or /force:multiple
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_force, OPT_force_multiple))
Config->ForceMultiple = true;
// Handle /debug
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_debug, OPT_debug_dwarf, OPT_debug_ghash)) {
DebugKind Debug = parseDebugKind(Args);
if (Debug == DebugKind::Full || Debug == DebugKind::Dwarf ||
Debug == DebugKind::GHash) {
Config->Debug = true;
Config->Incremental = true;
if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_debugtype))
Config->DebugTypes = parseDebugType(Arg->getValue());
else
Config->DebugTypes = getDefaultDebugType(Args);
}
// Handle /debugtype
Config->DebugTypes = parseDebugTypes(Args);
// Handle /pdb
bool ShouldCreatePDB = Args.hasArg(OPT_debug, OPT_debug_ghash);
bool ShouldCreatePDB =
(Debug == DebugKind::Full || Debug == DebugKind::GHash);
if (ShouldCreatePDB) {
if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_pdb))
Config->PDBPath = Arg->getValue();
@ -1096,7 +1150,7 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
Config->Implib = Arg->getValue();
// Handle /opt.
bool DoGC = !Args.hasArg(OPT_debug) || Args.hasArg(OPT_profile);
bool DoGC = Debug == DebugKind::None || Args.hasArg(OPT_profile);
unsigned ICFLevel =
Args.hasArg(OPT_profile) ? 0 : 1; // 0: off, 1: limited, 2: on
unsigned TailMerge = 1;
@ -1181,6 +1235,12 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
parseMerge(".xdata=.rdata");
parseMerge(".bss=.data");
if (Config->MinGW) {
parseMerge(".ctors=.rdata");
parseMerge(".dtors=.rdata");
parseMerge(".CRT=.rdata");
}
// Handle /section
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_section))
parseSection(Arg->getValue());
@ -1234,9 +1294,9 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
Config->NxCompat = Args.hasFlag(OPT_nxcompat, OPT_nxcompat_no, true);
Config->TerminalServerAware =
!Config->DLL && Args.hasFlag(OPT_tsaware, OPT_tsaware_no, true);
Config->DebugDwarf = Args.hasArg(OPT_debug_dwarf);
Config->DebugGHashes = Args.hasArg(OPT_debug_ghash);
Config->DebugSymtab = Args.hasArg(OPT_debug_symtab);
Config->DebugDwarf = Debug == DebugKind::Dwarf;
Config->DebugGHashes = Debug == DebugKind::GHash;
Config->DebugSymtab = Debug == DebugKind::Symtab;
Config->MapFile = getMapFile(Args);
@ -1266,10 +1326,14 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
return;
std::set<sys::fs::UniqueID> WholeArchives;
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_wholearchive_file))
if (Optional<StringRef> Path = doFindFile(Arg->getValue()))
AutoExporter Exporter;
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_wholearchive_file)) {
if (Optional<StringRef> Path = doFindFile(Arg->getValue())) {
if (Optional<sys::fs::UniqueID> ID = getUniqueID(*Path))
WholeArchives.insert(*ID);
Exporter.addWholeArchive(*Path);
}
}
// A predicate returning true if a given path is an argument for
// /wholearchive:, or /wholearchive is enabled globally.
@ -1300,12 +1364,16 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
// Read all input files given via the command line.
run();
if (errorCount())
return;
// We should have inferred a machine type by now from the input files, but if
// not we assume x64.
if (Config->Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN) {
warn("/machine is not specified. x64 is assumed");
Config->Machine = AMD64;
}
Config->Wordsize = Config->is64() ? 8 : 4;
// Input files can be Windows resource files (.res files). We use
// WindowsResource to convert resource files to a regular COFF file,
@ -1418,6 +1486,9 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
// tools won't work correctly if these assumptions are not held.
sys::fs::make_absolute(Config->PDBAltPath);
sys::path::remove_dots(Config->PDBAltPath);
} else {
// Don't do this earlier, so that Config->OutputFile is ready.
parsePDBAltPath(Config->PDBAltPath);
}
}
@ -1441,6 +1512,13 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
// Needed for MSVC 2017 15.5 CRT.
Symtab->addAbsolute(mangle("__enclave_config"), 0);
if (Config->MinGW) {
Symtab->addAbsolute(mangle("__RUNTIME_PSEUDO_RELOC_LIST__"), 0);
Symtab->addAbsolute(mangle("__RUNTIME_PSEUDO_RELOC_LIST_END__"), 0);
Symtab->addAbsolute(mangle("__CTOR_LIST__"), 0);
Symtab->addAbsolute(mangle("__DTOR_LIST__"), 0);
}
// This code may add new undefined symbols to the link, which may enqueue more
// symbol resolution tasks, so we need to continue executing tasks until we
// converge.
@ -1480,18 +1558,29 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
if (errorCount())
return;
// If /msvclto is given, we use the MSVC linker to link LTO output files.
// This is useful because MSVC link.exe can generate complete PDBs.
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_msvclto)) {
invokeMSVC(Args);
return;
}
// Do LTO by compiling bitcode input files to a set of native COFF files then
// link those files.
Symtab->addCombinedLTOObjects();
run();
if (Config->MinGW) {
// Load any further object files that might be needed for doing automatic
// imports.
//
// For cases with no automatically imported symbols, this iterates once
// over the symbol table and doesn't do anything.
//
// For the normal case with a few automatically imported symbols, this
// should only need to be run once, since each new object file imported
// is an import library and wouldn't add any new undefined references,
// but there's nothing stopping the __imp_ symbols from coming from a
// normal object file as well (although that won't be used for the
// actual autoimport later on). If this pass adds new undefined references,
// we won't iterate further to resolve them.
Symtab->loadMinGWAutomaticImports();
run();
}
// Make sure we have resolved all symbols.
Symtab->reportRemainingUndefines();
if (errorCount())
@ -1510,7 +1599,7 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
// are chosen to be exported.
if (Config->DLL && ((Config->MinGW && Config->Exports.empty()) ||
Args.hasArg(OPT_export_all_symbols))) {
AutoExporter Exporter;
Exporter.initSymbolExcludes();
Symtab->forEachSymbol([=](Symbol *S) {
auto *Def = dyn_cast<Defined>(S);
@ -1574,8 +1663,10 @@ void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
markLive(Symtab->getChunks());
// Identify identical COMDAT sections to merge them.
if (Config->DoICF)
if (Config->DoICF) {
findKeepUniqueSections();
doICF(Symtab->getChunks());
}
// Write the result.
writeResult();

3
deps/lld/COFF/Driver.h vendored
View File

@ -89,6 +89,7 @@ private:
Optional<StringRef> findLib(StringRef Filename);
StringRef doFindFile(StringRef Filename);
StringRef doFindLib(StringRef Filename);
StringRef doFindLibMinGW(StringRef Filename);
// Parses LIB environment which contains a list of search paths.
void addLibSearchPaths();
@ -114,8 +115,6 @@ private:
StringRef findDefaultEntry();
WindowsSubsystem inferSubsystem();
void invokeMSVC(llvm::opt::InputArgList &Args);
void addBuffer(std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> MB, bool WholeArchive);
void addArchiveBuffer(MemoryBufferRef MBRef, StringRef SymName,
StringRef ParentName);

24
deps/lld/COFF/DriverUtils.cpp vendored
View File

@ -713,26 +713,6 @@ MemoryBufferRef convertResToCOFF(ArrayRef<MemoryBufferRef> MBs) {
return MBRef;
}
// Run MSVC link.exe for given in-memory object files.
// Command line options are copied from those given to LLD.
// This is for the /msvclto option.
void runMSVCLinker(std::string Rsp, ArrayRef<StringRef> Objects) {
// Write the in-memory object files to disk.
std::vector<TemporaryFile> Temps;
for (StringRef S : Objects) {
Temps.emplace_back("lto", "obj", S);
Rsp += quote(Temps.back().Path) + "\n";
}
log("link.exe " + Rsp);
// Run MSVC link.exe.
Temps.emplace_back("lto", "rsp", Rsp);
Executor E("link.exe");
E.add(Twine("@" + Temps.back().Path));
E.run();
}
// Create OptTable
// Create prefix string literals used in Options.td
@ -883,7 +863,9 @@ std::vector<const char *> ArgParser::tokenize(StringRef S) {
}
void printHelp(const char *Argv0) {
COFFOptTable().PrintHelp(outs(), Argv0, "LLVM Linker", false);
COFFOptTable().PrintHelp(outs(),
(std::string(Argv0) + " [options] file...").c_str(),
"LLVM Linker", false);
}
} // namespace coff

31
deps/lld/COFF/ICF.cpp vendored
View File

@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
#include "Chunks.h"
#include "Symbols.h"
#include "lld/Common/ErrorHandler.h"
#include "lld/Common/Threads.h"
#include "lld/Common/Timer.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ private:
bool ICF::isEligible(SectionChunk *C) {
// Non-comdat chunks, dead chunks, and writable chunks are not elegible.
bool Writable = C->getOutputCharacteristics() & llvm::COFF::IMAGE_SCN_MEM_WRITE;
if (!C->isCOMDAT() || !C->isLive() || Writable)
if (!C->isCOMDAT() || !C->Live || Writable)
return false;
// Code sections are eligible.
@ -93,7 +94,11 @@ bool ICF::isEligible(SectionChunk *C) {
return true;
// So are vtables.
return C->Sym && C->Sym->getName().startswith("??_7");
if (C->Sym && C->Sym->getName().startswith("??_7"))
return true;
// Anything else not in an address-significance table is eligible.
return !C->KeepUnique;
}
// Split an equivalence class into smaller classes.
@ -222,10 +227,10 @@ void ICF::forEachClass(std::function<void(size_t, size_t)> Fn) {
size_t Boundaries[NumShards + 1];
Boundaries[0] = 0;
Boundaries[NumShards] = Chunks.size();
for_each_n(parallel::par, size_t(1), NumShards, [&](size_t I) {
parallelForEachN(1, NumShards, [&](size_t I) {
Boundaries[I] = findBoundary((I - 1) * Step, Chunks.size());
});
for_each_n(parallel::par, size_t(1), NumShards + 1, [&](size_t I) {
parallelForEachN(1, NumShards + 1, [&](size_t I) {
if (Boundaries[I - 1] < Boundaries[I]) {
forEachClassRange(Boundaries[I - 1], Boundaries[I], Fn);
}
@ -257,11 +262,23 @@ void ICF::run(ArrayRef<Chunk *> Vec) {
SC->Class[0] = NextId++;
// Initially, we use hash values to partition sections.
for_each(parallel::par, Chunks.begin(), Chunks.end(), [&](SectionChunk *SC) {
// Set MSB to 1 to avoid collisions with non-hash classs.
SC->Class[0] = xxHash64(SC->getContents()) | (1 << 31);
parallelForEach(Chunks, [&](SectionChunk *SC) {
SC->Class[0] = xxHash64(SC->getContents());
});
// Combine the hashes of the sections referenced by each section into its
// hash.
for (unsigned Cnt = 0; Cnt != 2; ++Cnt) {
parallelForEach(Chunks, [&](SectionChunk *SC) {
uint32_t Hash = SC->Class[Cnt % 2];
for (Symbol *B : SC->symbols())
if (auto *Sym = dyn_cast_or_null<DefinedRegular>(B))
Hash += Sym->getChunk()->Class[Cnt % 2];
// Set MSB to 1 to avoid collisions with non-hash classs.
SC->Class[(Cnt + 1) % 2] = Hash | (1U << 31);
});
}
// From now on, sections in Chunks are ordered so that sections in
// the same group are consecutive in the vector.
std::stable_sort(Chunks.begin(), Chunks.end(),

43
deps/lld/COFF/InputFiles.cpp vendored
View File

@ -54,8 +54,16 @@ std::vector<BitcodeFile *> BitcodeFile::Instances;
static void checkAndSetWeakAlias(SymbolTable *Symtab, InputFile *F,
Symbol *Source, Symbol *Target) {
if (auto *U = dyn_cast<Undefined>(Source)) {
if (U->WeakAlias && U->WeakAlias != Target)
if (U->WeakAlias && U->WeakAlias != Target) {
// Weak aliases as produced by GCC are named in the form
// .weak.<weaksymbol>.<othersymbol>, where <othersymbol> is the name
// of another symbol emitted near the weak symbol.
// Just use the definition from the first object file that defined
// this weak symbol.
if (Config->MinGW)
return;
Symtab->reportDuplicate(Source, F);
}
U->WeakAlias = Target;
}
}
@ -147,9 +155,10 @@ SectionChunk *ObjFile::readSection(uint32_t SectionNumber,
const coff_aux_section_definition *Def,
StringRef LeaderName) {
const coff_section *Sec;
StringRef Name;
if (auto EC = COFFObj->getSection(SectionNumber, Sec))
fatal("getSection failed: #" + Twine(SectionNumber) + ": " + EC.message());
StringRef Name;
if (auto EC = COFFObj->getSectionName(Sec, Name))
fatal("getSectionName failed: #" + Twine(SectionNumber) + ": " +
EC.message());
@ -161,6 +170,11 @@ SectionChunk *ObjFile::readSection(uint32_t SectionNumber,
return nullptr;
}
if (Name == ".llvm_addrsig") {
AddrsigSec = Sec;
return nullptr;
}
// Object files may have DWARF debug info or MS CodeView debug info
// (or both).
//
@ -168,8 +182,8 @@ SectionChunk *ObjFile::readSection(uint32_t SectionNumber,
// of the linker; they are just a data section containing relocations.
// We can just link them to complete debug info.
//
// CodeView needs a linker support. We need to interpret and debug
// info, and then write it to a separate .pdb file.
// CodeView needs linker support. We need to interpret debug info,
// and then write it to a separate .pdb file.
// Ignore DWARF debug info unless /debug is given.
if (!Config->Debug && Name.startswith(".debug_"))
@ -267,10 +281,17 @@ Symbol *ObjFile::createRegular(COFFSymbolRef Sym) {
COFFObj->getSymbolName(Sym, Name);
if (SC)
return Symtab->addRegular(this, Name, Sym.getGeneric(), SC);
// For MinGW symbols named .weak.* that point to a discarded section,
// don't create an Undefined symbol. If nothing ever refers to the symbol,
// everything should be fine. If something actually refers to the symbol
// (e.g. the undefined weak alias), linking will fail due to undefined
// references at the end.
if (Config->MinGW && Name.startswith(".weak."))
return nullptr;
return Symtab->addUndefined(Name, this, false);
}
if (SC)
return make<DefinedRegular>(this, /*Name*/ "", false,
return make<DefinedRegular>(this, /*Name*/ "", /*IsCOMDAT*/ false,
/*IsExternal*/ false, Sym.getGeneric(), SC);
return nullptr;
}
@ -318,7 +339,7 @@ void ObjFile::initializeSymbols() {
for (uint32_t I : PendingIndexes) {
COFFSymbolRef Sym = check(COFFObj->getSymbol(I));
if (auto *Def = Sym.getSectionDefinition()) {
if (const coff_aux_section_definition *Def = Sym.getSectionDefinition()) {
if (Def->Selection == IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ASSOCIATIVE)
readAssociativeDefinition(Sym, Def);
else if (Config->MinGW)
@ -401,7 +422,7 @@ Optional<Symbol *> ObjFile::createDefined(
std::tie(Leader, Prevailing) =
Symtab->addComdat(this, GetName(), Sym.getGeneric());
} else {
Leader = make<DefinedRegular>(this, /*Name*/ "", false,
Leader = make<DefinedRegular>(this, /*Name*/ "", /*IsCOMDAT*/ false,
/*IsExternal*/ false, Sym.getGeneric());
Prevailing = true;
}
@ -421,7 +442,7 @@ Optional<Symbol *> ObjFile::createDefined(
// leader symbol by setting the section's ComdatDefs pointer if we encounter a
// non-associative comdat.
if (SparseChunks[SectionNumber] == PendingComdat) {
if (auto *Def = Sym.getSectionDefinition()) {
if (const coff_aux_section_definition *Def = Sym.getSectionDefinition()) {
if (Def->Selection == IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ASSOCIATIVE)
readAssociativeDefinition(Sym, Def);
else
@ -429,8 +450,10 @@ Optional<Symbol *> ObjFile::createDefined(
}
}
// readAssociativeDefinition() writes to SparseChunks, so need to check again.
if (SparseChunks[SectionNumber] == PendingComdat)
return None;
return createRegular(Sym);
}
@ -481,6 +504,10 @@ void ImportFile::parse() {
ExternalName = ExtName;
ImpSym = Symtab->addImportData(ImpName, this);
// If this was a duplicate, we logged an error but may continue;
// in this case, ImpSym is nullptr.
if (!ImpSym)
return;
if (Hdr->getType() == llvm::COFF::IMPORT_CONST)
static_cast<void>(Symtab->addImportData(Name, this));

13
deps/lld/COFF/InputFiles.h vendored
View File

@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
#include "llvm/DebugInfo/CodeView/TypeRecord.h"
#include "llvm/LTO/LTO.h"
#include "llvm/Object/Archive.h"
#include "llvm/Object/COFF.h"
@ -122,9 +123,12 @@ public:
return Symbols[SymbolIndex];
}
// Returns the underying COFF file.
// Returns the underlying COFF file.
COFFObjectFile *getCOFFObj() { return COFFObj.get(); }
// Whether the object was already merged into the final PDB or not
bool wasProcessedForPDB() const { return !!ModuleDBI; }
static std::vector<ObjFile *> Instances;
// Flags in the absolute @feat.00 symbol if it is present. These usually
@ -145,6 +149,13 @@ public:
// if we are not producing a PDB.
llvm::pdb::DbiModuleDescriptorBuilder *ModuleDBI = nullptr;
const coff_section *AddrsigSec = nullptr;
// When using Microsoft precompiled headers, this is the PCH's key.
// The same key is used by both the precompiled object, and objects using the
// precompiled object. Any difference indicates out-of-date objects.
llvm::Optional<uint32_t> PCHSignature;
private:
void initializeChunks();
void initializeSymbols();

3
deps/lld/COFF/LTO.cpp vendored
View File

@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ static std::unique_ptr<lto::LTO> createLTO() {
C.DisableVerify = true;
C.DiagHandler = diagnosticHandler;
C.OptLevel = Config->LTOO;
C.CPU = GetCPUStr();
C.MAttrs = GetMAttrs();
if (Config->SaveTemps)
checkError(C.addSaveTemps(std::string(Config->OutputFile) + ".",
/*UseInputModulePath*/ true));

2
deps/lld/COFF/MapFile.cpp vendored
View File

@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void coff::writeMapFile(ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections) {
writeHeader(OS, Sec->getRVA(), Sec->getVirtualSize(), /*Align=*/PageSize);
OS << Sec->Name << '\n';
for (Chunk *C : Sec->getChunks()) {
for (Chunk *C : Sec->Chunks) {
auto *SC = dyn_cast<SectionChunk>(C);
if (!SC)
continue;

8
deps/lld/COFF/MarkLive.cpp vendored
View File

@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ void markLive(ArrayRef<Chunk *> Chunks) {
// COMDAT section chunks are dead by default. Add non-COMDAT chunks.
for (Chunk *C : Chunks)
if (auto *SC = dyn_cast<SectionChunk>(C))
if (SC->isLive())
if (SC->Live)
Worklist.push_back(SC);
auto Enqueue = [&](SectionChunk *C) {
if (C->isLive())
if (C->Live)
return;
C->markLive();
C->Live = true;
Worklist.push_back(C);
};
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ void markLive(ArrayRef<Chunk *> Chunks) {
while (!Worklist.empty()) {
SectionChunk *SC = Worklist.pop_back_val();
assert(SC->isLive() && "We mark as live when pushing onto the worklist!");
assert(SC->Live && "We mark as live when pushing onto the worklist!");
// Mark all symbols listed in the relocation table for this section.
for (Symbol *B : SC->symbols())

42
deps/lld/COFF/MinGW.cpp vendored
View File

@ -19,7 +19,23 @@ using namespace lld::coff;
using namespace llvm;
using namespace llvm::COFF;
AutoExporter::AutoExporter() {
void AutoExporter::initSymbolExcludes() {
ExcludeSymbolPrefixes = {
// Import symbols
"__imp_",
"__IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_",
// Extra import symbols from GNU import libraries
"__nm_",
// C++ symbols
"__rtti_",
"__builtin_",
// Artifical symbols such as .refptr
".",
};
ExcludeSymbolSuffixes = {
"_iname",
"_NULL_THUNK_DATA",
};
if (Config->Machine == I386) {
ExcludeSymbols = {
"__NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR",
@ -36,9 +52,10 @@ AutoExporter::AutoExporter() {
"_DllEntryPoint@12",
"_DllMainCRTStartup@12",
};
ExcludeSymbolPrefixes.insert("__head_");
} else {
ExcludeSymbols = {
"_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR",
"__NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR",
"_pei386_runtime_relocator",
"do_pseudo_reloc",
"impure_ptr",
@ -52,8 +69,11 @@ AutoExporter::AutoExporter() {
"DllEntryPoint",
"DllMainCRTStartup",
};
ExcludeSymbolPrefixes.insert("_head_");
}
}
AutoExporter::AutoExporter() {
ExcludeLibs = {
"libgcc",
"libgcc_s",
@ -64,6 +84,7 @@ AutoExporter::AutoExporter() {
"libsupc++",
"libobjc",
"libgcj",
"libclang_rt.builtins",
"libclang_rt.builtins-aarch64",
"libclang_rt.builtins-arm",
"libclang_rt.builtins-i386",
@ -90,6 +111,13 @@ AutoExporter::AutoExporter() {
};
}
void AutoExporter::addWholeArchive(StringRef Path) {
StringRef LibName = sys::path::filename(Path);
// Drop the file extension, to match the processing below.
LibName = LibName.substr(0, LibName.rfind('.'));
ExcludeLibs.erase(LibName);
}
bool AutoExporter::shouldExport(Defined *Sym) const {
if (!Sym || !Sym->isLive() || !Sym->getChunk())
return false;
@ -101,10 +129,12 @@ bool AutoExporter::shouldExport(Defined *Sym) const {
if (ExcludeSymbols.count(Sym->getName()))
return false;
// Don't export anything that looks like an import symbol (which also can be
// a manually defined data symbol with such a name).
if (Sym->getName().startswith("__imp_"))
return false;
for (StringRef Prefix : ExcludeSymbolPrefixes.keys())
if (Sym->getName().startswith(Prefix))
return false;
for (StringRef Suffix : ExcludeSymbolSuffixes.keys())
if (Sym->getName().endswith(Suffix))
return false;
// If a corresponding __imp_ symbol exists and is defined, don't export it.
if (Symtab->find(("__imp_" + Sym->getName()).str()))

6
deps/lld/COFF/MinGW.h vendored
View File

@ -23,7 +23,13 @@ class AutoExporter {
public:
AutoExporter();
void initSymbolExcludes();
void addWholeArchive(StringRef Path);
llvm::StringSet<> ExcludeSymbols;
llvm::StringSet<> ExcludeSymbolPrefixes;
llvm::StringSet<> ExcludeSymbolSuffixes;
llvm::StringSet<> ExcludeLibs;
llvm::StringSet<> ExcludeObjects;

37
deps/lld/COFF/Options.td vendored
View File

@ -66,13 +66,18 @@ def wholearchive_file : P<"wholearchive", "Include all object files from this ar
def disallowlib : Joined<["/", "-", "-?"], "disallowlib:">, Alias<nodefaultlib>;
def manifest : F<"manifest">;
def manifest_colon : P<"manifest", "Create manifest file">;
def manifest : F<"manifest">, HelpText<"Create .manifest file">;
def manifest_colon : P<
"manifest",
"NO disables manifest output; EMBED[,ID=#] embeds manifest as resource in the image">;
def manifestuac : P<"manifestuac", "User access control">;
def manifestfile : P<"manifestfile", "Manifest file path">;
def manifestdependency : P<"manifestdependency",
"Attributes for <dependency> in manifest file">;
def manifestinput : P<"manifestinput", "Specify manifest file">;
def manifestfile : P<"manifestfile", "Manifest output path, with /manifest">;
def manifestdependency : P<
"manifestdependency",
"Attributes for <dependency> element in manifest file; implies /manifest">;
def manifestinput : P<
"manifestinput",
"Additional manifest inputs; only valid with /manifest:embed">;
// We cannot use multiclass P because class name "incl" is different
// from its command line option name. We do this because "include" is
@ -85,22 +90,28 @@ def deffile : Joined<["/", "-"], "def:">,
HelpText<"Use module-definition file">;
def debug : F<"debug">, HelpText<"Embed a symbol table in the image">;
def debug_full : F<"debug:full">, Alias<debug>;
def debug_opt : P<"debug", "Embed a symbol table in the image with option">;
def debugtype : P<"debugtype", "Debug Info Options">;
def dll : F<"dll">, HelpText<"Create a DLL">;
def driver : P<"driver", "Generate a Windows NT Kernel Mode Driver">;
def nodefaultlib_all : F<"nodefaultlib">;
def noentry : F<"noentry">;
def nodefaultlib_all : F<"nodefaultlib">,
HelpText<"Remove all default libraries">;
def noentry : F<"noentry">,
HelpText<"Don't add reference to DllMainCRTStartup; only valid with /dll">;
def profile : F<"profile">;
def repro : F<"Brepro">, HelpText<"Use a hash of the executable as the PE header timestamp">;
def repro : F<"Brepro">,
HelpText<"Use a hash of the executable as the PE header timestamp">;
def swaprun_cd : F<"swaprun:cd">;
def swaprun_net : F<"swaprun:net">;
def verbose : F<"verbose">;
def wholearchive_flag : F<"wholearchive">;
def force : F<"force">,
HelpText<"Allow undefined and multiply defined symbols when creating executables">;
def force_unresolved : F<"force:unresolved">,
HelpText<"Allow undefined symbols when creating executables">;
def force_unresolved : F<"force:unresolved">;
def force_multiple : F<"force:multiple">,
HelpText<"Allow multiply defined symbols when creating executables">;
defm WX : B<"WX", "Treat warnings as errors", "Don't treat warnings as errors">;
defm allowbind : B<"allowbind", "Enable DLL binding (default)",
@ -139,13 +150,9 @@ def help : F<"help">;
def help_q : Flag<["/?", "-?"], "">, Alias<help>;
// LLD extensions
def debug_ghash : F<"debug:ghash">;
def debug_dwarf : F<"debug:dwarf">;
def debug_symtab : F<"debug:symtab">;
def export_all_symbols : F<"export-all-symbols">;
def kill_at : F<"kill-at">;
def lldmingw : F<"lldmingw">;
def msvclto : F<"msvclto">;
def output_def : Joined<["/", "-"], "output-def:">;
def pdb_source_path : P<"pdbsourcepath",
"Base path used to make relative source file path absolute in PDB">;

1029
deps/lld/COFF/PDB.cpp vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2
deps/lld/COFF/PDB.h vendored
View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class SymbolTable;
void createPDB(SymbolTable *Symtab,
llvm::ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections,
llvm::ArrayRef<uint8_t> SectionTable,
const llvm::codeview::DebugInfo &BuildId);
llvm::codeview::DebugInfo *BuildId);
std::pair<llvm::StringRef, uint32_t> getFileLine(const SectionChunk *C,
uint32_t Addr);

185
deps/lld/COFF/SymbolTable.cpp vendored
View File

@ -60,16 +60,16 @@ void SymbolTable::addFile(InputFile *File) {
}
static void errorOrWarn(const Twine &S) {
if (Config->Force)
if (Config->ForceUnresolved)
warn(S);
else
error(S);
}
// Returns the name of the symbol in SC whose value is <= Addr that is closest
// to Addr. This is generally the name of the global variable or function whose
// definition contains Addr.
static StringRef getSymbolName(SectionChunk *SC, uint32_t Addr) {
// Returns the symbol in SC whose value is <= Addr that is closest to Addr.
// This is generally the global variable or function whose definition contains
// Addr.
static Symbol *getSymbol(SectionChunk *SC, uint32_t Addr) {
DefinedRegular *Candidate = nullptr;
for (Symbol *S : SC->File->getSymbols()) {
@ -81,14 +81,12 @@ static StringRef getSymbolName(SectionChunk *SC, uint32_t Addr) {
Candidate = D;
}
if (!Candidate)
return "";
return Candidate->getName();
return Candidate;
}
static std::string getSymbolLocations(ObjFile *File, uint32_t SymIndex) {
std::string getSymbolLocations(ObjFile *File, uint32_t SymIndex) {
struct Location {
StringRef SymName;
Symbol *Sym;
std::pair<StringRef, uint32_t> FileLine;
};
std::vector<Location> Locations;
@ -102,14 +100,14 @@ static std::string getSymbolLocations(ObjFile *File, uint32_t SymIndex) {
continue;
std::pair<StringRef, uint32_t> FileLine =
getFileLine(SC, R.VirtualAddress);
StringRef SymName = getSymbolName(SC, R.VirtualAddress);
if (!FileLine.first.empty() || !SymName.empty())
Locations.push_back({SymName, FileLine});
Symbol *Sym = getSymbol(SC, R.VirtualAddress);
if (!FileLine.first.empty() || Sym)
Locations.push_back({Sym, FileLine});
}
}
if (Locations.empty())
return "\n>>> referenced by " + toString(File) + "\n";
return "\n>>> referenced by " + toString(File);
std::string Out;
llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Out);
@ -119,13 +117,87 @@ static std::string getSymbolLocations(ObjFile *File, uint32_t SymIndex) {
OS << Loc.FileLine.first << ":" << Loc.FileLine.second
<< "\n>>> ";
OS << toString(File);
if (!Loc.SymName.empty())
OS << ":(" << Loc.SymName << ')';
if (Loc.Sym)
OS << ":(" << toString(*Loc.Sym) << ')';
}
OS << '\n';
return OS.str();
}
void SymbolTable::loadMinGWAutomaticImports() {
for (auto &I : SymMap) {
Symbol *Sym = I.second;
auto *Undef = dyn_cast<Undefined>(Sym);
if (!Undef)
continue;
if (!Sym->IsUsedInRegularObj)
continue;
StringRef Name = Undef->getName();
if (Name.startswith("__imp_"))
continue;
// If we have an undefined symbol, but we have a Lazy representing a
// symbol we could load from file, make sure to load that.
Lazy *L = dyn_cast_or_null<Lazy>(find(("__imp_" + Name).str()));
if (!L || L->PendingArchiveLoad)
continue;
log("Loading lazy " + L->getName() + " from " + L->File->getName() +
" for automatic import");
L->PendingArchiveLoad = true;
L->File->addMember(&L->Sym);
}
}
bool SymbolTable::handleMinGWAutomaticImport(Symbol *Sym, StringRef Name) {
if (Name.startswith("__imp_"))
return false;
Defined *Imp = dyn_cast_or_null<Defined>(find(("__imp_" + Name).str()));
if (!Imp)
return false;
// Replace the reference directly to a variable with a reference
// to the import address table instead. This obviously isn't right,
// but we mark the symbol as IsRuntimePseudoReloc, and a later pass
// will add runtime pseudo relocations for every relocation against
// this Symbol. The runtime pseudo relocation framework expects the
// reference itself to point at the IAT entry.
size_t ImpSize = 0;
if (isa<DefinedImportData>(Imp)) {
log("Automatically importing " + Name + " from " +
cast<DefinedImportData>(Imp)->getDLLName());
ImpSize = sizeof(DefinedImportData);
} else if (isa<DefinedRegular>(Imp)) {
log("Automatically importing " + Name + " from " +
toString(cast<DefinedRegular>(Imp)->File));
ImpSize = sizeof(DefinedRegular);
} else {
warn("unable to automatically import " + Name + " from " + Imp->getName() +
" from " + toString(cast<DefinedRegular>(Imp)->File) +
"; unexpected symbol type");
return false;
}
Sym->replaceKeepingName(Imp, ImpSize);
Sym->IsRuntimePseudoReloc = true;
// There may exist symbols named .refptr.<name> which only consist
// of a single pointer to <name>. If it turns out <name> is
// automatically imported, we don't need to keep the .refptr.<name>
// pointer at all, but redirect all accesses to it to the IAT entry
// for __imp_<name> instead, and drop the whole .refptr.<name> chunk.
DefinedRegular *Refptr =
dyn_cast_or_null<DefinedRegular>(find((".refptr." + Name).str()));
if (Refptr && Refptr->getChunk()->getSize() == Config->Wordsize) {
SectionChunk *SC = dyn_cast_or_null<SectionChunk>(Refptr->getChunk());
if (SC && SC->Relocs.size() == 1 && *SC->symbols().begin() == Sym) {
log("Replacing .refptr." + Name + " with " + Imp->getName());
Refptr->getChunk()->Live = false;
Refptr->replaceKeepingName(Imp, ImpSize);
}
}
return true;
}
void SymbolTable::reportRemainingUndefines() {
SmallPtrSet<Symbol *, 8> Undefs;
DenseMap<Symbol *, Symbol *> LocalImports;
@ -169,9 +241,17 @@ void SymbolTable::reportRemainingUndefines() {
}
}
// We don't want to report missing Microsoft precompiled headers symbols.
// A proper message will be emitted instead in PDBLinker::aquirePrecompObj
if (Name.contains("_PchSym_"))
continue;
if (Config->MinGW && handleMinGWAutomaticImport(Sym, Name))
continue;
// Remaining undefined symbols are not fatal if /force is specified.
// They are replaced with dummy defined symbols.
if (Config->Force)
if (Config->ForceUnresolved)
replaceSymbol<DefinedAbsolute>(Sym, Name, 0);
Undefs.insert(Sym);
}
@ -181,10 +261,10 @@ void SymbolTable::reportRemainingUndefines() {
for (Symbol *B : Config->GCRoot) {
if (Undefs.count(B))
errorOrWarn("<root>: undefined symbol: " + B->getName());
errorOrWarn("<root>: undefined symbol: " + toString(*B));
if (Config->WarnLocallyDefinedImported)
if (Symbol *Imp = LocalImports.lookup(B))
warn("<root>: locally defined symbol imported: " + Imp->getName() +
warn("<root>: locally defined symbol imported: " + toString(*Imp) +
" (defined in " + toString(Imp->getFile()) + ") [LNK4217]");
}
@ -195,34 +275,41 @@ void SymbolTable::reportRemainingUndefines() {
if (!Sym)
continue;
if (Undefs.count(Sym))
errorOrWarn("undefined symbol: " + Sym->getName() +
errorOrWarn("undefined symbol: " + toString(*Sym) +
getSymbolLocations(File, SymIndex));
if (Config->WarnLocallyDefinedImported)
if (Symbol *Imp = LocalImports.lookup(Sym))
warn(toString(File) + ": locally defined symbol imported: " +
Imp->getName() + " (defined in " + toString(Imp->getFile()) +
") [LNK4217]");
warn(toString(File) +
": locally defined symbol imported: " + toString(*Imp) +
" (defined in " + toString(Imp->getFile()) + ") [LNK4217]");
}
}
}
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> SymbolTable::insert(StringRef Name) {
bool Inserted = false;
Symbol *&Sym = SymMap[CachedHashStringRef(Name)];
if (Sym)
return {Sym, false};
Sym = reinterpret_cast<Symbol *>(make<SymbolUnion>());
Sym->IsUsedInRegularObj = false;
Sym->PendingArchiveLoad = false;
return {Sym, true};
if (!Sym) {
Sym = reinterpret_cast<Symbol *>(make<SymbolUnion>());
Sym->IsUsedInRegularObj = false;
Sym->PendingArchiveLoad = false;
Inserted = true;
}
return {Sym, Inserted};
}
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> SymbolTable::insert(StringRef Name, InputFile *File) {
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> Result = insert(Name);
if (!File || !isa<BitcodeFile>(File))
Result.first->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
return Result;
}
Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined(StringRef Name, InputFile *F,
bool IsWeakAlias) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name);
if (!F || !isa<BitcodeFile>(F))
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name, F);
if (WasInserted || (isa<Lazy>(S) && IsWeakAlias)) {
replaceSymbol<Undefined>(S, Name);
return S;
@ -253,14 +340,20 @@ void SymbolTable::addLazy(ArchiveFile *F, const Archive::Symbol Sym) {
}
void SymbolTable::reportDuplicate(Symbol *Existing, InputFile *NewFile) {
error("duplicate symbol: " + toString(*Existing) + " in " +
toString(Existing->getFile()) + " and in " + toString(NewFile));
std::string Msg = "duplicate symbol: " + toString(*Existing) + " in " +
toString(Existing->getFile()) + " and in " +
toString(NewFile);
if (Config->ForceMultiple)
warn(Msg);
else
error(Msg);
}
Symbol *SymbolTable::addAbsolute(StringRef N, COFFSymbolRef Sym) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, nullptr);
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
if (WasInserted || isa<Undefined>(S) || isa<Lazy>(S))
replaceSymbol<DefinedAbsolute>(S, N, Sym);
@ -272,7 +365,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addAbsolute(StringRef N, COFFSymbolRef Sym) {
Symbol *SymbolTable::addAbsolute(StringRef N, uint64_t VA) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, nullptr);
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
if (WasInserted || isa<Undefined>(S) || isa<Lazy>(S))
replaceSymbol<DefinedAbsolute>(S, N, VA);
@ -284,7 +377,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addAbsolute(StringRef N, uint64_t VA) {
Symbol *SymbolTable::addSynthetic(StringRef N, Chunk *C) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, nullptr);
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
if (WasInserted || isa<Undefined>(S) || isa<Lazy>(S))
replaceSymbol<DefinedSynthetic>(S, N, C);
@ -298,9 +391,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addRegular(InputFile *F, StringRef N,
SectionChunk *C) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N);
if (!isa<BitcodeFile>(F))
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, F);
if (WasInserted || !isa<DefinedRegular>(S))
replaceSymbol<DefinedRegular>(S, F, N, /*IsCOMDAT*/ false,
/*IsExternal*/ true, Sym, C);
@ -314,9 +405,7 @@ SymbolTable::addComdat(InputFile *F, StringRef N,
const coff_symbol_generic *Sym) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N);
if (!isa<BitcodeFile>(F))
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, F);
if (WasInserted || !isa<DefinedRegular>(S)) {
replaceSymbol<DefinedRegular>(S, F, N, /*IsCOMDAT*/ true,
/*IsExternal*/ true, Sym, nullptr);
@ -331,9 +420,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addCommon(InputFile *F, StringRef N, uint64_t Size,
const coff_symbol_generic *Sym, CommonChunk *C) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N);
if (!isa<BitcodeFile>(F))
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, F);
if (WasInserted || !isa<DefinedCOFF>(S))
replaceSymbol<DefinedCommon>(S, F, N, Size, Sym, C);
else if (auto *DC = dyn_cast<DefinedCommon>(S))
@ -345,7 +432,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addCommon(InputFile *F, StringRef N, uint64_t Size,
Symbol *SymbolTable::addImportData(StringRef N, ImportFile *F) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, nullptr);
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
if (WasInserted || isa<Undefined>(S) || isa<Lazy>(S)) {
replaceSymbol<DefinedImportData>(S, N, F);
@ -360,7 +447,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addImportThunk(StringRef Name, DefinedImportData *ID,
uint16_t Machine) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name, nullptr);
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
if (WasInserted || isa<Undefined>(S) || isa<Lazy>(S)) {
replaceSymbol<DefinedImportThunk>(S, Name, ID, Machine);

8
deps/lld/COFF/SymbolTable.h vendored
View File

@ -54,6 +54,9 @@ public:
// symbols.
void reportRemainingUndefines();
void loadMinGWAutomaticImports();
bool handleMinGWAutomaticImport(Symbol *Sym, StringRef Name);
// Returns a list of chunks of selected symbols.
std::vector<Chunk *> getChunks();
@ -108,7 +111,10 @@ public:
}
private:
/// Inserts symbol if not already present.
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> insert(StringRef Name);
/// Same as insert(Name), but also sets IsUsedInRegularObj.
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> insert(StringRef Name, InputFile *F);
StringRef findByPrefix(StringRef Prefix);
llvm::DenseMap<llvm::CachedHashStringRef, Symbol *> SymMap;
@ -117,6 +123,8 @@ private:
extern SymbolTable *Symtab;
std::string getSymbolLocations(ObjFile *File, uint32_t SymIndex);
} // namespace coff
} // namespace lld

9
deps/lld/COFF/Symbols.cpp vendored
View File

@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ InputFile *Symbol::getFile() {
bool Symbol::isLive() const {
if (auto *R = dyn_cast<DefinedRegular>(this))
return R->getChunk()->isLive();
return R->getChunk()->Live;
if (auto *Imp = dyn_cast<DefinedImportData>(this))
return Imp->File->Live;
if (auto *Imp = dyn_cast<DefinedImportThunk>(this))
@ -63,6 +63,13 @@ bool Symbol::isLive() const {
return true;
}
// MinGW specific.
void Symbol::replaceKeepingName(Symbol *Other, size_t Size) {
StringRef OrigName = Name;
memcpy(this, Other, Size);
Name = OrigName;
}
COFFSymbolRef DefinedCOFF::getCOFFSymbol() {
size_t SymSize = cast<ObjFile>(File)->getCOFFObj()->getSymbolTableEntrySize();
if (SymSize == sizeof(coff_symbol16))

14
deps/lld/COFF/Symbols.h vendored
View File

@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ class Symbol {
public:
enum Kind {
// The order of these is significant. We start with the regular defined
// symbols as those are the most prevelant and the zero tag is the cheapest
// symbols as those are the most prevalent and the zero tag is the cheapest
// to set. Among the defined kinds, the lower the kind is preferred over
// the higher kind when testing wether one symbol should take precedence
// the higher kind when testing whether one symbol should take precedence
// over another.
DefinedRegularKind = 0,
DefinedCommonKind,
@ -66,6 +66,8 @@ public:
// Returns the symbol name.
StringRef getName();
void replaceKeepingName(Symbol *Other, size_t Size);
// Returns the file from which this symbol was created.
InputFile *getFile();
@ -78,7 +80,7 @@ protected:
explicit Symbol(Kind K, StringRef N = "")
: SymbolKind(K), IsExternal(true), IsCOMDAT(false),
WrittenToSymtab(false), PendingArchiveLoad(false), IsGCRoot(false),
Name(N) {}
IsRuntimePseudoReloc(false), Name(N) {}
const unsigned SymbolKind : 8;
unsigned IsExternal : 1;
@ -102,6 +104,8 @@ public:
/// True if we've already added this symbol to the list of GC roots.
unsigned IsGCRoot : 1;
unsigned IsRuntimePseudoReloc : 1;
protected:
StringRef Name;
};
@ -331,8 +335,8 @@ private:
Chunk *Data;
};
// If you have a symbol "__imp_foo" in your object file, a symbol name
// "foo" becomes automatically available as a pointer to "__imp_foo".
// If you have a symbol "foo" in your object file, a symbol name
// "__imp_foo" becomes automatically available as a pointer to "foo".
// This class is for such automatically-created symbols.
// Yes, this is an odd feature. We didn't intend to implement that.
// This is here just for compatibility with MSVC.

751
deps/lld/COFF/Writer.cpp vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

6
deps/lld/COFF/Writer.h vendored
View File

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ public:
Header.Characteristics = Chars;
}
void addChunk(Chunk *C);
void insertChunkAtStart(Chunk *C);
void merge(OutputSection *Other);
ArrayRef<Chunk *> getChunks() { return Chunks; }
void addPermissions(uint32_t C);
void setPermissions(uint32_t C);
uint64_t getRVA() { return Header.VirtualAddress; }
@ -62,9 +62,11 @@ public:
llvm::StringRef Name;
llvm::object::coff_section Header = {};
std::vector<Chunk *> Chunks;
std::vector<Chunk *> OrigChunks;
private:
uint32_t StringTableOff = 0;
std::vector<Chunk *> Chunks;
};
}

9
deps/lld/Common/Args.cpp vendored
View File

@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
#include "llvm/Option/ArgList.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
using namespace llvm;
using namespace lld;
@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ std::vector<StringRef> lld::args::getStrings(opt::InputArgList &Args, int Id) {
uint64_t lld::args::getZOptionValue(opt::InputArgList &Args, int Id,
StringRef Key, uint64_t Default) {
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(Id)) {
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered_reverse(Id)) {
std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> KV = StringRef(Arg->getValue()).split('=');
if (KV.first == Key) {
uint64_t Result = Default;
@ -64,3 +65,9 @@ std::vector<StringRef> lld::args::getLines(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
}
return Ret;
}
StringRef lld::args::getFilenameWithoutExe(StringRef Path) {
if (Path.endswith_lower(".exe"))
return sys::path::stem(Path);
return sys::path::filename(Path);
}

5
deps/lld/Common/ErrorHandler.cpp vendored
View File

@ -47,8 +47,9 @@ ErrorHandler &lld::errorHandler() {
}
void lld::exitLld(int Val) {
// Delete the output buffer so that any tempory file is deleted.
errorHandler().OutputBuffer.reset();
// Delete any temporary file, while keeping the memory mapping open.
if (errorHandler().OutputBuffer)
errorHandler().OutputBuffer->discard();
// Dealloc/destroy ManagedStatic variables before calling
// _exit(). In a non-LTO build, this is a nop. In an LTO

33
deps/lld/Common/Strings.cpp vendored
View File

@ -16,14 +16,6 @@
#include <mutex>
#include <vector>
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#include <Windows.h>
// DbgHelp.h must be included after Windows.h.
#include <DbgHelp.h>
#pragma comment(lib, "dbghelp.lib")
#endif
using namespace llvm;
using namespace lld;
@ -45,18 +37,21 @@ Optional<std::string> lld::demangleItanium(StringRef Name) {
return S;
}
Optional<std::string> lld::demangleMSVC(StringRef S) {
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
// UnDecorateSymbolName is not thread-safe, so we need a mutex.
static std::mutex Mu;
std::lock_guard<std::mutex> Lock(Mu);
Optional<std::string> lld::demangleMSVC(StringRef Name) {
std::string Prefix;
if (Name.consume_front("__imp_"))
Prefix = "__declspec(dllimport) ";
char Buf[4096];
if (S.startswith("?"))
if (size_t Len = UnDecorateSymbolName(S.str().c_str(), Buf, sizeof(Buf), 0))
return std::string(Buf, Len);
#endif
return None;
// Demangle only C++ names.
if (!Name.startswith("?"))
return None;
char *Buf = microsoftDemangle(Name.str().c_str(), nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
if (!Buf)
return None;
std::string S(Buf);
free(Buf);
return Prefix + S;
}
StringMatcher::StringMatcher(ArrayRef<StringRef> Pat) {

1
deps/lld/Common/TargetOptionsCommandFlags.cpp vendored
View File

@ -32,3 +32,4 @@ llvm::Optional<llvm::CodeModel::Model> lld::GetCodeModelFromCMModel() {
}
std::string lld::GetCPUStr() { return ::getCPUStr(); }
std::vector<std::string> lld::GetMAttrs() { return ::MAttrs; }

27
deps/lld/ELF/AArch64ErrataFix.cpp vendored
View File

@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ static uint64_t scanCortexA53Errata843419(InputSection *IS, uint64_t &Off,
}
uint64_t PatchOff = 0;
const uint8_t *Buf = IS->Data.begin();
const uint8_t *Buf = IS->data().begin();
const ulittle32_t *InstBuf = reinterpret_cast<const ulittle32_t *>(Buf + Off);
uint32_t Instr1 = *InstBuf++;
uint32_t Instr2 = *InstBuf++;
@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ uint64_t lld::elf::Patch843419Section::getLDSTAddr() const {
void lld::elf::Patch843419Section::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
// Copy the instruction that we will be replacing with a branch in the
// Patchee Section.
write32le(Buf, read32le(Patchee->Data.begin() + PatcheeOffset));
write32le(Buf, read32le(Patchee->data().begin() + PatcheeOffset));
// Apply any relocation transferred from the original PatcheeSection.
// For a SyntheticSection Buf already has OutSecOff added, but relocateAlloc
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ void AArch64Err843419Patcher::init() {
continue;
if (!IsCodeMapSymbol(Def) && !IsDataMapSymbol(Def))
continue;
if (auto *Sec = dyn_cast<InputSection>(Def->Section))
if (auto *Sec = dyn_cast_or_null<InputSection>(Def->Section))
if (Sec->Flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
SectionMap[Sec].push_back(Def);
}
@ -487,7 +487,8 @@ void AArch64Err843419Patcher::insertPatches(
InputSectionDescription &ISD, std::vector<Patch843419Section *> &Patches) {
uint64_t ISLimit;
uint64_t PrevISLimit = ISD.Sections.front()->OutSecOff;
uint64_t PatchUpperBound = PrevISLimit + Target->ThunkSectionSpacing;
uint64_t PatchUpperBound = PrevISLimit + Target->getThunkSectionSpacing();
uint64_t OutSecAddr = ISD.Sections.front()->getParent()->Addr;
// Set the OutSecOff of patches to the place where we want to insert them.
// We use a similar strategy to Thunk placement. Place patches roughly
@ -498,12 +499,12 @@ void AArch64Err843419Patcher::insertPatches(
ISLimit = IS->OutSecOff + IS->getSize();
if (ISLimit > PatchUpperBound) {
while (PatchIt != PatchEnd) {
if ((*PatchIt)->getLDSTAddr() >= PrevISLimit)
if ((*PatchIt)->getLDSTAddr() - OutSecAddr >= PrevISLimit)
break;
(*PatchIt)->OutSecOff = PrevISLimit;
++PatchIt;
}
PatchUpperBound = PrevISLimit + Target->ThunkSectionSpacing;
PatchUpperBound = PrevISLimit + Target->getThunkSectionSpacing();
}
PrevISLimit = ISLimit;
}
@ -538,20 +539,24 @@ static void implementPatch(uint64_t AdrpAddr, uint64_t PatcheeOffset,
InputSection *IS,
std::vector<Patch843419Section *> &Patches) {
// There may be a relocation at the same offset that we are patching. There
// are three cases that we need to consider.
// are four cases that we need to consider.
// Case 1: R_AARCH64_JUMP26 branch relocation. We have already patched this
// instance of the erratum on a previous patch and altered the relocation. We
// have nothing more to do.
// Case 2: A load/store register (unsigned immediate) class relocation. There
// Case 2: A TLS Relaxation R_RELAX_TLS_IE_TO_LE. In this case the ADRP that
// we read will be transformed into a MOVZ later so we actually don't match
// the sequence and have nothing more to do.
// Case 3: A load/store register (unsigned immediate) class relocation. There
// are two of these R_AARCH_LD64_ABS_LO12_NC and R_AARCH_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC and
// they are both absolute. We need to add the same relocation to the patch,
// and replace the relocation with a R_AARCH_JUMP26 branch relocation.
// Case 3: No relocation. We must create a new R_AARCH64_JUMP26 branch
// Case 4: No relocation. We must create a new R_AARCH64_JUMP26 branch
// relocation at the offset.
auto RelIt = std::find_if(
IS->Relocations.begin(), IS->Relocations.end(),
[=](const Relocation &R) { return R.Offset == PatcheeOffset; });
if (RelIt != IS->Relocations.end() && RelIt->Type == R_AARCH64_JUMP26)
if (RelIt != IS->Relocations.end() &&
(RelIt->Type == R_AARCH64_JUMP26 || RelIt->Expr == R_RELAX_TLS_IE_TO_LE))
return;
log("detected cortex-a53-843419 erratum sequence starting at " +
@ -598,7 +603,7 @@ AArch64Err843419Patcher::patchInputSectionDescription(
auto DataSym = std::next(CodeSym);
uint64_t Off = (*CodeSym)->Value;
uint64_t Limit =
(DataSym == MapSyms.end()) ? IS->Data.size() : (*DataSym)->Value;
(DataSym == MapSyms.end()) ? IS->data().size() : (*DataSym)->Value;
while (Off < Limit) {
uint64_t StartAddr = IS->getVA(Off);

37
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/AArch64.cpp vendored
View File

@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ public:
int32_t Index, unsigned RelOff) const override;
bool needsThunk(RelExpr Expr, RelType Type, const InputFile *File,
uint64_t BranchAddr, const Symbol &S) const override;
uint32_t getThunkSectionSpacing() const override;
bool inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src, uint64_t Dst) const override;
bool usesOnlyLowPageBits(RelType Type) const override;
void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
@ -57,6 +58,7 @@ AArch64::AArch64() {
RelativeRel = R_AARCH64_RELATIVE;
IRelativeRel = R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE;
GotRel = R_AARCH64_GLOB_DAT;
NoneRel = R_AARCH64_NONE;
PltRel = R_AARCH64_JUMP_SLOT;
TlsDescRel = R_AARCH64_TLSDESC;
TlsGotRel = R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64;
@ -66,22 +68,18 @@ AArch64::AArch64() {
PltHeaderSize = 32;
DefaultMaxPageSize = 65536;
// It doesn't seem to be documented anywhere, but tls on aarch64 uses variant
// 1 of the tls structures and the tcb size is 16.
TcbSize = 16;
NeedsThunks = true;
// Align to the 2 MiB page size (known as a superpage or huge page).
// FreeBSD automatically promotes 2 MiB-aligned allocations.
DefaultImageBase = 0x200000;
// See comment in Arch/ARM.cpp for a more detailed explanation of
// ThunkSectionSpacing. For AArch64 the only branches we are permitted to
// Thunk have a range of +/- 128 MiB
ThunkSectionSpacing = (128 * 1024 * 1024) - 0x30000;
NeedsThunks = true;
}
RelExpr AArch64::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21:
return R_TLSDESC_PAGE;
return R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_PAGE;
case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12:
case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12:
return R_TLSDESC;
@ -107,13 +105,13 @@ RelExpr AArch64::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
case R_AARCH64_LD_PREL_LO19:
return R_PC;
case R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21:
return R_PAGE_PC;
return R_AARCH64_PAGE_PC;
case R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC:
case R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC:
return R_GOT;
case R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE:
case R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21:
return R_GOT_PAGE_PC;
return R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC;
case R_AARCH64_NONE:
return R_NONE;
default:
@ -125,7 +123,7 @@ RelExpr AArch64::adjustRelaxExpr(RelType Type, const uint8_t *Data,
RelExpr Expr) const {
if (Expr == R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE) {
if (Type == R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21)
return R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC;
return R_AARCH64_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC;
return R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_ABS;
}
return Expr;
@ -156,7 +154,7 @@ RelType AArch64::getDynRel(RelType Type) const {
}
void AArch64::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const Symbol &) const {
write64le(Buf, InX::Plt->getVA());
write64le(Buf, In.Plt->getVA());
}
void AArch64::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
@ -172,8 +170,8 @@ void AArch64::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
};
memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
uint64_t Got = InX::GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t Plt = InX::Plt->getVA();
uint64_t Got = In.GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t Plt = In.Plt->getVA();
relocateOne(Buf + 4, R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21,
getAArch64Page(Got + 16) - getAArch64Page(Plt + 4));
relocateOne(Buf + 8, R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC, Got + 16);
@ -208,6 +206,13 @@ bool AArch64::needsThunk(RelExpr Expr, RelType Type, const InputFile *File,
return !inBranchRange(Type, BranchAddr, Dst);
}
uint32_t AArch64::getThunkSectionSpacing() const {
// See comment in Arch/ARM.cpp for a more detailed explanation of
// getThunkSectionSpacing(). For AArch64 the only branches we are permitted to
// Thunk have a range of +/- 128 MiB
return (128 * 1024 * 1024) - 0x30000;
}
bool AArch64::inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src, uint64_t Dst) const {
if (Type != R_AARCH64_CALL26 && Type != R_AARCH64_JUMP26)
return true;
@ -338,7 +343,7 @@ void AArch64::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
or32le(Loc, (Val & 0xFFFC) << 3);
break;
case R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12:
checkInt(Loc, Val, 24, Type);
checkUInt(Loc, Val, 24, Type);
or32AArch64Imm(Loc, Val >> 12);
break;
case R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC:

1
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/AMDGPU.cpp vendored
View File

@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ public:
AMDGPU::AMDGPU() {
RelativeRel = R_AMDGPU_RELATIVE64;
GotRel = R_AMDGPU_ABS64;
NoneRel = R_AMDGPU_NONE;
GotEntrySize = 8;
}

124
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/ARM.cpp vendored
View File

@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ public:
void addPltHeaderSymbols(InputSection &ISD) const override;
bool needsThunk(RelExpr Expr, RelType Type, const InputFile *File,
uint64_t BranchAddr, const Symbol &S) const override;
uint32_t getThunkSectionSpacing() const override;
bool inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src, uint64_t Dst) const override;
void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
};
@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ ARM::ARM() {
RelativeRel = R_ARM_RELATIVE;
IRelativeRel = R_ARM_IRELATIVE;
GotRel = R_ARM_GLOB_DAT;
NoneRel = R_ARM_NONE;
PltRel = R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT;
TlsGotRel = R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32;
TlsModuleIndexRel = R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32;
@ -59,41 +61,8 @@ ARM::ARM() {
GotPltEntrySize = 4;
PltEntrySize = 16;
PltHeaderSize = 32;
TrapInstr = 0xd4d4d4d4;
// ARM uses Variant 1 TLS
TcbSize = 8;
TrapInstr = {0xd4, 0xd4, 0xd4, 0xd4};
NeedsThunks = true;
// The placing of pre-created ThunkSections is controlled by the
// ThunkSectionSpacing parameter. The aim is to place the
// ThunkSection such that all branches from the InputSections prior to the
// ThunkSection can reach a Thunk placed at the end of the ThunkSection.
// Graphically:
// | up to ThunkSectionSpacing .text input sections |
// | ThunkSection |
// | up to ThunkSectionSpacing .text input sections |
// | ThunkSection |
// Pre-created ThunkSections are spaced roughly 16MiB apart on ARM. This is to
// match the most common expected case of a Thumb 2 encoded BL, BLX or B.W
// ARM B, BL, BLX range +/- 32MiB
// Thumb B.W, BL, BLX range +/- 16MiB
// Thumb B<cc>.W range +/- 1MiB
// If a branch cannot reach a pre-created ThunkSection a new one will be
// created so we can handle the rare cases of a Thumb 2 conditional branch.
// We intentionally use a lower size for ThunkSectionSpacing than the maximum
// branch range so the end of the ThunkSection is more likely to be within
// range of the branch instruction that is furthest away. The value we shorten
// ThunkSectionSpacing by is set conservatively to allow us to create 16,384
// 12 byte Thunks at any offset in a ThunkSection without risk of a branch to
// one of the Thunks going out of range.
// FIXME: lld assumes that the Thumb BL and BLX encoding permits the J1 and
// J2 bits to be used to extend the branch range. On earlier Architectures
// such as ARMv4, ARMv5 and ARMv6 (except ARMv6T2) the range is +/- 4MiB. If
// support for the earlier encodings is added then when they are used the
// ThunkSectionSpacing will need lowering.
ThunkSectionSpacing = 0x1000000 - 0x30000;
}
uint32_t ARM::calcEFlags() const {
@ -165,6 +134,12 @@ RelExpr ARM::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
return R_NONE;
case R_ARM_TLS_LE32:
return R_TLS;
case R_ARM_V4BX:
// V4BX is just a marker to indicate there's a "bx rN" instruction at the
// given address. It can be used to implement a special linker mode which
// rewrites ARMv4T inputs to ARMv4. Since we support only ARMv4 input and
// not ARMv4 output, we can just ignore it.
return R_HINT;
default:
return R_ABS;
}
@ -177,7 +152,7 @@ RelType ARM::getDynRel(RelType Type) const {
}
void ARM::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const Symbol &) const {
write32le(Buf, InX::Plt->getVA());
write32le(Buf, In.Plt->getVA());
}
void ARM::writeIgotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const Symbol &S) const {
@ -198,8 +173,8 @@ static void writePltHeaderLong(uint8_t *Buf) {
0xd4, 0xd4, 0xd4, 0xd4, // Pad to 32-byte boundary
0xd4, 0xd4, 0xd4, 0xd4};
memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
uint64_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t L1 = InX::Plt->getVA() + 8;
uint64_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t L1 = In.Plt->getVA() + 8;
write32le(Buf + 16, GotPlt - L1 - 8);
}
@ -217,7 +192,7 @@ void ARM::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
0xe5bef000, // ldr pc, [lr, #0x00000NNN] &(.got.plt -L1 - 4)
};
uint64_t Offset = InX::GotPlt->getVA() - InX::Plt->getVA() - 4;
uint64_t Offset = In.GotPlt->getVA() - In.Plt->getVA() - 4;
if (!llvm::isUInt<27>(Offset)) {
// We cannot encode the Offset, use the long form.
writePltHeaderLong(Buf);
@ -227,10 +202,10 @@ void ARM::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
write32le(Buf + 4, PltData[1] | ((Offset >> 20) & 0xff));
write32le(Buf + 8, PltData[2] | ((Offset >> 12) & 0xff));
write32le(Buf + 12, PltData[3] | (Offset & 0xfff));
write32le(Buf + 16, TrapInstr); // Pad to 32-byte boundary
write32le(Buf + 20, TrapInstr);
write32le(Buf + 24, TrapInstr);
write32le(Buf + 28, TrapInstr);
memcpy(Buf + 16, TrapInstr.data(), 4); // Pad to 32-byte boundary
memcpy(Buf + 20, TrapInstr.data(), 4);
memcpy(Buf + 24, TrapInstr.data(), 4);
memcpy(Buf + 28, TrapInstr.data(), 4);
}
void ARM::addPltHeaderSymbols(InputSection &IS) const {
@ -279,7 +254,7 @@ void ARM::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotPltEntryAddr,
write32le(Buf + 0, PltData[0] | ((Offset >> 20) & 0xff));
write32le(Buf + 4, PltData[1] | ((Offset >> 12) & 0xff));
write32le(Buf + 8, PltData[2] | (Offset & 0xfff));
write32le(Buf + 12, TrapInstr); // Pad to 16-byte boundary
memcpy(Buf + 12, TrapInstr.data(), 4); // Pad to 16-byte boundary
}
void ARM::addPltSymbols(InputSection &IS, uint64_t Off) const {
@ -324,6 +299,40 @@ bool ARM::needsThunk(RelExpr Expr, RelType Type, const InputFile *File,
return false;
}
uint32_t ARM::getThunkSectionSpacing() const {
// The placing of pre-created ThunkSections is controlled by the value
// ThunkSectionSpacing returned by getThunkSectionSpacing(). The aim is to
// place the ThunkSection such that all branches from the InputSections
// prior to the ThunkSection can reach a Thunk placed at the end of the
// ThunkSection. Graphically:
// | up to ThunkSectionSpacing .text input sections |
// | ThunkSection |
// | up to ThunkSectionSpacing .text input sections |
// | ThunkSection |
// Pre-created ThunkSections are spaced roughly 16MiB apart on ARMv7. This
// is to match the most common expected case of a Thumb 2 encoded BL, BLX or
// B.W:
// ARM B, BL, BLX range +/- 32MiB
// Thumb B.W, BL, BLX range +/- 16MiB
// Thumb B<cc>.W range +/- 1MiB
// If a branch cannot reach a pre-created ThunkSection a new one will be
// created so we can handle the rare cases of a Thumb 2 conditional branch.
// We intentionally use a lower size for ThunkSectionSpacing than the maximum
// branch range so the end of the ThunkSection is more likely to be within
// range of the branch instruction that is furthest away. The value we shorten
// ThunkSectionSpacing by is set conservatively to allow us to create 16,384
// 12 byte Thunks at any offset in a ThunkSection without risk of a branch to
// one of the Thunks going out of range.
// On Arm the ThunkSectionSpacing depends on the range of the Thumb Branch
// range. On earlier Architectures such as ARMv4, ARMv5 and ARMv6 (except
// ARMv6T2) the range is +/- 4MiB.
return (Config->ARMJ1J2BranchEncoding) ? 0x1000000 - 0x30000
: 0x400000 - 0x7500;
}
bool ARM::inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src, uint64_t Dst) const {
uint64_t Range;
uint64_t InstrSize;
@ -342,7 +351,7 @@ bool ARM::inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src, uint64_t Dst) const {
break;
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
Range = 0x1000000;
Range = Config->ARMJ1J2BranchEncoding ? 0x1000000 : 0x400000;
InstrSize = 2;
break;
default:
@ -447,11 +456,23 @@ void ARM::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
}
// Bit 12 is 0 for BLX, 1 for BL
write16le(Loc + 2, (read16le(Loc + 2) & ~0x1000) | (Val & 1) << 12);
if (!Config->ARMJ1J2BranchEncoding) {
// Older Arm architectures do not support R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and have
// different encoding rules and range due to J1 and J2 always being 1.
checkInt(Loc, Val, 23, Type);
write16le(Loc,
0xf000 | // opcode
((Val >> 12) & 0x07ff)); // imm11
write16le(Loc + 2,
(read16le(Loc + 2) & 0xd000) | // opcode
0x2800 | // J1 == J2 == 1
((Val >> 1) & 0x07ff)); // imm11
break;
}
// Fall through as rest of encoding is the same as B.W
LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
// Encoding B T4, BL T1, BLX T2: Val = S:I1:I2:imm10:imm11:0
// FIXME: Use of I1 and I2 require v6T2ops
checkInt(Loc, Val, 25, Type);
write16le(Loc,
0xf000 | // opcode
@ -470,14 +491,12 @@ void ARM::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
break;
case R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
case R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
checkInt(Loc, Val, 32, Type);
write32le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & ~0x000f0fff) |
(((Val >> 16) & 0xf000) << 4) | ((Val >> 16) & 0xfff));
break;
case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
// Encoding T1: A = imm4:i:imm3:imm8
checkInt(Loc, Val, 32, Type);
write16le(Loc,
0xf2c0 | // opcode
((Val >> 17) & 0x0400) | // i
@ -542,10 +561,19 @@ int64_t ARM::getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf, RelType Type) const {
((Lo & 0x07ff) << 1)); // imm11:0
}
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
if (!Config->ARMJ1J2BranchEncoding) {
// Older Arm architectures do not support R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and have
// different encoding rules and range due to J1 and J2 always being 1.
uint16_t Hi = read16le(Buf);
uint16_t Lo = read16le(Buf + 2);
return SignExtend64<22>(((Hi & 0x7ff) << 12) | // imm11
((Lo & 0x7ff) << 1)); // imm11:0
break;
}
LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: {
// Encoding B T4, BL T1, BLX T2: A = S:I1:I2:imm10:imm11:0
// I1 = NOT(J1 EOR S), I2 = NOT(J2 EOR S)
// FIXME: I1 and I2 require v6T2ops
uint16_t Hi = read16le(Buf);
uint16_t Lo = read16le(Buf + 2);
return SignExtend64<24>(((Hi & 0x0400) << 14) | // S

3
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/AVR.cpp vendored
View File

@ -43,12 +43,15 @@ using namespace lld::elf;
namespace {
class AVR final : public TargetInfo {
public:
AVR();
RelExpr getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const override;
void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
};
} // namespace
AVR::AVR() { NoneRel = R_AVR_NONE; }
RelExpr AVR::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const {
return R_ABS;

195
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/Hexagon.cpp vendored
View File

@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
#include "InputFiles.h"
#include "Symbols.h"
#include "SyntheticSections.h"
#include "Target.h"
#include "lld/Common/ErrorHandler.h"
#include "llvm/BinaryFormat/ELF.h"
@ -25,15 +26,48 @@ using namespace lld::elf;
namespace {
class Hexagon final : public TargetInfo {
public:
Hexagon();
uint32_t calcEFlags() const override;
RelExpr getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const override;
void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
void writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
void writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotPltEntryAddr, uint64_t PltEntryAddr,
int32_t Index, unsigned RelOff) const override;
};
} // namespace
// Support V60 only at the moment.
uint32_t Hexagon::calcEFlags() const { return 0x60; }
Hexagon::Hexagon() {
PltRel = R_HEX_JMP_SLOT;
RelativeRel = R_HEX_RELATIVE;
GotRel = R_HEX_GLOB_DAT;
GotEntrySize = 4;
// The zero'th GOT entry is reserved for the address of _DYNAMIC. The
// next 3 are reserved for the dynamic loader.
GotPltHeaderEntriesNum = 4;
GotPltEntrySize = 4;
PltEntrySize = 16;
PltHeaderSize = 32;
// Hexagon Linux uses 64K pages by default.
DefaultMaxPageSize = 0x10000;
NoneRel = R_HEX_NONE;
}
uint32_t Hexagon::calcEFlags() const {
assert(!ObjectFiles.empty());
// The architecture revision must always be equal to or greater than
// greatest revision in the list of inputs.
uint32_t Ret = 0;
for (InputFile *F : ObjectFiles) {
uint32_t EFlags = cast<ObjFile<ELF32LE>>(F)->getObj().getHeader()->e_flags;
if (EFlags > Ret)
Ret = EFlags;
}
return Ret;
}
static uint32_t applyMask(uint32_t Mask, uint32_t Data) {
uint32_t Result = 0;
@ -53,29 +87,143 @@ static uint32_t applyMask(uint32_t Mask, uint32_t Data) {
RelExpr Hexagon::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_HEX_B9_PCREL:
case R_HEX_B9_PCREL_X:
case R_HEX_B13_PCREL:
case R_HEX_B15_PCREL:
case R_HEX_B15_PCREL_X:
case R_HEX_6_PCREL_X:
case R_HEX_32_PCREL:
return R_PC;
case R_HEX_B22_PCREL:
case R_HEX_PLT_B22_PCREL:
case R_HEX_B22_PCREL_X:
case R_HEX_B32_PCREL_X:
return R_PC;
return R_PLT_PC;
case R_HEX_GOT_11_X:
case R_HEX_GOT_16_X:
case R_HEX_GOT_32_6_X:
return R_HEXAGON_GOT;
default:
return R_ABS;
}
}
static uint32_t findMaskR6(uint32_t Insn) {
// There are (arguably too) many relocation masks for the DSP's
// R_HEX_6_X type. The table below is used to select the correct mask
// for the given instruction.
struct InstructionMask {
uint32_t CmpMask;
uint32_t RelocMask;
};
static const InstructionMask R6[] = {
{0x38000000, 0x0000201f}, {0x39000000, 0x0000201f},
{0x3e000000, 0x00001f80}, {0x3f000000, 0x00001f80},
{0x40000000, 0x000020f8}, {0x41000000, 0x000007e0},
{0x42000000, 0x000020f8}, {0x43000000, 0x000007e0},
{0x44000000, 0x000020f8}, {0x45000000, 0x000007e0},
{0x46000000, 0x000020f8}, {0x47000000, 0x000007e0},
{0x6a000000, 0x00001f80}, {0x7c000000, 0x001f2000},
{0x9a000000, 0x00000f60}, {0x9b000000, 0x00000f60},
{0x9c000000, 0x00000f60}, {0x9d000000, 0x00000f60},
{0x9f000000, 0x001f0100}, {0xab000000, 0x0000003f},
{0xad000000, 0x0000003f}, {0xaf000000, 0x00030078},
{0xd7000000, 0x006020e0}, {0xd8000000, 0x006020e0},
{0xdb000000, 0x006020e0}, {0xdf000000, 0x006020e0}};
// Duplex forms have a fixed mask and parse bits 15:14 are always
// zero. Non-duplex insns will always have at least one bit set in the
// parse field.
if ((0xC000 & Insn) == 0x0)
return 0x03f00000;
for (InstructionMask I : R6)
if ((0xff000000 & Insn) == I.CmpMask)
return I.RelocMask;
error("unrecognized instruction for R_HEX_6 relocation: 0x" +
utohexstr(Insn));
return 0;
}
static uint32_t findMaskR8(uint32_t Insn) {
if ((0xff000000 & Insn) == 0xde000000)
return 0x00e020e8;
if ((0xff000000 & Insn) == 0x3c000000)
return 0x0000207f;
return 0x00001fe0;
}
static uint32_t findMaskR11(uint32_t Insn) {
if ((0xff000000 & Insn) == 0xa1000000)
return 0x060020ff;
return 0x06003fe0;
}
static uint32_t findMaskR16(uint32_t Insn) {
if ((0xff000000 & Insn) == 0x48000000)
return 0x061f20ff;
if ((0xff000000 & Insn) == 0x49000000)
return 0x061f3fe0;
if ((0xff000000 & Insn) == 0x78000000)
return 0x00df3fe0;
if ((0xff000000 & Insn) == 0xb0000000)
return 0x0fe03fe0;
error("unrecognized instruction for R_HEX_16_X relocation: 0x" +
utohexstr(Insn));
return 0;
}
static void or32le(uint8_t *P, int32_t V) { write32le(P, read32le(P) | V); }
void Hexagon::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_HEX_NONE:
break;
case R_HEX_6_PCREL_X:
case R_HEX_6_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(findMaskR6(read32le(Loc)), Val));
break;
case R_HEX_8_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(findMaskR8(read32le(Loc)), Val));
break;
case R_HEX_9_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x00003fe0, Val & 0x3f));
break;
case R_HEX_10_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x00203fe0, Val & 0x3f));
break;
case R_HEX_11_X:
case R_HEX_GOT_11_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(findMaskR11(read32le(Loc)), Val & 0x3f));
break;
case R_HEX_12_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x000007e0, Val));
break;
case R_HEX_16_X: // These relocs only have 6 effective bits.
case R_HEX_GOT_16_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(findMaskR16(read32le(Loc)), Val & 0x3f));
break;
case R_HEX_32:
case R_HEX_32_PCREL:
or32le(Loc, Val);
break;
case R_HEX_32_6_X:
case R_HEX_GOT_32_6_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x0fff3fff, Val >> 6));
break;
case R_HEX_B9_PCREL:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x003000fe, Val >> 2));
break;
case R_HEX_B9_PCREL_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x003000fe, Val & 0x3f));
break;
case R_HEX_B13_PCREL:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x00202ffe, Val >> 2));
break;
case R_HEX_B15_PCREL:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x00df20fe, Val >> 2));
break;
@ -83,6 +231,7 @@ void Hexagon::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x00df20fe, Val & 0x3f));
break;
case R_HEX_B22_PCREL:
case R_HEX_PLT_B22_PCREL:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x1ff3ffe, Val >> 2));
break;
case R_HEX_B22_PCREL_X:
@ -91,12 +240,52 @@ void Hexagon::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
case R_HEX_B32_PCREL_X:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x0fff3fff, Val >> 6));
break;
case R_HEX_HI16:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x00c03fff, Val >> 16));
break;
case R_HEX_LO16:
or32le(Loc, applyMask(0x00c03fff, Val));
break;
default:
error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + toString(Type));
break;
}
}
void Hexagon::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
const uint8_t PltData[] = {
0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, // { immext (#0)
0x1c, 0xc0, 0x49, 0x6a, // r28 = add (pc, ##GOT0@PCREL) } # @GOT0
0x0e, 0x42, 0x9c, 0xe2, // { r14 -= add (r28, #16) # offset of GOTn
0x4f, 0x40, 0x9c, 0x91, // r15 = memw (r28 + #8) # object ID at GOT2
0x3c, 0xc0, 0x9c, 0x91, // r28 = memw (r28 + #4) }# dynamic link at GOT1
0x0e, 0x42, 0x0e, 0x8c, // { r14 = asr (r14, #2) # index of PLTn
0x00, 0xc0, 0x9c, 0x52, // jumpr r28 } # call dynamic linker
0x0c, 0xdb, 0x00, 0x54, // trap0(#0xdb) # bring plt0 into 16byte alignment
};
memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
// Offset from PLT0 to the GOT.
uint64_t Off = In.GotPlt->getVA() - In.Plt->getVA();
relocateOne(Buf, R_HEX_B32_PCREL_X, Off);
relocateOne(Buf + 4, R_HEX_6_PCREL_X, Off);
}
void Hexagon::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotPltEntryAddr,
uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
unsigned RelOff) const {
const uint8_t Inst[] = {
0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, // { immext (#0)
0x0e, 0xc0, 0x49, 0x6a, // r14 = add (pc, ##GOTn@PCREL) }
0x1c, 0xc0, 0x8e, 0x91, // r28 = memw (r14)
0x00, 0xc0, 0x9c, 0x52, // jumpr r28
};
memcpy(Buf, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
relocateOne(Buf, R_HEX_B32_PCREL_X, GotPltEntryAddr - PltEntryAddr);
relocateOne(Buf + 4, R_HEX_6_PCREL_X, GotPltEntryAddr - PltEntryAddr);
}
TargetInfo *elf::getHexagonTargetInfo() {
static Hexagon Target;
return &Target;

94
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/MSP430.cpp vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
//===- MSP430.cpp ---------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// The LLVM Linker
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// The MSP430 is a 16-bit microcontroller RISC architecture. The instruction set
// has only 27 core instructions orthogonally augmented with a variety
// of addressing modes for source and destination operands. Entire address space
// of MSP430 is 64KB (the extended MSP430X architecture is not considered here).
// A typical MSP430 MCU has several kilobytes of RAM and ROM, plenty
// of peripherals and is generally optimized for a low power consumption.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "InputFiles.h"
#include "Symbols.h"
#include "Target.h"
#include "lld/Common/ErrorHandler.h"
#include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Endian.h"
using namespace llvm;
using namespace llvm::object;
using namespace llvm::support::endian;
using namespace llvm::ELF;
using namespace lld;
using namespace lld::elf;
namespace {
class MSP430 final : public TargetInfo {
public:
MSP430();
RelExpr getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const override;
void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
};
} // namespace
MSP430::MSP430() {
// mov.b #0, r3
TrapInstr = {0x43, 0x43, 0x43, 0x43};
}
RelExpr MSP430::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_MSP430_10_PCREL:
case R_MSP430_16_PCREL:
case R_MSP430_16_PCREL_BYTE:
case R_MSP430_2X_PCREL:
case R_MSP430_RL_PCREL:
case R_MSP430_SYM_DIFF:
return R_PC;
default:
return R_ABS;
}
}
void MSP430::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_MSP430_8:
checkIntUInt(Loc, Val, 8, Type);
*Loc = Val;
break;
case R_MSP430_16:
case R_MSP430_16_PCREL:
case R_MSP430_16_BYTE:
case R_MSP430_16_PCREL_BYTE:
checkIntUInt(Loc, Val, 16, Type);
write16le(Loc, Val);
break;
case R_MSP430_32:
checkIntUInt(Loc, Val, 32, Type);
write32le(Loc, Val);
break;
case R_MSP430_10_PCREL: {
int16_t Offset = ((int16_t)Val >> 1) - 1;
checkInt(Loc, Offset, 10, Type);
write16le(Loc, (read16le(Loc) & 0xFC00) | (Offset & 0x3FF));
break;
}
default:
error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + toString(Type));
}
}
TargetInfo *elf::getMSP430TargetInfo() {
static MSP430 Target;
return &Target;
}

13
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/Mips.cpp vendored
View File

@ -53,9 +53,12 @@ template <class ELFT> MIPS<ELFT>::MIPS() {
PltEntrySize = 16;
PltHeaderSize = 32;
CopyRel = R_MIPS_COPY;
NoneRel = R_MIPS_NONE;
PltRel = R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT;
NeedsThunks = true;
TrapInstr = 0xefefefef;
// Set `sigrie 1` as a trap instruction.
write32(TrapInstr.data(), 0x04170001);
if (ELFT::Is64Bits) {
RelativeRel = (R_MIPS_64 << 8) | R_MIPS_REL32;
@ -185,7 +188,7 @@ template <class ELFT> RelType MIPS<ELFT>::getDynRel(RelType Type) const {
template <class ELFT>
void MIPS<ELFT>::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const Symbol &) const {
uint64_t VA = InX::Plt->getVA();
uint64_t VA = In.Plt->getVA();
if (isMicroMips())
VA |= 1;
write32<ELFT::TargetEndianness>(Buf, VA);
@ -239,8 +242,8 @@ static void writeMicroRelocation16(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V, uint8_t BitsSize,
template <class ELFT> void MIPS<ELFT>::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
if (isMicroMips()) {
uint64_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t Plt = InX::Plt->getVA();
uint64_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t Plt = In.Plt->getVA();
// Overwrite trap instructions written by Writer::writeTrapInstr.
memset(Buf, 0, PltHeaderSize);
@ -292,7 +295,7 @@ template <class ELFT> void MIPS<ELFT>::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
write32<E>(Buf + 24, JalrInst); // jalr.hb $25 or jalr $25
write32<E>(Buf + 28, 0x2718fffe); // subu $24, $24, 2
uint64_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA();
writeValue<E>(Buf, GotPlt + 0x8000, 16, 16);
writeValue<E>(Buf + 4, GotPlt, 16, 0);
writeValue<E>(Buf + 8, GotPlt, 16, 0);

5
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/PPC.cpp vendored
View File

@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ public:
} // namespace
PPC::PPC() {
NoneRel = R_PPC_NONE;
GotBaseSymOff = 0x8000;
GotBaseSymInGotPlt = false;
}
@ -36,6 +37,7 @@ PPC::PPC() {
RelExpr PPC::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_PPC_REL14:
case R_PPC_REL24:
case R_PPC_REL32:
return R_PC;
@ -61,6 +63,9 @@ void PPC::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
case R_PPC_REL32:
write32be(Loc, Val);
break;
case R_PPC_REL14:
write32be(Loc, read32be(Loc) | (Val & 0xFFFC));
break;
case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
case R_PPC_REL24:
write32be(Loc, read32be(Loc) | (Val & 0x3FFFFFC));

473
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/PPC64.cpp vendored
View File

@ -23,12 +23,49 @@ using namespace lld::elf;
static uint64_t PPC64TocOffset = 0x8000;
static uint64_t DynamicThreadPointerOffset = 0x8000;
// The instruction encoding of bits 21-30 from the ISA for the Xform and Dform
// instructions that can be used as part of the initial exec TLS sequence.
enum XFormOpcd {
LBZX = 87,
LHZX = 279,
LWZX = 23,
LDX = 21,
STBX = 215,
STHX = 407,
STWX = 151,
STDX = 149,
ADD = 266,
};
enum DFormOpcd {
LBZ = 34,
LBZU = 35,
LHZ = 40,
LHZU = 41,
LHAU = 43,
LWZ = 32,
LWZU = 33,
LFSU = 49,
LD = 58,
LFDU = 51,
STB = 38,
STBU = 39,
STH = 44,
STHU = 45,
STW = 36,
STWU = 37,
STFSU = 53,
STFDU = 55,
STD = 62,
ADDI = 14
};
uint64_t elf::getPPC64TocBase() {
// The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that order. The
// TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. We always create a
// .got when we see a relocation that uses it, so for us the start is always
// the .got.
uint64_t TocVA = InX::Got->getVA();
uint64_t TocVA = In.Got->getVA();
// Per the ppc64-elf-linux ABI, The TOC base is TOC value plus 0x8000
// thus permitting a full 64 Kbytes segment. Note that the glibc startup
@ -37,6 +74,31 @@ uint64_t elf::getPPC64TocBase() {
return TocVA + PPC64TocOffset;
}
unsigned elf::getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset(uint8_t StOther) {
// The offset is encoded into the 3 most significant bits of the st_other
// field, with some special values described in section 3.4.1 of the ABI:
// 0 --> Zero offset between the GEP and LEP, and the function does NOT use
// the TOC pointer (r2). r2 will hold the same value on returning from
// the function as it did on entering the function.
// 1 --> Zero offset between the GEP and LEP, and r2 should be treated as a
// caller-saved register for all callers.
// 2-6 --> The binary logarithm of the offset eg:
// 2 --> 2^2 = 4 bytes --> 1 instruction.
// 6 --> 2^6 = 64 bytes --> 16 instructions.
// 7 --> Reserved.
uint8_t GepToLep = (StOther >> 5) & 7;
if (GepToLep < 2)
return 0;
// The value encoded in the st_other bits is the
// log-base-2(offset).
if (GepToLep < 7)
return 1 << GepToLep;
error("reserved value of 7 in the 3 most-significant-bits of st_other");
return 0;
}
namespace {
class PPC64 final : public TargetInfo {
public:
@ -51,11 +113,16 @@ public:
void writeGotHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
bool needsThunk(RelExpr Expr, RelType Type, const InputFile *File,
uint64_t BranchAddr, const Symbol &S) const override;
bool inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src, uint64_t Dst) const override;
RelExpr adjustRelaxExpr(RelType Type, const uint8_t *Data,
RelExpr Expr) const override;
void relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
void relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
void relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
void relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
bool adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc, uint8_t *End,
uint8_t StOther) const override;
};
} // namespace
@ -71,8 +138,64 @@ static uint16_t highera(uint64_t V) { return (V + 0x8000) >> 32; }
static uint16_t highest(uint64_t V) { return V >> 48; }
static uint16_t highesta(uint64_t V) { return (V + 0x8000) >> 48; }
// Extracts the 'PO' field of an instruction encoding.
static uint8_t getPrimaryOpCode(uint32_t Encoding) { return (Encoding >> 26); }
static bool isDQFormInstruction(uint32_t Encoding) {
switch (getPrimaryOpCode(Encoding)) {
default:
return false;
case 56:
// The only instruction with a primary opcode of 56 is `lq`.
return true;
case 61:
// There are both DS and DQ instruction forms with this primary opcode.
// Namely `lxv` and `stxv` are the DQ-forms that use it.
// The DS 'XO' bits being set to 01 is restricted to DQ form.
return (Encoding & 3) == 0x1;
}
}
static bool isInstructionUpdateForm(uint32_t Encoding) {
switch (getPrimaryOpCode(Encoding)) {
default:
return false;
case LBZU:
case LHAU:
case LHZU:
case LWZU:
case LFSU:
case LFDU:
case STBU:
case STHU:
case STWU:
case STFSU:
case STFDU:
return true;
// LWA has the same opcode as LD, and the DS bits is what differentiates
// between LD/LDU/LWA
case LD:
case STD:
return (Encoding & 3) == 1;
}
}
// There are a number of places when we either want to read or write an
// instruction when handling a half16 relocation type. On big-endian the buffer
// pointer is pointing into the middle of the word we want to extract, and on
// little-endian it is pointing to the start of the word. These 2 helpers are to
// simplify reading and writing in that context.
static void writeInstrFromHalf16(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Instr) {
write32(Loc - (Config->EKind == ELF64BEKind ? 2 : 0), Instr);
}
static uint32_t readInstrFromHalf16(const uint8_t *Loc) {
return read32(Loc - (Config->EKind == ELF64BEKind ? 2 : 0));
}
PPC64::PPC64() {
GotRel = R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT;
NoneRel = R_PPC64_NONE;
PltRel = R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT;
RelativeRel = R_PPC64_RELATIVE;
IRelativeRel = R_PPC64_IRELATIVE;
@ -85,14 +208,14 @@ PPC64::PPC64() {
GotPltHeaderEntriesNum = 2;
PltHeaderSize = 60;
NeedsThunks = true;
TcbSize = 8;
TlsTpOffset = 0x7000;
TlsModuleIndexRel = R_PPC64_DTPMOD64;
TlsOffsetRel = R_PPC64_DTPREL64;
TlsGotRel = R_PPC64_TPREL64;
NeedsMoreStackNonSplit = false;
// We need 64K pages (at least under glibc/Linux, the loader won't
// set different permissions on a finer granularity than that).
DefaultMaxPageSize = 65536;
@ -107,8 +230,7 @@ PPC64::PPC64() {
// use 0x10000000 as the starting address.
DefaultImageBase = 0x10000000;
TrapInstr =
(Config->IsLE == sys::IsLittleEndianHost) ? 0x7fe00008 : 0x0800e07f;
write32(TrapInstr.data(), 0x7fe00008);
}
static uint32_t getEFlags(InputFile *File) {
@ -146,27 +268,29 @@ void PPC64::relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
// bl __tls_get_addr(x@tlsgd) into nop
// nop into addi r3, r3, x@tprel@l
uint32_t EndianOffset = Config->EKind == ELF64BEKind ? 2U : 0U;
switch (Type) {
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
write32(Loc - EndianOffset, 0x60000000); // nop
writeInstrFromHalf16(Loc, 0x60000000); // nop
break;
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
write32(Loc - EndianOffset, 0x3c6d0000); // addis r3, r13
writeInstrFromHalf16(Loc, 0x3c6d0000); // addis r3, r13
relocateOne(Loc, R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, Val);
break;
case R_PPC64_TLSGD:
write32(Loc, 0x60000000); // nop
write32(Loc + 4, 0x38630000); // addi r3, r3
relocateOne(Loc + 4 + EndianOffset, R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO, Val);
// Since we are relocating a half16 type relocation and Loc + 4 points to
// the start of an instruction we need to advance the buffer by an extra
// 2 bytes on BE.
relocateOne(Loc + 4 + (Config->EKind == ELF64BEKind ? 2 : 0),
R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO, Val);
break;
default:
llvm_unreachable("unsupported relocation for TLS GD to LE relaxation");
}
}
void PPC64::relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
// Reference: 3.7.4.3 of the 64-bit ELF V2 abi supplement.
// The local dynamic code sequence for a global `x` will look like:
@ -183,13 +307,12 @@ void PPC64::relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
// bl __tls_get_addr(x@tlsgd) into nop
// nop into addi r3, r3, 4096
uint32_t EndianOffset = Config->EKind == ELF64BEKind ? 2U : 0U;
switch (Type) {
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
write32(Loc - EndianOffset, 0x60000000); // nop
writeInstrFromHalf16(Loc, 0x60000000); // nop
break;
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
write32(Loc - EndianOffset, 0x3c6d0000); // addis r3, r13, 0
writeInstrFromHalf16(Loc, 0x3c6d0000); // addis r3, r13, 0
break;
case R_PPC64_TLSLD:
write32(Loc, 0x60000000); // nop
@ -212,9 +335,90 @@ void PPC64::relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
}
}
static unsigned getDFormOp(unsigned SecondaryOp) {
switch (SecondaryOp) {
case LBZX:
return LBZ;
case LHZX:
return LHZ;
case LWZX:
return LWZ;
case LDX:
return LD;
case STBX:
return STB;
case STHX:
return STH;
case STWX:
return STW;
case STDX:
return STD;
case ADD:
return ADDI;
default:
error("unrecognized instruction for IE to LE R_PPC64_TLS");
return 0;
}
}
void PPC64::relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
// The initial exec code sequence for a global `x` will look like:
// Instruction Relocation Symbol
// addis r9, r2, x@got@tprel@ha R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA x
// ld r9, x@got@tprel@l(r9) R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS x
// add r9, r9, x@tls R_PPC64_TLS x
// Relaxing to local exec entails converting:
// addis r9, r2, x@got@tprel@ha into nop
// ld r9, x@got@tprel@l(r9) into addis r9, r13, x@tprel@ha
// add r9, r9, x@tls into addi r9, r9, x@tprel@l
// x@tls R_PPC64_TLS is a relocation which does not compute anything,
// it is replaced with r13 (thread pointer).
// The add instruction in the initial exec sequence has multiple variations
// that need to be handled. If we are building an address it will use an add
// instruction, if we are accessing memory it will use any of the X-form
// indexed load or store instructions.
unsigned Offset = (Config->EKind == ELF64BEKind) ? 2 : 0;
switch (Type) {
case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
write32(Loc - Offset, 0x60000000); // nop
break;
case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS: {
uint32_t RegNo = read32(Loc - Offset) & 0x03E00000; // bits 6-10
write32(Loc - Offset, 0x3C0D0000 | RegNo); // addis RegNo, r13
relocateOne(Loc, R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, Val);
break;
}
case R_PPC64_TLS: {
uint32_t PrimaryOp = getPrimaryOpCode(read32(Loc));
if (PrimaryOp != 31)
error("unrecognized instruction for IE to LE R_PPC64_TLS");
uint32_t SecondaryOp = (read32(Loc) & 0x000007FE) >> 1; // bits 21-30
uint32_t DFormOp = getDFormOp(SecondaryOp);
write32(Loc, ((DFormOp << 26) | (read32(Loc) & 0x03FFFFFF)));
relocateOne(Loc + Offset, R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO, Val);
break;
}
default:
llvm_unreachable("unknown relocation for IE to LE");
break;
}
}
RelExpr PPC64::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_PPC64_GOT16:
case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI:
case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO:
case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
return R_GOT_OFF;
case R_PPC64_TOC16:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
@ -224,6 +428,7 @@ RelExpr PPC64::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
return R_GOTREL;
case R_PPC64_TOC:
return R_PPC_TOC;
case R_PPC64_REL14:
case R_PPC64_REL24:
return R_PPC_CALL_PLT;
case R_PPC64_REL16_LO:
@ -279,7 +484,7 @@ RelExpr PPC64::getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
case R_PPC64_TLSLD:
return R_TLSLD_HINT;
case R_PPC64_TLS:
return R_HINT;
return R_TLSIE_HINT;
default:
return R_ABS;
}
@ -308,16 +513,16 @@ void PPC64::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
// The 'bcl' instruction will set the link register to the address of the
// following instruction ('mflr r11'). Here we store the offset from that
// instruction to the first entry in the GotPlt section.
int64_t GotPltOffset = InX::GotPlt->getVA() - (InX::Plt->getVA() + 8);
int64_t GotPltOffset = In.GotPlt->getVA() - (In.Plt->getVA() + 8);
write64(Buf + 52, GotPltOffset);
}
void PPC64::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotPltEntryAddr,
uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
unsigned RelOff) const {
int32_t Offset = PltHeaderSize + Index * PltEntrySize;
// bl __glink_PLTresolve
write32(Buf, 0x48000000 | ((-Offset) & 0x03FFFFFc));
int32_t Offset = PltHeaderSize + Index * PltEntrySize;
// bl __glink_PLTresolve
write32(Buf, 0x48000000 | ((-Offset) & 0x03FFFFFc));
}
static std::pair<RelType, uint64_t> toAddr16Rel(RelType Type, uint64_t Val) {
@ -328,30 +533,36 @@ static std::pair<RelType, uint64_t> toAddr16Rel(RelType Type, uint64_t Val) {
switch (Type) {
// TOC biased relocation.
case R_PPC64_GOT16:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16:
case R_PPC64_TOC16:
return {R_PPC64_ADDR16, TocBiasedVal};
case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS:
case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS:
return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS, TocBiasedVal};
case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, TocBiasedVal};
case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, TocBiasedVal};
case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, TocBiasedVal};
case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
@ -386,9 +597,27 @@ static std::pair<RelType, uint64_t> toAddr16Rel(RelType Type, uint64_t Val) {
}
}
static bool isTocOptType(RelType Type) {
switch (Type) {
case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
void PPC64::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
// For a TOC-relative relocation, proceed in terms of the corresponding
// ADDR16 relocation type.
// We need to save the original relocation type to use in diagnostics, and
// use the original type to determine if we should toc-optimize the
// instructions being relocated.
RelType OriginalType = Type;
bool ShouldTocOptimize = isTocOptType(Type);
// For dynamic thread pointer relative, toc-relative, and got-indirect
// relocations, proceed in terms of the corresponding ADDR16 relocation type.
std::tie(Type, Val) = toAddr16Rel(Type, Val);
switch (Type) {
@ -401,18 +630,25 @@ void PPC64::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
}
case R_PPC64_ADDR16:
case R_PPC64_TPREL16:
checkInt(Loc, Val, 16, Type);
checkInt(Loc, Val, 16, OriginalType);
write16(Loc, Val);
break;
case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
checkInt(Loc, Val, 16, Type);
write16(Loc, (read16(Loc) & 3) | (Val & ~3));
break;
case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: {
checkInt(Loc, Val, 16, OriginalType);
// DQ-form instructions use bits 28-31 as part of the instruction encoding
// DS-form instructions only use bits 30-31.
uint16_t Mask = isDQFormInstruction(readInstrFromHalf16(Loc)) ? 0xF : 0x3;
checkAlignment(Loc, lo(Val), Mask + 1, OriginalType);
write16(Loc, (read16(Loc) & Mask) | lo(Val));
} break;
case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA:
case R_PPC64_REL16_HA:
case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA:
write16(Loc, ha(Val));
if (Config->TocOptimize && ShouldTocOptimize && ha(Val) == 0)
writeInstrFromHalf16(Loc, 0x60000000);
else
write16(Loc, ha(Val));
break;
case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI:
case R_PPC64_REL16_HI:
@ -438,12 +674,40 @@ void PPC64::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO:
case R_PPC64_REL16_LO:
case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO:
// When the high-adjusted part of a toc relocation evalutes to 0, it is
// changed into a nop. The lo part then needs to be updated to use the
// toc-pointer register r2, as the base register.
if (Config->TocOptimize && ShouldTocOptimize && ha(Val) == 0) {
uint32_t Instr = readInstrFromHalf16(Loc);
if (isInstructionUpdateForm(Instr))
error(getErrorLocation(Loc) +
"can't toc-optimize an update instruction: 0x" +
utohexstr(Instr));
Instr = (Instr & 0xFFE00000) | 0x00020000;
writeInstrFromHalf16(Loc, Instr);
}
write16(Loc, lo(Val));
break;
case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
write16(Loc, (read16(Loc) & 3) | (lo(Val) & ~3));
break;
case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: {
// DQ-form instructions use bits 28-31 as part of the instruction encoding
// DS-form instructions only use bits 30-31.
uint32_t Inst = readInstrFromHalf16(Loc);
uint16_t Mask = isDQFormInstruction(Inst) ? 0xF : 0x3;
checkAlignment(Loc, lo(Val), Mask + 1, OriginalType);
if (Config->TocOptimize && ShouldTocOptimize && ha(Val) == 0) {
// When the high-adjusted part of a toc relocation evalutes to 0, it is
// changed into a nop. The lo part then needs to be updated to use the toc
// pointer register r2, as the base register.
if (isInstructionUpdateForm(Inst))
error(getErrorLocation(Loc) +
"Can't toc-optimize an update instruction: 0x" +
Twine::utohexstr(Inst));
Inst = (Inst & 0xFFE0000F) | 0x00020000;
writeInstrFromHalf16(Loc, Inst);
}
write16(Loc, (read16(Loc) & Mask) | lo(Val));
} break;
case R_PPC64_ADDR32:
case R_PPC64_REL32:
checkInt(Loc, Val, 32, Type);
@ -454,9 +718,17 @@ void PPC64::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
case R_PPC64_TOC:
write64(Loc, Val);
break;
case R_PPC64_REL14: {
uint32_t Mask = 0x0000FFFC;
checkInt(Loc, Val, 16, Type);
checkAlignment(Loc, Val, 4, Type);
write32(Loc, (read32(Loc) & ~Mask) | (Val & Mask));
break;
}
case R_PPC64_REL24: {
uint32_t Mask = 0x03FFFFFC;
checkInt(Loc, Val, 24, Type);
checkInt(Loc, Val, 26, Type);
checkAlignment(Loc, Val, 4, Type);
write32(Loc, (read32(Loc) & ~Mask) | (Val & Mask));
break;
}
@ -470,9 +742,30 @@ void PPC64::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
bool PPC64::needsThunk(RelExpr Expr, RelType Type, const InputFile *File,
uint64_t BranchAddr, const Symbol &S) const {
// If a function is in the plt it needs to be called through
// a call stub.
return Type == R_PPC64_REL24 && S.isInPlt();
if (Type != R_PPC64_REL14 && Type != R_PPC64_REL24)
return false;
// If a function is in the Plt it needs to be called with a call-stub.
if (S.isInPlt())
return true;
// If a symbol is a weak undefined and we are compiling an executable
// it doesn't need a range-extending thunk since it can't be called.
if (S.isUndefWeak() && !Config->Shared)
return false;
// If the offset exceeds the range of the branch type then it will need
// a range-extending thunk.
return !inBranchRange(Type, BranchAddr, S.getVA());
}
bool PPC64::inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src, uint64_t Dst) const {
int64_t Offset = Dst - Src;
if (Type == R_PPC64_REL14)
return isInt<16>(Offset);
if (Type == R_PPC64_REL24)
return isInt<26>(Offset);
llvm_unreachable("unsupported relocation type used in branch");
}
RelExpr PPC64::adjustRelaxExpr(RelType Type, const uint8_t *Data,
@ -511,9 +804,8 @@ void PPC64::relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: {
// Relax from addi r3, rA, sym@got@tlsgd@l to
// ld r3, sym@got@tprel@l(rA)
uint32_t EndianOffset = Config->EKind == ELF64BEKind ? 2U : 0U;
uint32_t InputRegister = (read32(Loc - EndianOffset) & (0x1f << 16));
write32(Loc - EndianOffset, 0xE8600000 | InputRegister);
uint32_t InputRegister = (readInstrFromHalf16(Loc) & (0x1f << 16));
writeInstrFromHalf16(Loc, 0xE8600000 | InputRegister);
relocateOne(Loc, R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, Val);
return;
}
@ -526,6 +818,113 @@ void PPC64::relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const {
}
}
// The prologue for a split-stack function is expected to look roughly
// like this:
// .Lglobal_entry_point:
// # TOC pointer initalization.
// ...
// .Llocal_entry_point:
// # load the __private_ss member of the threads tcbhead.
// ld r0,-0x7000-64(r13)
// # subtract the functions stack size from the stack pointer.
// addis r12, r1, ha(-stack-frame size)
// addi r12, r12, l(-stack-frame size)
// # compare needed to actual and branch to allocate_more_stack if more
// # space is needed, otherwise fallthrough to 'normal' function body.
// cmpld cr7,r12,r0
// blt- cr7, .Lallocate_more_stack
//
// -) The allocate_more_stack block might be placed after the split-stack
// prologue and the `blt-` replaced with a `bge+ .Lnormal_func_body`
// instead.
// -) If either the addis or addi is not needed due to the stack size being
// smaller then 32K or a multiple of 64K they will be replaced with a nop,
// but there will always be 2 instructions the linker can overwrite for the
// adjusted stack size.
//
// The linkers job here is to increase the stack size used in the addis/addi
// pair by split-stack-size-adjust.
// addis r12, r1, ha(-stack-frame size - split-stack-adjust-size)
// addi r12, r12, l(-stack-frame size - split-stack-adjust-size)
bool PPC64::adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc, uint8_t *End,
uint8_t StOther) const {
// If the caller has a global entry point adjust the buffer past it. The start
// of the split-stack prologue will be at the local entry point.
Loc += getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset(StOther);
// At the very least we expect to see a load of some split-stack data from the
// tcb, and 2 instructions that calculate the ending stack address this
// function will require. If there is not enough room for at least 3
// instructions it can't be a split-stack prologue.
if (Loc + 12 >= End)
return false;
// First instruction must be `ld r0, -0x7000-64(r13)`
if (read32(Loc) != 0xe80d8fc0)
return false;
int16_t HiImm = 0;
int16_t LoImm = 0;
// First instruction can be either an addis if the frame size is larger then
// 32K, or an addi if the size is less then 32K.
int32_t FirstInstr = read32(Loc + 4);
if (getPrimaryOpCode(FirstInstr) == 15) {
HiImm = FirstInstr & 0xFFFF;
} else if (getPrimaryOpCode(FirstInstr) == 14) {
LoImm = FirstInstr & 0xFFFF;
} else {
return false;
}
// Second instruction is either an addi or a nop. If the first instruction was
// an addi then LoImm is set and the second instruction must be a nop.
uint32_t SecondInstr = read32(Loc + 8);
if (!LoImm && getPrimaryOpCode(SecondInstr) == 14) {
LoImm = SecondInstr & 0xFFFF;
} else if (SecondInstr != 0x60000000) {
return false;
}
// The register operands of the first instruction should be the stack-pointer
// (r1) as the input (RA) and r12 as the output (RT). If the second
// instruction is not a nop, then it should use r12 as both input and output.
auto CheckRegOperands = [](uint32_t Instr, uint8_t ExpectedRT,
uint8_t ExpectedRA) {
return ((Instr & 0x3E00000) >> 21 == ExpectedRT) &&
((Instr & 0x1F0000) >> 16 == ExpectedRA);
};
if (!CheckRegOperands(FirstInstr, 12, 1))
return false;
if (SecondInstr != 0x60000000 && !CheckRegOperands(SecondInstr, 12, 12))
return false;
int32_t StackFrameSize = (HiImm * 65536) + LoImm;
// Check that the adjusted size doesn't overflow what we can represent with 2
// instructions.
if (StackFrameSize < Config->SplitStackAdjustSize + INT32_MIN) {
error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "split-stack prologue adjustment overflows");
return false;
}
int32_t AdjustedStackFrameSize =
StackFrameSize - Config->SplitStackAdjustSize;
LoImm = AdjustedStackFrameSize & 0xFFFF;
HiImm = (AdjustedStackFrameSize + 0x8000) >> 16;
if (HiImm) {
write32(Loc + 4, 0x3D810000 | (uint16_t)HiImm);
// If the low immediate is zero the second instruction will be a nop.
SecondInstr = LoImm ? 0x398C0000 | (uint16_t)LoImm : 0x60000000;
write32(Loc + 8, SecondInstr);
} else {
// addi r12, r1, imm
write32(Loc + 4, (0x39810000) | (uint16_t)LoImm);
write32(Loc + 8, 0x60000000);
}
return true;
}
TargetInfo *elf::getPPC64TargetInfo() {
static PPC64 Target;
return &Target;

279
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/RISCV.cpp vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
//===- RISCV.cpp ----------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// The LLVM Linker
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "InputFiles.h"
#include "Target.h"
using namespace llvm;
using namespace llvm::object;
using namespace llvm::support::endian;
using namespace llvm::ELF;
using namespace lld;
using namespace lld::elf;
namespace {
class RISCV final : public TargetInfo {
public:
RISCV();
uint32_t calcEFlags() const override;
RelExpr getRelExpr(RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const override;
void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
};
} // end anonymous namespace
RISCV::RISCV() { NoneRel = R_RISCV_NONE; }
static uint32_t getEFlags(InputFile *F) {
if (Config->Is64)
return cast<ObjFile<ELF64LE>>(F)->getObj().getHeader()->e_flags;
return cast<ObjFile<ELF32LE>>(F)->getObj().getHeader()->e_flags;
}
uint32_t RISCV::calcEFlags() const {
assert(!ObjectFiles.empty());
uint32_t Target = getEFlags(ObjectFiles.front());
for (InputFile *F : ObjectFiles) {
uint32_t EFlags = getEFlags(F);
if (EFlags & EF_RISCV_RVC)
Target |= EF_RISCV_RVC;
if ((EFlags & EF_RISCV_FLOAT_ABI) != (Target & EF_RISCV_FLOAT_ABI))
error(toString(F) +
": cannot link object files with different floating-point ABI");
if ((EFlags & EF_RISCV_RVE) != (Target & EF_RISCV_RVE))
error(toString(F) +
": cannot link object files with different EF_RISCV_RVE");
}
return Target;
}
RelExpr RISCV::getRelExpr(const RelType Type, const Symbol &S,
const uint8_t *Loc) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_RISCV_JAL:
case R_RISCV_BRANCH:
case R_RISCV_CALL:
case R_RISCV_PCREL_HI20:
case R_RISCV_RVC_BRANCH:
case R_RISCV_RVC_JUMP:
case R_RISCV_32_PCREL:
return R_PC;
case R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12_I:
case R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12_S:
return R_RISCV_PC_INDIRECT;
case R_RISCV_RELAX:
case R_RISCV_ALIGN:
return R_HINT;
default:
return R_ABS;
}
}
// Extract bits V[Begin:End], where range is inclusive, and Begin must be < 63.
static uint32_t extractBits(uint64_t V, uint32_t Begin, uint32_t End) {
return (V & ((1ULL << (Begin + 1)) - 1)) >> End;
}
void RISCV::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, const RelType Type,
const uint64_t Val) const {
switch (Type) {
case R_RISCV_32:
write32le(Loc, Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_64:
write64le(Loc, Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_RVC_BRANCH: {
checkInt(Loc, static_cast<int64_t>(Val) >> 1, 8, Type);
checkAlignment(Loc, Val, 2, Type);
uint16_t Insn = read16le(Loc) & 0xE383;
uint16_t Imm8 = extractBits(Val, 8, 8) << 12;
uint16_t Imm4_3 = extractBits(Val, 4, 3) << 10;
uint16_t Imm7_6 = extractBits(Val, 7, 6) << 5;
uint16_t Imm2_1 = extractBits(Val, 2, 1) << 3;
uint16_t Imm5 = extractBits(Val, 5, 5) << 2;
Insn |= Imm8 | Imm4_3 | Imm7_6 | Imm2_1 | Imm5;
write16le(Loc, Insn);
return;
}
case R_RISCV_RVC_JUMP: {
checkInt(Loc, static_cast<int64_t>(Val) >> 1, 11, Type);
checkAlignment(Loc, Val, 2, Type);
uint16_t Insn = read16le(Loc) & 0xE003;
uint16_t Imm11 = extractBits(Val, 11, 11) << 12;
uint16_t Imm4 = extractBits(Val, 4, 4) << 11;
uint16_t Imm9_8 = extractBits(Val, 9, 8) << 9;
uint16_t Imm10 = extractBits(Val, 10, 10) << 8;
uint16_t Imm6 = extractBits(Val, 6, 6) << 7;
uint16_t Imm7 = extractBits(Val, 7, 7) << 6;
uint16_t Imm3_1 = extractBits(Val, 3, 1) << 3;
uint16_t Imm5 = extractBits(Val, 5, 5) << 2;
Insn |= Imm11 | Imm4 | Imm9_8 | Imm10 | Imm6 | Imm7 | Imm3_1 | Imm5;
write16le(Loc, Insn);
return;
}
case R_RISCV_RVC_LUI: {
int32_t Imm = ((Val + 0x800) >> 12);
checkUInt(Loc, Imm, 6, Type);
if (Imm == 0) { // `c.lui rd, 0` is illegal, convert to `c.li rd, 0`
write16le(Loc, (read16le(Loc) & 0x0F83) | 0x4000);
} else {
uint16_t Imm17 = extractBits(Val + 0x800, 17, 17) << 12;
uint16_t Imm16_12 = extractBits(Val + 0x800, 16, 12) << 2;
write16le(Loc, (read16le(Loc) & 0xEF83) | Imm17 | Imm16_12);
}
return;
}
case R_RISCV_JAL: {
checkInt(Loc, static_cast<int64_t>(Val) >> 1, 20, Type);
checkAlignment(Loc, Val, 2, Type);
uint32_t Insn = read32le(Loc) & 0xFFF;
uint32_t Imm20 = extractBits(Val, 20, 20) << 31;
uint32_t Imm10_1 = extractBits(Val, 10, 1) << 21;
uint32_t Imm11 = extractBits(Val, 11, 11) << 20;
uint32_t Imm19_12 = extractBits(Val, 19, 12) << 12;
Insn |= Imm20 | Imm10_1 | Imm11 | Imm19_12;
write32le(Loc, Insn);
return;
}
case R_RISCV_BRANCH: {
checkInt(Loc, static_cast<int64_t>(Val) >> 1, 12, Type);
checkAlignment(Loc, Val, 2, Type);
uint32_t Insn = read32le(Loc) & 0x1FFF07F;
uint32_t Imm12 = extractBits(Val, 12, 12) << 31;
uint32_t Imm10_5 = extractBits(Val, 10, 5) << 25;
uint32_t Imm4_1 = extractBits(Val, 4, 1) << 8;
uint32_t Imm11 = extractBits(Val, 11, 11) << 7;
Insn |= Imm12 | Imm10_5 | Imm4_1 | Imm11;
write32le(Loc, Insn);
return;
}
// auipc + jalr pair
case R_RISCV_CALL: {
checkInt(Loc, Val, 32, Type);
if (isInt<32>(Val)) {
relocateOne(Loc, R_RISCV_PCREL_HI20, Val);
relocateOne(Loc + 4, R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12_I, Val);
}
return;
}
case R_RISCV_PCREL_HI20:
case R_RISCV_HI20: {
checkInt(Loc, Val, 32, Type);
uint32_t Hi = Val + 0x800;
write32le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & 0xFFF) | (Hi & 0xFFFFF000));
return;
}
case R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12_I:
case R_RISCV_LO12_I: {
checkInt(Loc, Val, 32, Type);
uint32_t Hi = Val + 0x800;
uint32_t Lo = Val - (Hi & 0xFFFFF000);
write32le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & 0xFFFFF) | ((Lo & 0xFFF) << 20));
return;
}
case R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12_S:
case R_RISCV_LO12_S: {
checkInt(Loc, Val, 32, Type);
uint32_t Hi = Val + 0x800;
uint32_t Lo = Val - (Hi & 0xFFFFF000);
uint32_t Imm11_5 = extractBits(Lo, 11, 5) << 25;
uint32_t Imm4_0 = extractBits(Lo, 4, 0) << 7;
write32le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & 0x1FFF07F) | Imm11_5 | Imm4_0);
return;
}
case R_RISCV_ADD8:
*Loc += Val;
return;
case R_RISCV_ADD16:
write16le(Loc, read16le(Loc) + Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_ADD32:
write32le(Loc, read32le(Loc) + Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_ADD64:
write64le(Loc, read64le(Loc) + Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_SUB6:
*Loc = (*Loc & 0xc0) | (((*Loc & 0x3f) - Val) & 0x3f);
return;
case R_RISCV_SUB8:
*Loc -= Val;
return;
case R_RISCV_SUB16:
write16le(Loc, read16le(Loc) - Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_SUB32:
write32le(Loc, read32le(Loc) - Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_SUB64:
write64le(Loc, read64le(Loc) - Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_SET6:
*Loc = (*Loc & 0xc0) | (Val & 0x3f);
return;
case R_RISCV_SET8:
*Loc = Val;
return;
case R_RISCV_SET16:
write16le(Loc, Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_SET32:
case R_RISCV_32_PCREL:
write32le(Loc, Val);
return;
case R_RISCV_ALIGN:
case R_RISCV_RELAX:
return; // Ignored (for now)
case R_RISCV_NONE:
return; // Do nothing
// These are handled by the dynamic linker
case R_RISCV_RELATIVE:
case R_RISCV_COPY:
case R_RISCV_JUMP_SLOT:
// GP-relative relocations are only produced after relaxation, which
// we don't support for now
case R_RISCV_GPREL_I:
case R_RISCV_GPREL_S:
default:
error(getErrorLocation(Loc) +
"unimplemented relocation: " + toString(Type));
return;
}
}
TargetInfo *elf::getRISCVTargetInfo() {
static RISCV Target;
return &Target;
}

1
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/SPARCV9.cpp vendored
View File

@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ public:
SPARCV9::SPARCV9() {
CopyRel = R_SPARC_COPY;
GotRel = R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT;
NoneRel = R_SPARC_NONE;
PltRel = R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT;
RelativeRel = R_SPARC_RELATIVE;
GotEntrySize = 8;

25
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/X86.cpp vendored
View File

@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ public:
X86::X86() {
CopyRel = R_386_COPY;
GotRel = R_386_GLOB_DAT;
NoneRel = R_386_NONE;
PltRel = R_386_JUMP_SLOT;
IRelativeRel = R_386_IRELATIVE;
RelativeRel = R_386_RELATIVE;
@ -59,7 +60,11 @@ X86::X86() {
PltEntrySize = 16;
PltHeaderSize = 16;
TlsGdRelaxSkip = 2;
TrapInstr = 0xcccccccc; // 0xcc = INT3
TrapInstr = {0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc}; // 0xcc = INT3
// Align to the non-PAE large page size (known as a superpage or huge page).
// FreeBSD automatically promotes large, superpage-aligned allocations.
DefaultImageBase = 0x400000;
}
static bool hasBaseReg(uint8_t ModRM) { return (ModRM & 0xc7) != 0x5; }
@ -152,7 +157,7 @@ RelExpr X86::adjustRelaxExpr(RelType Type, const uint8_t *Data,
}
void X86::writeGotPltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
write32le(Buf, InX::Dynamic->getVA());
write32le(Buf, In.Dynamic->getVA());
}
void X86::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const Symbol &S) const {
@ -183,8 +188,8 @@ void X86::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
};
memcpy(Buf, V, sizeof(V));
uint32_t Ebx = InX::Got->getVA() + InX::Got->getSize();
uint32_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA() - Ebx;
uint32_t Ebx = In.Got->getVA() + In.Got->getSize();
uint32_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA() - Ebx;
write32le(Buf + 2, GotPlt + 4);
write32le(Buf + 8, GotPlt + 8);
return;
@ -196,7 +201,7 @@ void X86::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, // nop
};
memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
uint32_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA();
uint32_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA();
write32le(Buf + 2, GotPlt + 4);
write32le(Buf + 8, GotPlt + 8);
}
@ -213,7 +218,7 @@ void X86::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotPltEntryAddr,
if (Config->Pic) {
// jmp *foo@GOT(%ebx)
uint32_t Ebx = InX::Got->getVA() + InX::Got->getSize();
uint32_t Ebx = In.Got->getVA() + In.Got->getSize();
Buf[1] = 0xa3;
write32le(Buf + 2, GotPltEntryAddr - Ebx);
} else {
@ -447,8 +452,8 @@ void RetpolinePic::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
};
memcpy(Buf, Insn, sizeof(Insn));
uint32_t Ebx = InX::Got->getVA() + InX::Got->getSize();
uint32_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA() - Ebx;
uint32_t Ebx = In.Got->getVA() + In.Got->getSize();
uint32_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA() - Ebx;
write32le(Buf + 2, GotPlt + 4);
write32le(Buf + 9, GotPlt + 8);
}
@ -467,7 +472,7 @@ void RetpolinePic::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotPltEntryAddr,
};
memcpy(Buf, Insn, sizeof(Insn));
uint32_t Ebx = InX::Got->getVA() + InX::Got->getSize();
uint32_t Ebx = In.Got->getVA() + In.Got->getSize();
unsigned Off = getPltEntryOffset(Index);
write32le(Buf + 3, GotPltEntryAddr - Ebx);
write32le(Buf + 8, -Off - 12 + 32);
@ -506,7 +511,7 @@ void RetpolineNoPic::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
};
memcpy(Buf, Insn, sizeof(Insn));
uint32_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA();
uint32_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA();
write32le(Buf + 2, GotPlt + 4);
write32le(Buf + 8, GotPlt + 8);
}

91
deps/lld/ELF/Arch/X86_64.cpp vendored
View File

@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ public:
void relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
void relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
void relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
bool adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc,
uint8_t *End) const override;
bool adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc, uint8_t *End,
uint8_t StOther) const override;
private:
void relaxGotNoPic(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t Val, uint8_t Op,
@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ private:
template <class ELFT> X86_64<ELFT>::X86_64() {
CopyRel = R_X86_64_COPY;
GotRel = R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT;
NoneRel = R_X86_64_NONE;
PltRel = R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT;
RelativeRel = R_X86_64_RELATIVE;
IRelativeRel = R_X86_64_IRELATIVE;
@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ template <class ELFT> X86_64<ELFT>::X86_64() {
PltEntrySize = 16;
PltHeaderSize = 16;
TlsGdRelaxSkip = 2;
TrapInstr = 0xcccccccc; // 0xcc = INT3
TrapInstr = {0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc}; // 0xcc = INT3
// Align to the large page size (known as a superpage or huge page).
// FreeBSD automatically promotes large, superpage-aligned allocations.
@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ template <class ELFT> void X86_64<ELFT>::writeGotPltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
// required, but it is documented in the psabi and the glibc dynamic linker
// seems to use it (note that this is relevant for linking ld.so, not any
// other program).
write64le(Buf, InX::Dynamic->getVA());
write64le(Buf, In.Dynamic->getVA());
}
template <class ELFT>
@ -140,8 +141,8 @@ template <class ELFT> void X86_64<ELFT>::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
0x0f, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00, // nop
};
memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
uint64_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t Plt = InX::Plt->getVA();
uint64_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t Plt = In.Plt->getVA();
write32le(Buf + 2, GotPlt - Plt + 2); // GOTPLT+8
write32le(Buf + 8, GotPlt - Plt + 4); // GOTPLT+16
}
@ -263,15 +264,6 @@ void X86_64<ELFT>::relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type,
template <class ELFT>
void X86_64<ELFT>::relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type,
uint64_t Val) const {
// Convert
// leaq bar@tlsld(%rip), %rdi
// callq __tls_get_addr@PLT
// leaq bar@dtpoff(%rax), %rcx
// to
// .word 0x6666
// .byte 0x66
// mov %fs:0,%rax
// leaq bar@tpoff(%rax), %rcx
if (Type == R_X86_64_DTPOFF64) {
write64le(Loc, Val);
return;
@ -286,7 +278,37 @@ void X86_64<ELFT>::relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type,
0x66, // .byte 0x66
0x64, 0x48, 0x8b, 0x04, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // mov %fs:0,%rax
};
memcpy(Loc - 3, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
if (Loc[4] == 0xe8) {
// Convert
// leaq bar@tlsld(%rip), %rdi # 48 8d 3d <Loc>
// callq __tls_get_addr@PLT # e8 <disp32>
// leaq bar@dtpoff(%rax), %rcx
// to
// .word 0x6666
// .byte 0x66
// mov %fs:0,%rax
// leaq bar@tpoff(%rax), %rcx
memcpy(Loc - 3, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
return;
}
if (Loc[4] == 0xff && Loc[5] == 0x15) {
// Convert
// leaq x@tlsld(%rip),%rdi # 48 8d 3d <Loc>
// call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) # ff 15 <disp32>
// to
// .long 0x66666666
// movq %fs:0,%rax
// See "Table 11.9: LD -> LE Code Transition (LP64)" in
// https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/hjl-tools/x86-psABI/x86-64-psABI-1.0.pdf
Loc[-3] = 0x66;
memcpy(Loc - 2, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
return;
}
error(getErrorLocation(Loc - 3) +
"expected R_X86_64_PLT32 or R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX after R_X86_64_TLSLD");
}
template <class ELFT>
@ -481,23 +503,27 @@ namespace {
// B) Or a load of a stack pointer offset with an lea to r10 or r11.
template <>
bool X86_64<ELF64LE>::adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc,
uint8_t *End) const {
uint8_t *End,
uint8_t StOther) const {
if (Loc + 8 >= End)
return false;
// Replace "cmp %fs:0x70,%rsp" and subsequent branch
// with "stc, nopl 0x0(%rax,%rax,1)"
if (Loc + 8 < End && memcmp(Loc, "\x64\x48\x3b\x24\x25", 4) == 0) {
if (memcmp(Loc, "\x64\x48\x3b\x24\x25", 5) == 0) {
memcpy(Loc, "\xf9\x0f\x1f\x84\x00\x00\x00\x00", 8);
return true;
}
// Adjust "lea -0x200(%rsp),%r10" to lea "-0x4200(%rsp),%r10"
if (Loc + 7 < End && memcmp(Loc, "\x4c\x8d\x94\x24\x00\xfe\xff", 7) == 0) {
memcpy(Loc, "\x4c\x8d\x94\x24\x00\xbe\xff", 7);
return true;
}
// Adjust "lea -0x200(%rsp),%r11" to lea "-0x4200(%rsp),%r11"
if (Loc + 7 < End && memcmp(Loc, "\x4c\x8d\x9c\x24\x00\xfe\xff", 7) == 0) {
memcpy(Loc, "\x4c\x8d\x9c\x24\x00\xbe\xff", 7);
// Adjust "lea X(%rsp),%rYY" to lea "(X - 0x4000)(%rsp),%rYY" where rYY could
// be r10 or r11. The lea instruction feeds a subsequent compare which checks
// if there is X available stack space. Making X larger effectively reserves
// that much additional space. The stack grows downward so subtract the value.
if (memcmp(Loc, "\x4c\x8d\x94\x24", 4) == 0 ||
memcmp(Loc, "\x4c\x8d\x9c\x24", 4) == 0) {
// The offset bytes are encoded four bytes after the start of the
// instruction.
write32le(Loc + 4, read32le(Loc + 4) - 0x4000);
return true;
}
return false;
@ -505,7 +531,8 @@ bool X86_64<ELF64LE>::adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc,
template <>
bool X86_64<ELF32LE>::adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc,
uint8_t *End) const {
uint8_t *End,
uint8_t StOther) const {
llvm_unreachable("Target doesn't support split stacks.");
}
@ -566,8 +593,8 @@ template <class ELFT> void Retpoline<ELFT>::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
};
memcpy(Buf, Insn, sizeof(Insn));
uint64_t GotPlt = InX::GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t Plt = InX::Plt->getVA();
uint64_t GotPlt = In.GotPlt->getVA();
uint64_t Plt = In.Plt->getVA();
write32le(Buf + 2, GotPlt - Plt - 6 + 8);
write32le(Buf + 9, GotPlt - Plt - 13 + 16);
}
@ -586,7 +613,7 @@ void Retpoline<ELFT>::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotPltEntryAddr,
};
memcpy(Buf, Insn, sizeof(Insn));
uint64_t Off = TargetInfo::getPltEntryOffset(Index);
uint64_t Off = getPltEntryOffset(Index);
write32le(Buf + 3, GotPltEntryAddr - PltEntryAddr - 7);
write32le(Buf + 8, -Off - 12 + 32);
@ -629,7 +656,7 @@ void RetpolineZNow<ELFT>::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotPltEntryAddr,
memcpy(Buf, Insn, sizeof(Insn));
write32le(Buf + 3, GotPltEntryAddr - PltEntryAddr - 7);
write32le(Buf + 8, -TargetInfo::getPltEntryOffset(Index) - 12);
write32le(Buf + 8, -getPltEntryOffset(Index) - 12);
}
template <class ELFT> static TargetInfo *getTargetInfo() {

4
deps/lld/ELF/CMakeLists.txt vendored
View File

@ -15,17 +15,19 @@ add_lld_library(lldELF
Arch/Hexagon.cpp
Arch/Mips.cpp
Arch/MipsArchTree.cpp
Arch/MSP430.cpp
Arch/PPC.cpp
Arch/PPC64.cpp
Arch/RISCV.cpp
Arch/SPARCV9.cpp
Arch/X86.cpp
Arch/X86_64.cpp
CallGraphSort.cpp
DWARF.cpp
Driver.cpp
DriverUtils.cpp
EhFrame.cpp
Filesystem.cpp
GdbIndex.cpp
ICF.cpp
InputFiles.cpp
InputSection.cpp

51
deps/lld/ELF/CallGraphSort.cpp vendored
View File

@ -57,10 +57,7 @@ struct Edge {
};
struct Cluster {
Cluster(int Sec, size_t S) {
Sections.push_back(Sec);
Size = S;
}
Cluster(int Sec, size_t S) : Sections{Sec}, Size(S) {}
double getDensity() const {
if (Size == 0)
@ -72,7 +69,7 @@ struct Cluster {
size_t Size = 0;
uint64_t Weight = 0;
uint64_t InitialWeight = 0;
std::vector<Edge> Preds;
Edge BestPred = {-1, 0};
};
class CallGraphSort {
@ -96,12 +93,14 @@ constexpr int MAX_DENSITY_DEGRADATION = 8;
constexpr uint64_t MAX_CLUSTER_SIZE = 1024 * 1024;
} // end anonymous namespace
typedef std::pair<const InputSectionBase *, const InputSectionBase *>
SectionPair;
// Take the edge list in Config->CallGraphProfile, resolve symbol names to
// Symbols, and generate a graph between InputSections with the provided
// weights.
CallGraphSort::CallGraphSort() {
llvm::MapVector<std::pair<const InputSectionBase *, const InputSectionBase *>,
uint64_t> &Profile = Config->CallGraphProfile;
MapVector<SectionPair, uint64_t> &Profile = Config->CallGraphProfile;
DenseMap<const InputSectionBase *, int> SecToCluster;
auto GetOrCreateNode = [&](const InputSectionBase *IS) -> int {
@ -114,7 +113,7 @@ CallGraphSort::CallGraphSort() {
};
// Create the graph.
for (const auto &C : Profile) {
for (std::pair<SectionPair, uint64_t> &C : Profile) {
const auto *FromSB = cast<InputSectionBase>(C.first.first->Repl);
const auto *ToSB = cast<InputSectionBase>(C.first.second->Repl);
uint64_t Weight = C.second;
@ -136,8 +135,12 @@ CallGraphSort::CallGraphSort() {
if (From == To)
continue;
// Add an edge
Clusters[To].Preds.push_back({From, Weight});
// Remember the best edge.
Cluster &ToC = Clusters[To];
if (ToC.BestPred.From == -1 || ToC.BestPred.Weight < Weight) {
ToC.BestPred.From = From;
ToC.BestPred.Weight = Weight;
}
}
for (Cluster &C : Clusters)
C.InitialWeight = C.Weight;
@ -146,9 +149,7 @@ CallGraphSort::CallGraphSort() {
// It's bad to merge clusters which would degrade the density too much.
static bool isNewDensityBad(Cluster &A, Cluster &B) {
double NewDensity = double(A.Weight + B.Weight) / double(A.Size + B.Size);
if (NewDensity < A.getDensity() / MAX_DENSITY_DEGRADATION)
return true;
return false;
return NewDensity < A.getDensity() / MAX_DENSITY_DEGRADATION;
}
static void mergeClusters(Cluster &Into, Cluster &From) {
@ -167,9 +168,9 @@ void CallGraphSort::groupClusters() {
std::vector<int> SortedSecs(Clusters.size());
std::vector<Cluster *> SecToCluster(Clusters.size());
for (int SI = 0, SE = Clusters.size(); SI != SE; ++SI) {
SortedSecs[SI] = SI;
SecToCluster[SI] = &Clusters[SI];
for (size_t I = 0; I < Clusters.size(); ++I) {
SortedSecs[I] = I;
SecToCluster[I] = &Clusters[I];
}
std::stable_sort(SortedSecs.begin(), SortedSecs.end(), [&](int A, int B) {
@ -181,21 +182,11 @@ void CallGraphSort::groupClusters() {
// been merged into another cluster yet.
Cluster &C = Clusters[SI];
int BestPred = -1;
uint64_t BestWeight = 0;
for (Edge &E : C.Preds) {
if (BestPred == -1 || E.Weight > BestWeight) {
BestPred = E.From;
BestWeight = E.Weight;
}
}
// don't consider merging if the edge is unlikely.
if (BestWeight * 10 <= C.InitialWeight)
// Don't consider merging if the edge is unlikely.
if (C.BestPred.From == -1 || C.BestPred.Weight * 10 <= C.InitialWeight)
continue;
Cluster *PredC = SecToCluster[BestPred];
Cluster *PredC = SecToCluster[C.BestPred.From];
if (PredC == &C)
continue;
@ -229,7 +220,7 @@ DenseMap<const InputSectionBase *, int> CallGraphSort::run() {
groupClusters();
// Generate order.
llvm::DenseMap<const InputSectionBase *, int> OrderMap;
DenseMap<const InputSectionBase *, int> OrderMap;
ssize_t CurOrder = 1;
for (const Cluster &C : Clusters)

12
deps/lld/ELF/Config.h vendored
View File

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ enum class ICFLevel { None, Safe, All };
enum class StripPolicy { None, All, Debug };
// For --unresolved-symbols.
enum class UnresolvedPolicy { ReportError, Warn, Ignore, IgnoreAll };
enum class UnresolvedPolicy { ReportError, Warn, Ignore };
// For --orphan-handling.
enum class OrphanHandlingPolicy { Place, Warn, Error };
@ -127,6 +127,7 @@ struct Configuration {
bool AsNeeded = false;
bool Bsymbolic;
bool BsymbolicFunctions;
bool CallGraphProfileSort;
bool CheckSections;
bool CompressDebugSections;
bool Cref;
@ -134,11 +135,13 @@ struct Configuration {
bool Demangle = true;
bool DisableVerify;
bool EhFrameHdr;
bool EmitLLVM;
bool EmitRelocs;
bool EnableNewDtags;
bool ExecuteOnly;
bool ExportDynamic;
bool FixCortexA53Errata843419;
bool FormatBinary = false;
bool GcSections;
bool GdbIndex;
bool GnuHash = false;
@ -156,6 +159,7 @@ struct Configuration {
bool OFormatBinary;
bool Omagic;
bool OptRemarksWithHotness;
bool PicThunk;
bool Pie;
bool PrintGcSections;
bool PrintIcfSections;
@ -170,19 +174,24 @@ struct Configuration {
bool Trace;
bool ThinLTOEmitImportsFiles;
bool ThinLTOIndexOnly;
bool TocOptimize;
bool UndefinedVersion;
bool UseAndroidRelrTags = false;
bool WarnBackrefs;
bool WarnCommon;
bool WarnIfuncTextrel;
bool WarnMissingEntry;
bool WarnSymbolOrdering;
bool WriteAddends;
bool ZCombreloc;
bool ZCopyreloc;
bool ZExecstack;
bool ZGlobal;
bool ZHazardplt;
bool ZInitfirst;
bool ZInterpose;
bool ZKeepTextSectionPrefix;
bool ZNodefaultlib;
bool ZNodelete;
bool ZNodlopen;
bool ZNow;
@ -212,6 +221,7 @@ struct Configuration {
unsigned LTOO;
unsigned Optimize;
unsigned ThinLTOJobs;
int32_t SplitStackAdjustSize;
// The following config options do not directly correspond to any
// particualr command line options.

40
deps/lld/ELF/GdbIndex.cpp → deps/lld/ELF/DWARF.cpp vendored
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
//===- GdbIndex.cpp -------------------------------------------------------===//
//===- DWARF.cpp ----------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// The LLVM Linker
//
@ -14,8 +14,9 @@
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "GdbIndex.h"
#include "DWARF.h"
#include "Symbols.h"
#include "Target.h"
#include "lld/Common/Memory.h"
#include "llvm/DebugInfo/DWARF/DWARFDebugPubTable.h"
#include "llvm/Object/ELFObjectFile.h"
@ -29,24 +30,28 @@ template <class ELFT> LLDDwarfObj<ELFT>::LLDDwarfObj(ObjFile<ELFT> *Obj) {
for (InputSectionBase *Sec : Obj->getSections()) {
if (!Sec)
continue;
if (LLDDWARFSection *M = StringSwitch<LLDDWARFSection *>(Sec->Name)
.Case(".debug_info", &InfoSection)
.Case(".debug_ranges", &RangeSection)
.Case(".debug_line", &LineSection)
.Default(nullptr)) {
Sec->maybeDecompress();
M->Data = toStringRef(Sec->Data);
if (LLDDWARFSection *M =
StringSwitch<LLDDWARFSection *>(Sec->Name)
.Case(".debug_addr", &AddrSection)
.Case(".debug_gnu_pubnames", &GnuPubNamesSection)
.Case(".debug_gnu_pubtypes", &GnuPubTypesSection)
.Case(".debug_info", &InfoSection)
.Case(".debug_ranges", &RangeSection)
.Case(".debug_rnglists", &RngListsSection)
.Case(".debug_line", &LineSection)
.Default(nullptr)) {
M->Data = toStringRef(Sec->data());
M->Sec = Sec;
continue;
}
if (Sec->Name == ".debug_abbrev")
AbbrevSection = toStringRef(Sec->Data);
else if (Sec->Name == ".debug_gnu_pubnames")
GnuPubNamesSection = toStringRef(Sec->Data);
else if (Sec->Name == ".debug_gnu_pubtypes")
GnuPubTypesSection = toStringRef(Sec->Data);
AbbrevSection = toStringRef(Sec->data());
else if (Sec->Name == ".debug_str")
StrSection = toStringRef(Sec->Data);
StrSection = toStringRef(Sec->data());
else if (Sec->Name == ".debug_line_str")
LineStringSection = toStringRef(Sec->data());
}
}
@ -73,7 +78,10 @@ LLDDwarfObj<ELFT>::findAux(const InputSectionBase &Sec, uint64_t Pos,
// Broken debug info can point to a non-Defined symbol.
auto *DR = dyn_cast<Defined>(&File->getRelocTargetSym(Rel));
if (!DR) {
error("unsupported relocation target while parsing debug info");
RelType Type = Rel.getType(Config->IsMips64EL);
if (Type != Target->NoneRel)
error(toString(File) + ": relocation " + lld::toString(Type) + " at 0x" +
llvm::utohexstr(Rel.r_offset) + " has unsupported target");
return None;
}
uint64_t Val = DR->Value + getAddend<ELFT>(Rel);

93
deps/lld/ELF/GdbIndex.h → deps/lld/ELF/DWARF.h vendored
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
//===- GdbIndex.h --------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
//===- DWARF.h -----------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
//
// The LLVM Linker
//
@ -7,10 +7,11 @@
//
//===-------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#ifndef LLD_ELF_GDB_INDEX_H
#define LLD_ELF_GDB_INDEX_H
#ifndef LLD_ELF_DWARF_H
#define LLD_ELF_DWARF_H
#include "InputFiles.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/DebugInfo/DWARF/DWARFContext.h"
#include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
@ -24,44 +25,66 @@ struct LLDDWARFSection final : public llvm::DWARFSection {
};
template <class ELFT> class LLDDwarfObj final : public llvm::DWARFObject {
LLDDWARFSection InfoSection;
LLDDWARFSection RangeSection;
LLDDWARFSection LineSection;
StringRef AbbrevSection;
StringRef GnuPubNamesSection;
StringRef GnuPubTypesSection;
StringRef StrSection;
public:
explicit LLDDwarfObj(ObjFile<ELFT> *Obj);
void forEachInfoSections(
llvm::function_ref<void(const llvm::DWARFSection &)> F) const override {
F(InfoSection);
}
const llvm::DWARFSection &getRangeSection() const override {
return RangeSection;
}
const llvm::DWARFSection &getRnglistsSection() const override {
return RngListsSection;
}
const llvm::DWARFSection &getLineSection() const override {
return LineSection;
}
const llvm::DWARFSection &getAddrSection() const override {
return AddrSection;
}
const llvm::DWARFSection &getGnuPubNamesSection() const override {
return GnuPubNamesSection;
}
const llvm::DWARFSection &getGnuPubTypesSection() const override {
return GnuPubTypesSection;
}
StringRef getFileName() const override { return ""; }
StringRef getAbbrevSection() const override { return AbbrevSection; }
StringRef getStringSection() const override { return StrSection; }
StringRef getLineStringSection() const override { return LineStringSection; }
bool isLittleEndian() const override {
return ELFT::TargetEndianness == llvm::support::little;
}
llvm::Optional<llvm::RelocAddrEntry> find(const llvm::DWARFSection &Sec,
uint64_t Pos) const override;
private:
template <class RelTy>
llvm::Optional<llvm::RelocAddrEntry> findAux(const InputSectionBase &Sec,
uint64_t Pos,
ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) const;
public:
explicit LLDDwarfObj(ObjFile<ELFT> *Obj);
const llvm::DWARFSection &getInfoSection() const override {
return InfoSection;
}
const llvm::DWARFSection &getRangeSection() const override {
return RangeSection;
}
const llvm::DWARFSection &getLineSection() const override {
return LineSection;
}
StringRef getFileName() const override { return ""; }
StringRef getAbbrevSection() const override { return AbbrevSection; }
StringRef getStringSection() const override { return StrSection; }
StringRef getGnuPubNamesSection() const override {
return GnuPubNamesSection;
}
StringRef getGnuPubTypesSection() const override {
return GnuPubTypesSection;
}
bool isLittleEndian() const override {
return ELFT::TargetEndianness == llvm::support::little;
}
llvm::Optional<llvm::RelocAddrEntry> find(const llvm::DWARFSection &Sec,
uint64_t Pos) const override;
LLDDWARFSection GnuPubNamesSection;
LLDDWARFSection GnuPubTypesSection;
LLDDWARFSection InfoSection;
LLDDWARFSection RangeSection;
LLDDWARFSection RngListsSection;
LLDDWARFSection LineSection;
LLDDWARFSection AddrSection;
StringRef AbbrevSection;
StringRef StrSection;
StringRef LineStringSection;
};
} // namespace elf

395
deps/lld/ELF/Driver.cpp vendored
View File

@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ using namespace llvm;
using namespace llvm::ELF;
using namespace llvm::object;
using namespace llvm::sys;
using namespace llvm::support;
using namespace lld;
using namespace lld::elf;
@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ static void setConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args);
bool elf::link(ArrayRef<const char *> Args, bool CanExitEarly,
raw_ostream &Error) {
errorHandler().LogName = sys::path::filename(Args[0]);
errorHandler().LogName = args::getFilenameWithoutExe(Args[0]);
errorHandler().ErrorLimitExceededMsg =
"too many errors emitted, stopping now (use "
"-error-limit=0 to see all errors)";
@ -84,7 +85,6 @@ bool elf::link(ArrayRef<const char *> Args, bool CanExitEarly,
InputSections.clear();
OutputSections.clear();
Tar = nullptr;
BinaryFiles.clear();
BitcodeFiles.clear();
ObjectFiles.clear();
@ -94,6 +94,10 @@ bool elf::link(ArrayRef<const char *> Args, bool CanExitEarly,
Driver = make<LinkerDriver>();
Script = make<LinkerScript>();
Symtab = make<SymbolTable>();
Tar = nullptr;
memset(&In, 0, sizeof(In));
Config->ProgName = Args[0];
Driver->main(Args);
@ -125,9 +129,11 @@ static std::tuple<ELFKind, uint16_t, uint8_t> parseEmulation(StringRef Emul) {
.Case("elf32_x86_64", {ELF32LEKind, EM_X86_64})
.Cases("elf32btsmip", "elf32btsmipn32", {ELF32BEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Cases("elf32ltsmip", "elf32ltsmipn32", {ELF32LEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Case("elf32lriscv", {ELF32LEKind, EM_RISCV})
.Case("elf32ppc", {ELF32BEKind, EM_PPC})
.Case("elf64btsmip", {ELF64BEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Case("elf64ltsmip", {ELF64LEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Case("elf64lriscv", {ELF64LEKind, EM_RISCV})
.Case("elf64ppc", {ELF64BEKind, EM_PPC64})
.Case("elf64lppc", {ELF64LEKind, EM_PPC64})
.Cases("elf_amd64", "elf_x86_64", {ELF64LEKind, EM_X86_64})
@ -183,7 +189,7 @@ void LinkerDriver::addFile(StringRef Path, bool WithLOption) {
return;
MemoryBufferRef MBRef = *Buffer;
if (InBinary) {
if (Config->FormatBinary) {
Files.push_back(make<BinaryFile>(MBRef));
return;
}
@ -218,7 +224,7 @@ void LinkerDriver::addFile(StringRef Path, bool WithLOption) {
return;
}
case file_magic::elf_shared_object:
if (Config->Relocatable) {
if (Config->Static || Config->Relocatable) {
error("attempted static link of dynamic object " + Path);
return;
}
@ -269,14 +275,17 @@ static void initLLVM() {
// Some command line options or some combinations of them are not allowed.
// This function checks for such errors.
static void checkOptions(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
static void checkOptions() {
// The MIPS ABI as of 2016 does not support the GNU-style symbol lookup
// table which is a relatively new feature.
if (Config->EMachine == EM_MIPS && Config->GnuHash)
error("the .gnu.hash section is not compatible with the MIPS target.");
error("the .gnu.hash section is not compatible with the MIPS target");
if (Config->FixCortexA53Errata843419 && Config->EMachine != EM_AARCH64)
error("--fix-cortex-a53-843419 is only supported on AArch64 targets.");
error("--fix-cortex-a53-843419 is only supported on AArch64 targets");
if (Config->TocOptimize && Config->EMachine != EM_PPC64)
error("--toc-optimize is only supported on the PowerPC64 target");
if (Config->Pie && Config->Shared)
error("-shared and -pie may not be used together");
@ -336,12 +345,13 @@ static bool getZFlag(opt::InputArgList &Args, StringRef K1, StringRef K2,
return Default;
}
static bool isKnown(StringRef S) {
static bool isKnownZFlag(StringRef S) {
return S == "combreloc" || S == "copyreloc" || S == "defs" ||
S == "execstack" || S == "hazardplt" || S == "initfirst" ||
S == "execstack" || S == "global" || S == "hazardplt" ||
S == "initfirst" || S == "interpose" ||
S == "keep-text-section-prefix" || S == "lazy" || S == "muldefs" ||
S == "nocombreloc" || S == "nocopyreloc" || S == "nodelete" ||
S == "nodlopen" || S == "noexecstack" ||
S == "nocombreloc" || S == "nocopyreloc" || S == "nodefaultlib" ||
S == "nodelete" || S == "nodlopen" || S == "noexecstack" ||
S == "nokeep-text-section-prefix" || S == "norelro" || S == "notext" ||
S == "now" || S == "origin" || S == "relro" || S == "retpolineplt" ||
S == "rodynamic" || S == "text" || S == "wxneeded" ||
@ -351,7 +361,7 @@ static bool isKnown(StringRef S) {
// Report an error for an unknown -z option.
static void checkZOptions(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_z))
if (!isKnown(Arg->getValue()))
if (!isKnownZFlag(Arg->getValue()))
error("unknown -z value: " + StringRef(Arg->getValue()));
}
@ -386,6 +396,23 @@ void LinkerDriver::main(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_v) || Args.hasArg(OPT_version))
message(getLLDVersion() + " (compatible with GNU linkers)");
if (const char *Path = getReproduceOption(Args)) {
// Note that --reproduce is a debug option so you can ignore it
// if you are trying to understand the whole picture of the code.
Expected<std::unique_ptr<TarWriter>> ErrOrWriter =
TarWriter::create(Path, path::stem(Path));
if (ErrOrWriter) {
Tar = std::move(*ErrOrWriter);
Tar->append("response.txt", createResponseFile(Args));
Tar->append("version.txt", getLLDVersion() + "\n");
} else {
error("--reproduce: " + toString(ErrOrWriter.takeError()));
}
}
readConfigs(Args);
checkZOptions(Args);
// The behavior of -v or --version is a bit strange, but this is
// needed for compatibility with GNU linkers.
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_v) && !Args.hasArg(OPT_INPUT))
@ -393,24 +420,6 @@ void LinkerDriver::main(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_version))
return;
if (const char *Path = getReproduceOption(Args)) {
// Note that --reproduce is a debug option so you can ignore it
// if you are trying to understand the whole picture of the code.
Expected<std::unique_ptr<TarWriter>> ErrOrWriter =
TarWriter::create(Path, path::stem(Path));
if (ErrOrWriter) {
Tar = ErrOrWriter->get();
Tar->append("response.txt", createResponseFile(Args));
Tar->append("version.txt", getLLDVersion() + "\n");
make<std::unique_ptr<TarWriter>>(std::move(*ErrOrWriter));
} else {
error(Twine("--reproduce: failed to open ") + Path + ": " +
toString(ErrOrWriter.takeError()));
}
}
readConfigs(Args);
checkZOptions(Args);
initLLVM();
createFiles(Args);
if (errorCount())
@ -418,7 +427,7 @@ void LinkerDriver::main(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
inferMachineType();
setConfigs(Args);
checkOptions(Args);
checkOptions();
if (errorCount())
return;
@ -448,9 +457,6 @@ static std::string getRpath(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
// Determines what we should do if there are remaining unresolved
// symbols after the name resolution.
static UnresolvedPolicy getUnresolvedSymbolPolicy(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
if (Args.hasArg(OPT_relocatable))
return UnresolvedPolicy::IgnoreAll;
UnresolvedPolicy ErrorOrWarn = Args.hasFlag(OPT_error_unresolved_symbols,
OPT_warn_unresolved_symbols, true)
? UnresolvedPolicy::ReportError
@ -497,14 +503,11 @@ static Target2Policy getTarget2(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
}
static bool isOutputFormatBinary(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_oformat)) {
StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
if (S == "binary")
return true;
if (S.startswith("elf"))
return false;
StringRef S = Args.getLastArgValue(OPT_oformat, "elf");
if (S == "binary")
return true;
if (!S.startswith("elf"))
error("unknown --oformat value: " + S);
}
return false;
}
@ -645,38 +648,56 @@ static std::pair<bool, bool> getPackDynRelocs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
static void readCallGraph(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
// Build a map from symbol name to section
DenseMap<StringRef, const Symbol *> SymbolNameToSymbol;
DenseMap<StringRef, Symbol *> Map;
for (InputFile *File : ObjectFiles)
for (Symbol *Sym : File->getSymbols())
SymbolNameToSymbol[Sym->getName()] = Sym;
Map[Sym->getName()] = Sym;
for (StringRef L : args::getLines(MB)) {
SmallVector<StringRef, 3> Fields;
L.split(Fields, ' ');
uint64_t Count;
if (Fields.size() != 3 || !to_integer(Fields[2], Count))
fatal(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": parse error");
const Symbol *FromSym = SymbolNameToSymbol.lookup(Fields[0]);
const Symbol *ToSym = SymbolNameToSymbol.lookup(Fields[1]);
if (Config->WarnSymbolOrdering) {
if (!FromSym)
warn(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": no such symbol: " + Fields[0]);
if (!ToSym)
warn(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": no such symbol: " + Fields[1]);
auto FindSection = [&](StringRef Name) -> InputSectionBase * {
Symbol *Sym = Map.lookup(Name);
if (!Sym) {
if (Config->WarnSymbolOrdering)
warn(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": no such symbol: " + Name);
return nullptr;
}
maybeWarnUnorderableSymbol(Sym);
if (Defined *DR = dyn_cast_or_null<Defined>(Sym))
return dyn_cast_or_null<InputSectionBase>(DR->Section);
return nullptr;
};
for (StringRef Line : args::getLines(MB)) {
SmallVector<StringRef, 3> Fields;
Line.split(Fields, ' ');
uint64_t Count;
if (Fields.size() != 3 || !to_integer(Fields[2], Count)) {
error(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": parse error");
return;
}
if (InputSectionBase *From = FindSection(Fields[0]))
if (InputSectionBase *To = FindSection(Fields[1]))
Config->CallGraphProfile[std::make_pair(From, To)] += Count;
}
}
template <class ELFT> static void readCallGraphsFromObjectFiles() {
for (auto File : ObjectFiles) {
auto *Obj = cast<ObjFile<ELFT>>(File);
for (const Elf_CGProfile_Impl<ELFT> &CGPE : Obj->CGProfile) {
auto *FromSym = dyn_cast<Defined>(&Obj->getSymbol(CGPE.cgp_from));
auto *ToSym = dyn_cast<Defined>(&Obj->getSymbol(CGPE.cgp_to));
if (!FromSym || !ToSym)
continue;
auto *From = dyn_cast_or_null<InputSectionBase>(FromSym->Section);
auto *To = dyn_cast_or_null<InputSectionBase>(ToSym->Section);
if (From && To)
Config->CallGraphProfile[{From, To}] += CGPE.cgp_weight;
}
if (!FromSym || !ToSym || Count == 0)
continue;
warnUnorderableSymbol(FromSym);
warnUnorderableSymbol(ToSym);
const Defined *FromSymD = dyn_cast<Defined>(FromSym);
const Defined *ToSymD = dyn_cast<Defined>(ToSym);
if (!FromSymD || !ToSymD)
continue;
const auto *FromSB = dyn_cast_or_null<InputSectionBase>(FromSymD->Section);
const auto *ToSB = dyn_cast_or_null<InputSectionBase>(ToSymD->Section);
if (!FromSB || !ToSB)
continue;
Config->CallGraphProfile[std::make_pair(FromSB, ToSB)] += Count;
}
}
@ -753,7 +774,10 @@ void LinkerDriver::readConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
Config->DynamicLinker = getDynamicLinker(Args);
Config->EhFrameHdr =
Args.hasFlag(OPT_eh_frame_hdr, OPT_no_eh_frame_hdr, false);
Config->EmitLLVM = Args.hasArg(OPT_plugin_opt_emit_llvm, false);
Config->EmitRelocs = Args.hasArg(OPT_emit_relocs);
Config->CallGraphProfileSort = Args.hasFlag(
OPT_call_graph_profile_sort, OPT_no_call_graph_profile_sort, true);
Config->EnableNewDtags =
Args.hasFlag(OPT_enable_new_dtags, OPT_disable_new_dtags, true);
Config->Entry = Args.getLastArgValue(OPT_entry);
@ -808,6 +832,7 @@ void LinkerDriver::readConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
Config->SingleRoRx = Args.hasArg(OPT_no_rosegment);
Config->SoName = Args.getLastArgValue(OPT_soname);
Config->SortSection = getSortSection(Args);
Config->SplitStackAdjustSize = args::getInteger(Args, OPT_split_stack_adjust_size, 16384);
Config->Strip = getStrip(Args);
Config->Sysroot = Args.getLastArgValue(OPT_sysroot);
Config->Target1Rel = Args.hasFlag(OPT_target1_rel, OPT_target1_abs, false);
@ -837,15 +862,20 @@ void LinkerDriver::readConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
Config->WarnBackrefs =
Args.hasFlag(OPT_warn_backrefs, OPT_no_warn_backrefs, false);
Config->WarnCommon = Args.hasFlag(OPT_warn_common, OPT_no_warn_common, false);
Config->WarnIfuncTextrel =
Args.hasFlag(OPT_warn_ifunc_textrel, OPT_no_warn_ifunc_textrel, false);
Config->WarnSymbolOrdering =
Args.hasFlag(OPT_warn_symbol_ordering, OPT_no_warn_symbol_ordering, true);
Config->ZCombreloc = getZFlag(Args, "combreloc", "nocombreloc", true);
Config->ZCopyreloc = getZFlag(Args, "copyreloc", "nocopyreloc", true);
Config->ZExecstack = getZFlag(Args, "execstack", "noexecstack", false);
Config->ZGlobal = hasZOption(Args, "global");
Config->ZHazardplt = hasZOption(Args, "hazardplt");
Config->ZInitfirst = hasZOption(Args, "initfirst");
Config->ZInterpose = hasZOption(Args, "interpose");
Config->ZKeepTextSectionPrefix = getZFlag(
Args, "keep-text-section-prefix", "nokeep-text-section-prefix", false);
Config->ZNodefaultlib = hasZOption(Args, "nodefaultlib");
Config->ZNodelete = hasZOption(Args, "nodelete");
Config->ZNodlopen = hasZOption(Args, "nodlopen");
Config->ZNow = getZFlag(Args, "now", "lazy", false);
@ -876,6 +906,9 @@ void LinkerDriver::readConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
if (Config->ThinLTOJobs == 0)
error("--thinlto-jobs: number of threads must be > 0");
if (Config->SplitStackAdjustSize < 0)
error("--split-stack-adjust-size: size must be >= 0");
// Parse ELF{32,64}{LE,BE} and CPU type.
if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_m)) {
StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
@ -964,22 +997,18 @@ void LinkerDriver::readConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
// This function initialize such members. See Config.h for the details
// of these values.
static void setConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
ELFKind Kind = Config->EKind;
uint16_t Machine = Config->EMachine;
ELFKind K = Config->EKind;
uint16_t M = Config->EMachine;
Config->CopyRelocs = (Config->Relocatable || Config->EmitRelocs);
Config->Is64 = (Kind == ELF64LEKind || Kind == ELF64BEKind);
Config->IsLE = (Kind == ELF32LEKind || Kind == ELF64LEKind);
Config->Endianness =
Config->IsLE ? support::endianness::little : support::endianness::big;
Config->IsMips64EL = (Kind == ELF64LEKind && Machine == EM_MIPS);
Config->Is64 = (K == ELF64LEKind || K == ELF64BEKind);
Config->IsLE = (K == ELF32LEKind || K == ELF64LEKind);
Config->Endianness = Config->IsLE ? endianness::little : endianness::big;
Config->IsMips64EL = (K == ELF64LEKind && M == EM_MIPS);
Config->Pic = Config->Pie || Config->Shared;
Config->PicThunk = Args.hasArg(OPT_pic_veneer, Config->Pic);
Config->Wordsize = Config->Is64 ? 8 : 4;
// There is an ILP32 ABI for x86-64, although it's not very popular.
// It is called the x32 ABI.
bool IsX32 = (Kind == ELF32LEKind && Machine == EM_X86_64);
// ELF defines two different ways to store relocation addends as shown below:
//
// Rel: Addends are stored to the location where relocations are applied.
@ -993,8 +1022,9 @@ static void setConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
// You cannot choose which one, Rel or Rela, you want to use. Instead each
// ABI defines which one you need to use. The following expression expresses
// that.
Config->IsRela =
(Config->Is64 || IsX32 || Machine == EM_PPC) && Machine != EM_MIPS;
Config->IsRela = M == EM_AARCH64 || M == EM_AMDGPU || M == EM_HEXAGON ||
M == EM_PPC || M == EM_PPC64 || M == EM_RISCV ||
M == EM_X86_64;
// If the output uses REL relocations we must store the dynamic relocation
// addends to the output sections. We also store addends for RELA relocations
@ -1004,10 +1034,13 @@ static void setConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
Config->WriteAddends = Args.hasFlag(OPT_apply_dynamic_relocs,
OPT_no_apply_dynamic_relocs, false) ||
!Config->IsRela;
Config->TocOptimize =
Args.hasFlag(OPT_toc_optimize, OPT_no_toc_optimize, M == EM_PPC64);
}
// Returns a value of "-format" option.
static bool getBinaryOption(StringRef S) {
static bool isFormatBinary(StringRef S) {
if (S == "binary")
return true;
if (S == "elf" || S == "default")
@ -1034,7 +1067,10 @@ void LinkerDriver::createFiles(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
StringRef From;
StringRef To;
std::tie(From, To) = StringRef(Arg->getValue()).split('=');
readDefsym(From, MemoryBufferRef(To, "-defsym"));
if (From.empty() || To.empty())
error("-defsym: syntax error: " + StringRef(Arg->getValue()));
else
readDefsym(From, MemoryBufferRef(To, "-defsym"));
break;
}
case OPT_script:
@ -1049,7 +1085,7 @@ void LinkerDriver::createFiles(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
Config->AsNeeded = true;
break;
case OPT_format:
InBinary = getBinaryOption(Arg->getValue());
Config->FormatBinary = isFormatBinary(Arg->getValue());
break;
case OPT_no_as_needed:
Config->AsNeeded = false;
@ -1220,33 +1256,34 @@ template <class ELFT> static void handleUndefined(StringRef Name) {
Symtab->fetchLazy<ELFT>(Sym);
}
template <class ELFT> static bool shouldDemote(Symbol &Sym) {
// If all references to a DSO happen to be weak, the DSO is not added to
// DT_NEEDED. If that happens, we need to eliminate shared symbols created
// from the DSO. Otherwise, they become dangling references that point to a
// non-existent DSO.
if (auto *S = dyn_cast<SharedSymbol>(&Sym))
return !S->getFile<ELFT>().IsNeeded;
template <class ELFT> static void handleLibcall(StringRef Name) {
Symbol *Sym = Symtab->find(Name);
if (!Sym || !Sym->isLazy())
return;
// We are done processing archives, so lazy symbols that were used but not
// found can be converted to undefined. We could also just delete the other
// lazy symbols, but that seems to be more work than it is worth.
return Sym.isLazy() && Sym.IsUsedInRegularObj;
MemoryBufferRef MB;
if (auto *LO = dyn_cast<LazyObject>(Sym))
MB = LO->File->MB;
else
MB = cast<LazyArchive>(Sym)->getMemberBuffer();
if (isBitcode(MB))
Symtab->fetchLazy<ELFT>(Sym);
}
// Some files, such as .so or files between -{start,end}-lib may be removed
// after their symbols are added to the symbol table. If that happens, we
// need to remove symbols that refer files that no longer exist, so that
// they won't appear in the symbol table of the output file.
//
// We remove symbols by demoting them to undefined symbol.
template <class ELFT> static void demoteSymbols() {
// If all references to a DSO happen to be weak, the DSO is not added
// to DT_NEEDED. If that happens, we need to eliminate shared symbols
// created from the DSO. Otherwise, they become dangling references
// that point to a non-existent DSO.
template <class ELFT> static void demoteSharedSymbols() {
for (Symbol *Sym : Symtab->getSymbols()) {
if (shouldDemote<ELFT>(*Sym)) {
bool Used = Sym->Used;
replaceSymbol<Undefined>(Sym, nullptr, Sym->getName(), Sym->Binding,
Sym->StOther, Sym->Type);
Sym->Used = Used;
if (auto *S = dyn_cast<SharedSymbol>(Sym)) {
if (!S->getFile<ELFT>().IsNeeded) {
bool Used = S->Used;
replaceSymbol<Undefined>(S, nullptr, S->getName(), STB_WEAK, S->StOther,
S->Type);
S->Used = Used;
}
}
}
}
@ -1315,6 +1352,85 @@ static void findKeepUniqueSections(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
}
}
template <class ELFT> static Symbol *addUndefined(StringRef Name) {
return Symtab->addUndefined<ELFT>(Name, STB_GLOBAL, STV_DEFAULT, 0, false,
nullptr);
}
// The --wrap option is a feature to rename symbols so that you can write
// wrappers for existing functions. If you pass `-wrap=foo`, all
// occurrences of symbol `foo` are resolved to `wrap_foo` (so, you are
// expected to write `wrap_foo` function as a wrapper). The original
// symbol becomes accessible as `real_foo`, so you can call that from your
// wrapper.
//
// This data structure is instantiated for each -wrap option.
struct WrappedSymbol {
Symbol *Sym;
Symbol *Real;
Symbol *Wrap;
};
// Handles -wrap option.
//
// This function instantiates wrapper symbols. At this point, they seem
// like they are not being used at all, so we explicitly set some flags so
// that LTO won't eliminate them.
template <class ELFT>
static std::vector<WrappedSymbol> addWrappedSymbols(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
std::vector<WrappedSymbol> V;
DenseSet<StringRef> Seen;
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_wrap)) {
StringRef Name = Arg->getValue();
if (!Seen.insert(Name).second)
continue;
Symbol *Sym = Symtab->find(Name);
if (!Sym)
continue;
Symbol *Real = addUndefined<ELFT>(Saver.save("__real_" + Name));
Symbol *Wrap = addUndefined<ELFT>(Saver.save("__wrap_" + Name));
V.push_back({Sym, Real, Wrap});
// We want to tell LTO not to inline symbols to be overwritten
// because LTO doesn't know the final symbol contents after renaming.
Real->CanInline = false;
Sym->CanInline = false;
// Tell LTO not to eliminate these symbols.
Sym->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
Wrap->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
}
return V;
}
// Do renaming for -wrap by updating pointers to symbols.
//
// When this function is executed, only InputFiles and symbol table
// contain pointers to symbol objects. We visit them to replace pointers,
// so that wrapped symbols are swapped as instructed by the command line.
template <class ELFT> static void wrapSymbols(ArrayRef<WrappedSymbol> Wrapped) {
DenseMap<Symbol *, Symbol *> Map;
for (const WrappedSymbol &W : Wrapped) {
Map[W.Sym] = W.Wrap;
Map[W.Real] = W.Sym;
}
// Update pointers in input files.
parallelForEach(ObjectFiles, [&](InputFile *File) {
std::vector<Symbol *> &Syms = File->getMutableSymbols();
for (size_t I = 0, E = Syms.size(); I != E; ++I)
if (Symbol *S = Map.lookup(Syms[I]))
Syms[I] = S;
});
// Update pointers in the symbol table.
for (const WrappedSymbol &W : Wrapped)
Symtab->wrap(W.Sym, W.Real, W.Wrap);
}
static const char *LibcallRoutineNames[] = {
#define HANDLE_LIBCALL(code, name) name,
#include "llvm/IR/RuntimeLibcalls.def"
@ -1325,6 +1441,8 @@ static const char *LibcallRoutineNames[] = {
// all linker scripts have already been parsed.
template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
Target = getTarget();
InX<ELFT>::VerSym = nullptr;
InX<ELFT>::VerNeed = nullptr;
Config->MaxPageSize = getMaxPageSize(Args);
Config->ImageBase = getImageBase(Args);
@ -1380,8 +1498,8 @@ template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
// Some symbols (such as __ehdr_start) are defined lazily only when there
// are undefined symbols for them, so we add these to trigger that logic.
for (StringRef Sym : Script->ReferencedSymbols)
Symtab->addUndefined<ELFT>(Sym);
for (StringRef Name : Script->ReferencedSymbols)
addUndefined<ELFT>(Name);
// Handle the `--undefined <sym>` options.
for (StringRef S : Config->Undefined)
@ -1396,11 +1514,20 @@ template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
// in a bitcode file in an archive member, we need to arrange to use LTO to
// compile those archive members by adding them to the link beforehand.
//
// With this the symbol table should be complete. After this, no new names
// except a few linker-synthesized ones will be added to the symbol table.
// However, adding all libcall symbols to the link can have undesired
// consequences. For example, the libgcc implementation of
// __sync_val_compare_and_swap_8 on 32-bit ARM pulls in an .init_array entry
// that aborts the program if the Linux kernel does not support 64-bit
// atomics, which would prevent the program from running even if it does not
// use 64-bit atomics.
//
// Therefore, we only add libcall symbols to the link before LTO if we have
// to, i.e. if the symbol's definition is in bitcode. Any other required
// libcall symbols will be added to the link after LTO when we add the LTO
// object file to the link.
if (!BitcodeFiles.empty())
for (const char *S : LibcallRoutineNames)
handleUndefined<ELFT>(S);
handleLibcall<ELFT>(S);
// Return if there were name resolution errors.
if (errorCount())
@ -1424,6 +1551,9 @@ template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
Out::ElfHeader = make<OutputSection>("", 0, SHF_ALLOC);
Out::ElfHeader->Size = sizeof(typename ELFT::Ehdr);
// Create wrapped symbols for -wrap option.
std::vector<WrappedSymbol> Wrapped = addWrappedSymbols<ELFT>(Args);
// We need to create some reserved symbols such as _end. Create them.
if (!Config->Relocatable)
addReservedSymbols();
@ -1436,12 +1566,11 @@ template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
if (!Config->Relocatable)
Symtab->scanVersionScript();
// Create wrapped symbols for -wrap option.
for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_wrap))
Symtab->addSymbolWrap<ELFT>(Arg->getValue());
// Do link-time optimization if given files are LLVM bitcode files.
// This compiles bitcode files into real object files.
//
// With this the symbol table should be complete. After this, no new names
// except a few linker-synthesized ones will be added to the symbol table.
Symtab->addCombinedLTOObject<ELFT>();
if (errorCount())
return;
@ -1452,8 +1581,15 @@ template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
if (Config->ThinLTOIndexOnly)
return;
// Likewise, --plugin-opt=emit-llvm is an option to make LTO create
// an output file in bitcode and exit, so that you can just get a
// combined bitcode file.
if (Config->EmitLLVM)
return;
// Apply symbol renames for -wrap.
Symtab->applySymbolWrap();
if (!Wrapped.empty())
wrapSymbols<ELFT>(Wrapped);
// Now that we have a complete list of input files.
// Beyond this point, no new files are added.
@ -1481,27 +1617,19 @@ template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
// supports them.
if (Config->ARMHasBlx == false)
warn("lld uses blx instruction, no object with architecture supporting "
"feature detected.");
if (Config->ARMJ1J2BranchEncoding == false)
warn("lld uses extended branch encoding, no object with architecture "
"supporting feature detected.");
if (Config->ARMHasMovtMovw == false)
warn("lld may use movt/movw, no object with architecture supporting "
"feature detected.");
"feature detected");
}
// This adds a .comment section containing a version string. We have to add it
// before decompressAndMergeSections because the .comment section is a
// mergeable section.
// before mergeSections because the .comment section is a mergeable section.
if (!Config->Relocatable)
InputSections.push_back(createCommentSection());
// Do size optimizations: garbage collection, merging of SHF_MERGE sections
// and identical code folding.
decompressSections();
splitSections<ELFT>();
markLive<ELFT>();
demoteSymbols<ELFT>();
demoteSharedSymbols<ELFT>();
mergeSections();
if (Config->ICF != ICFLevel::None) {
findKeepUniqueSections<ELFT>(Args);
@ -1509,9 +1637,12 @@ template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
}
// Read the callgraph now that we know what was gced or icfed
if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_call_graph_ordering_file))
if (Optional<MemoryBufferRef> Buffer = readFile(Arg->getValue()))
readCallGraph(*Buffer);
if (Config->CallGraphProfileSort) {
if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_call_graph_ordering_file))
if (Optional<MemoryBufferRef> Buffer = readFile(Arg->getValue()))
readCallGraph(*Buffer);
readCallGraphsFromObjectFiles<ELFT>();
}
// Write the result to the file.
writeResult<ELFT>();

3
deps/lld/ELF/Driver.h vendored
View File

@ -42,9 +42,6 @@ private:
// True if we are in --start-lib and --end-lib.
bool InLib = false;
// True if we are in -format=binary and -format=elf.
bool InBinary = false;
std::vector<InputFile *> Files;
};

5
deps/lld/ELF/DriverUtils.cpp vendored
View File

@ -139,8 +139,9 @@ opt::InputArgList ELFOptTable::parse(ArrayRef<const char *> Argv) {
}
void elf::printHelp() {
ELFOptTable().PrintHelp(outs(), Config->ProgName.data(), "lld",
false /*ShowHidden*/, true /*ShowAllAliases*/);
ELFOptTable().PrintHelp(
outs(), (Config->ProgName + " [options] file...").str().c_str(), "lld",
false /*ShowHidden*/, true /*ShowAllAliases*/);
outs() << "\n";
// Scripts generated by Libtool versions up to at least 2.4.6 (the most

4
deps/lld/ELF/EhFrame.cpp vendored
View File

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public:
private:
template <class P> void failOn(const P *Loc, const Twine &Msg) {
fatal("corrupted .eh_frame: " + Msg + "\n>>> defined in " +
IS->getObjMsg((const uint8_t *)Loc - IS->Data.data()));
IS->getObjMsg((const uint8_t *)Loc - IS->data().data()));
}
uint8_t readByte();
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ private:
}
size_t elf::readEhRecordSize(InputSectionBase *S, size_t Off) {
return EhReader(S, S->Data.slice(Off)).readEhRecordSize();
return EhReader(S, S->data().slice(Off)).readEhRecordSize();
}
// .eh_frame section is a sequence of records. Each record starts with

35
deps/lld/ELF/ICF.cpp vendored
View File

@ -252,7 +252,10 @@ bool ICF<ELFT>::constantEq(const InputSection *SecA, ArrayRef<RelTy> RA,
auto *DA = dyn_cast<Defined>(&SA);
auto *DB = dyn_cast<Defined>(&SB);
if (!DA || !DB)
// Placeholder symbols generated by linker scripts look the same now but
// may have different values later.
if (!DA || !DB || DA->ScriptDefined || DB->ScriptDefined)
return false;
// Relocations referring to absolute symbols are constant-equal if their
@ -298,7 +301,7 @@ bool ICF<ELFT>::constantEq(const InputSection *SecA, ArrayRef<RelTy> RA,
template <class ELFT>
bool ICF<ELFT>::equalsConstant(const InputSection *A, const InputSection *B) {
if (A->NumRelocations != B->NumRelocations || A->Flags != B->Flags ||
A->getSize() != B->getSize() || A->Data != B->Data)
A->getSize() != B->getSize() || A->data() != B->data())
return false;
// If two sections have different output sections, we cannot merge them.
@ -420,6 +423,22 @@ void ICF<ELFT>::forEachClass(llvm::function_ref<void(size_t, size_t)> Fn) {
++Cnt;
}
// Combine the hashes of the sections referenced by the given section into its
// hash.
template <class ELFT, class RelTy>
static void combineRelocHashes(unsigned Cnt, InputSection *IS,
ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
uint32_t Hash = IS->Class[Cnt % 2];
for (RelTy Rel : Rels) {
Symbol &S = IS->template getFile<ELFT>()->getRelocTargetSym(Rel);
if (auto *D = dyn_cast<Defined>(&S))
if (auto *RelSec = dyn_cast_or_null<InputSection>(D->Section))
Hash += RelSec->Class[Cnt % 2];
}
// Set MSB to 1 to avoid collisions with non-hash IDs.
IS->Class[(Cnt + 1) % 2] = Hash | (1U << 31);
}
static void print(const Twine &S) {
if (Config->PrintIcfSections)
message(S);
@ -435,10 +454,18 @@ template <class ELFT> void ICF<ELFT>::run() {
// Initially, we use hash values to partition sections.
parallelForEach(Sections, [&](InputSection *S) {
// Set MSB to 1 to avoid collisions with non-hash IDs.
S->Class[0] = xxHash64(S->Data) | (1U << 31);
S->Class[0] = xxHash64(S->data());
});
for (unsigned Cnt = 0; Cnt != 2; ++Cnt) {
parallelForEach(Sections, [&](InputSection *S) {
if (S->AreRelocsRela)
combineRelocHashes<ELFT>(Cnt, S, S->template relas<ELFT>());
else
combineRelocHashes<ELFT>(Cnt, S, S->template rels<ELFT>());
});
}
// From now on, sections in Sections vector are ordered so that sections
// in the same equivalence class are consecutive in the vector.
std::stable_sort(Sections.begin(), Sections.end(),

149
deps/lld/ELF/InputFiles.cpp vendored
View File

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ std::vector<LazyObjFile *> elf::LazyObjFiles;
std::vector<InputFile *> elf::ObjectFiles;
std::vector<InputFile *> elf::SharedFiles;
TarWriter *elf::Tar;
std::unique_ptr<TarWriter> elf::Tar;
InputFile::InputFile(Kind K, MemoryBufferRef M)
: MB(M), GroupId(NextGroupId), FileKind(K) {
@ -125,11 +125,7 @@ std::string InputFile::getSrcMsg(const Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &Sec,
template <class ELFT> void ObjFile<ELFT>::initializeDwarf() {
Dwarf = llvm::make_unique<DWARFContext>(make_unique<LLDDwarfObj<ELFT>>(this));
const DWARFObject &Obj = Dwarf->getDWARFObj();
DWARFDataExtractor LineData(Obj, Obj.getLineSection(), Config->IsLE,
Config->Wordsize);
for (std::unique_ptr<DWARFCompileUnit> &CU : Dwarf->compile_units()) {
for (std::unique_ptr<DWARFUnit> &CU : Dwarf->compile_units()) {
auto Report = [](Error Err) {
handleAllErrors(std::move(Err),
[](ErrorInfoBase &Info) { warn(Info.message()); });
@ -324,17 +320,6 @@ StringRef ObjFile<ELFT>::getShtGroupSignature(ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> Sections,
return Signature;
}
template <class ELFT>
ArrayRef<typename ObjFile<ELFT>::Elf_Word>
ObjFile<ELFT>::getShtGroupEntries(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
const ELFFile<ELFT> &Obj = this->getObj();
ArrayRef<Elf_Word> Entries =
CHECK(Obj.template getSectionContentsAsArray<Elf_Word>(&Sec), this);
if (Entries.empty() || Entries[0] != GRP_COMDAT)
fatal(toString(this) + ": unsupported SHT_GROUP format");
return Entries.slice(1);
}
template <class ELFT> bool ObjFile<ELFT>::shouldMerge(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
// On a regular link we don't merge sections if -O0 (default is -O1). This
// sometimes makes the linker significantly faster, although the output will
@ -416,6 +401,11 @@ void ObjFile<ELFT>::initializeSections(
continue;
const Elf_Shdr &Sec = ObjSections[I];
if (Sec.sh_type == ELF::SHT_LLVM_CALL_GRAPH_PROFILE)
CGProfile = check(
this->getObj().template getSectionContentsAsArray<Elf_CGProfile>(
&Sec));
// SHF_EXCLUDE'ed sections are discarded by the linker. However,
// if -r is given, we'll let the final link discard such sections.
// This is compatible with GNU.
@ -439,22 +429,34 @@ void ObjFile<ELFT>::initializeSections(
case SHT_GROUP: {
// De-duplicate section groups by their signatures.
StringRef Signature = getShtGroupSignature(ObjSections, Sec);
bool IsNew = ComdatGroups.insert(CachedHashStringRef(Signature)).second;
this->Sections[I] = &InputSection::Discarded;
// If it is a new section group, we want to keep group members.
// Group leader sections, which contain indices of group members, are
// discarded because they are useless beyond this point. The only
// exception is the -r option because in order to produce re-linkable
// object files, we want to pass through basically everything.
ArrayRef<Elf_Word> Entries =
CHECK(Obj.template getSectionContentsAsArray<Elf_Word>(&Sec), this);
if (Entries.empty())
fatal(toString(this) + ": empty SHT_GROUP");
// The first word of a SHT_GROUP section contains flags. Currently,
// the standard defines only "GRP_COMDAT" flag for the COMDAT group.
// An group with the empty flag doesn't define anything; such sections
// are just skipped.
if (Entries[0] == 0)
continue;
if (Entries[0] != GRP_COMDAT)
fatal(toString(this) + ": unsupported SHT_GROUP format");
bool IsNew = ComdatGroups.insert(CachedHashStringRef(Signature)).second;
if (IsNew) {
if (Config->Relocatable)
this->Sections[I] = createInputSection(Sec);
continue;
continue;
}
// Otherwise, discard group members.
for (uint32_t SecIndex : getShtGroupEntries(Sec)) {
for (uint32_t SecIndex : Entries.slice(1)) {
if (SecIndex >= Size)
fatal(toString(this) +
": invalid section index in group: " + Twine(SecIndex));
@ -478,11 +480,13 @@ void ObjFile<ELFT>::initializeSections(
// .ARM.exidx sections have a reverse dependency on the InputSection they
// have a SHF_LINK_ORDER dependency, this is identified by the sh_link.
if (Sec.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) {
if (Sec.sh_link >= this->Sections.size())
InputSectionBase *LinkSec = nullptr;
if (Sec.sh_link < this->Sections.size())
LinkSec = this->Sections[Sec.sh_link];
if (!LinkSec)
fatal(toString(this) +
": invalid sh_link index: " + Twine(Sec.sh_link));
InputSectionBase *LinkSec = this->Sections[Sec.sh_link];
InputSection *IS = cast<InputSection>(this->Sections[I]);
LinkSec->DependentSections.push_back(IS);
if (!isa<InputSection>(LinkSec))
@ -598,7 +602,7 @@ InputSectionBase *ObjFile<ELFT>::getRelocTarget(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
// as a given section.
static InputSection *toRegularSection(MergeInputSection *Sec) {
return make<InputSection>(Sec->File, Sec->Flags, Sec->Type, Sec->Alignment,
Sec->Data, Sec->Name);
Sec->data(), Sec->Name);
}
template <class ELFT>
@ -618,9 +622,9 @@ InputSectionBase *ObjFile<ELFT>::createInputSection(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
// FIXME: Retain the first attribute section we see. The eglibc ARM
// dynamic loaders require the presence of an attribute section for dlopen
// to work. In a full implementation we would merge all attribute sections.
if (InX::ARMAttributes == nullptr) {
InX::ARMAttributes = make<InputSection>(*this, Sec, Name);
return InX::ARMAttributes;
if (In.ARMAttributes == nullptr) {
In.ARMAttributes = make<InputSection>(*this, Sec, Name);
return In.ARMAttributes;
}
return &InputSection::Discarded;
}
@ -638,8 +642,16 @@ InputSectionBase *ObjFile<ELFT>::createInputSection(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
// This section contains relocation information.
// If -r is given, we do not interpret or apply relocation
// but just copy relocation sections to output.
if (Config->Relocatable)
return make<InputSection>(*this, Sec, Name);
if (Config->Relocatable) {
InputSection *RelocSec = make<InputSection>(*this, Sec, Name);
// We want to add a dependency to target, similar like we do for
// -emit-relocs below. This is useful for the case when linker script
// contains the "/DISCARD/". It is perhaps uncommon to use a script with
// -r, but we faced it in the Linux kernel and have to handle such case
// and not to crash.
Target->DependentSections.push_back(RelocSec);
return RelocSec;
}
if (Target->FirstRelocation)
fatal(toString(this) +
@ -704,7 +716,7 @@ InputSectionBase *ObjFile<ELFT>::createInputSection(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
// for split stack will include a .note.GNU-split-stack section.
if (Name == ".note.GNU-split-stack") {
if (Config->Relocatable) {
error("Cannot mix split-stack and non-split-stack in a relocatable link");
error("cannot mix split-stack and non-split-stack in a relocatable link");
return &InputSection::Discarded;
}
this->SplitStack = true;
@ -724,7 +736,8 @@ InputSectionBase *ObjFile<ELFT>::createInputSection(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
// sections. Drop those sections to avoid duplicate symbol errors.
// FIXME: This is glibc PR20543, we should remove this hack once that has been
// fixed for a while.
if (Name.startswith(".gnu.linkonce."))
if (Name == ".gnu.linkonce.t.__x86.get_pc_thunk.bx" ||
Name == ".gnu.linkonce.t.__i686.get_pc_thunk.bx")
return &InputSection::Discarded;
// If we are creating a new .build-id section, strip existing .build-id
@ -806,7 +819,7 @@ template <class ELFT> Symbol *ObjFile<ELFT>::createSymbol(const Elf_Sym *Sym) {
if (Sec == &InputSection::Discarded)
return Symtab->addUndefined<ELFT>(Name, Binding, StOther, Type,
/*CanOmitFromDynSym=*/false, this);
return Symtab->addRegular(Name, StOther, Type, Value, Size, Binding, Sec,
return Symtab->addDefined(Name, StOther, Type, Value, Size, Binding, Sec,
this);
}
}
@ -940,8 +953,7 @@ std::vector<const typename ELFT::Verdef *> SharedFile<ELFT>::parseVerdefs() {
auto *CurVerdef = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Verdef *>(Verdef);
Verdef += CurVerdef->vd_next;
unsigned VerdefIndex = CurVerdef->vd_ndx;
if (Verdefs.size() <= VerdefIndex)
Verdefs.resize(VerdefIndex + 1);
Verdefs.resize(VerdefIndex + 1);
Verdefs[VerdefIndex] = CurVerdef;
}
@ -993,7 +1005,17 @@ template <class ELFT> void SharedFile<ELFT>::parseRest() {
for (size_t I = 0; I < Syms.size(); ++I) {
const Elf_Sym &Sym = Syms[I];
// ELF spec requires that all local symbols precede weak or global
// symbols in each symbol table, and the index of first non-local symbol
// is stored to sh_info. If a local symbol appears after some non-local
// symbol, that's a violation of the spec.
StringRef Name = CHECK(Sym.getName(this->StringTable), this);
if (Sym.getBinding() == STB_LOCAL) {
warn("found local symbol '" + Name +
"' in global part of symbol table in file " + toString(this));
continue;
}
if (Sym.isUndefined()) {
Symbol *S = Symtab->addUndefined<ELFT>(Name, Sym.getBinding(),
Sym.st_other, Sym.getType(),
@ -1002,16 +1024,6 @@ template <class ELFT> void SharedFile<ELFT>::parseRest() {
continue;
}
// ELF spec requires that all local symbols precede weak or global
// symbols in each symbol table, and the index of first non-local symbol
// is stored to sh_info. If a local symbol appears after some non-local
// symbol, that's a violation of the spec.
if (Sym.getBinding() == STB_LOCAL) {
warn("found local symbol '" + Name +
"' in global part of symbol table in file " + toString(this));
continue;
}
// MIPS BFD linker puts _gp_disp symbol into DSO files and incorrectly
// assigns VER_NDX_LOCAL to this section global symbol. Here is a
// workaround for this bug.
@ -1054,6 +1066,9 @@ static uint8_t getBitcodeMachineKind(StringRef Path, const Triple &T) {
switch (T.getArch()) {
case Triple::aarch64:
return EM_AARCH64;
case Triple::amdgcn:
case Triple::r600:
return EM_AMDGPU;
case Triple::arm:
case Triple::thumb:
return EM_ARM;
@ -1064,9 +1079,12 @@ static uint8_t getBitcodeMachineKind(StringRef Path, const Triple &T) {
case Triple::mips64:
case Triple::mips64el:
return EM_MIPS;
case Triple::msp430:
return EM_MSP430;
case Triple::ppc:
return EM_PPC;
case Triple::ppc64:
case Triple::ppc64le:
return EM_PPC64;
case Triple::x86:
return T.isOSIAMCU() ? EM_IAMCU : EM_386;
@ -1178,7 +1196,7 @@ static ELFKind getELFKind(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
}
void BinaryFile::parse() {
ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data = toArrayRef(MB.getBuffer());
ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data = arrayRefFromStringRef(MB.getBuffer());
auto *Section = make<InputSection>(this, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS,
8, Data, ".data");
Sections.push_back(Section);
@ -1192,11 +1210,11 @@ void BinaryFile::parse() {
if (!isAlnum(S[I]))
S[I] = '_';
Symtab->addRegular(Saver.save(S + "_start"), STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT, 0, 0,
Symtab->addDefined(Saver.save(S + "_start"), STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT, 0, 0,
STB_GLOBAL, Section, nullptr);
Symtab->addRegular(Saver.save(S + "_end"), STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT,
Symtab->addDefined(Saver.save(S + "_end"), STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT,
Data.size(), 0, STB_GLOBAL, Section, nullptr);
Symtab->addRegular(Saver.save(S + "_size"), STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT,
Symtab->addDefined(Saver.save(S + "_size"), STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT,
Data.size(), 0, STB_GLOBAL, nullptr, nullptr);
}
@ -1262,25 +1280,11 @@ template <class ELFT> void LazyObjFile::parse() {
return;
}
switch (getELFKind(this->MB)) {
case ELF32LEKind:
addElfSymbols<ELF32LE>();
if (getELFKind(this->MB) != Config->EKind) {
error("incompatible file: " + this->MB.getBufferIdentifier());
return;
case ELF32BEKind:
addElfSymbols<ELF32BE>();
return;
case ELF64LEKind:
addElfSymbols<ELF64LE>();
return;
case ELF64BEKind:
addElfSymbols<ELF64BE>();
return;
default:
llvm_unreachable("getELFKind");
}
}
template <class ELFT> void LazyObjFile::addElfSymbols() {
ELFFile<ELFT> Obj = check(ELFFile<ELFT>::create(MB.getBuffer()));
ArrayRef<typename ELFT::Shdr> Sections = CHECK(Obj.sections(), this);
@ -1305,12 +1309,9 @@ std::string elf::replaceThinLTOSuffix(StringRef Path) {
StringRef Suffix = Config->ThinLTOObjectSuffixReplace.first;
StringRef Repl = Config->ThinLTOObjectSuffixReplace.second;
if (!Path.endswith(Suffix)) {
error("-thinlto-object-suffix-replace=" + Suffix + ";" + Repl +
" was given, but " + Path + " does not end with the suffix");
return "";
}
return (Path.drop_back(Suffix.size()) + Repl).str();
if (Path.consume_back(Suffix))
return (Path + Repl).str();
return Path;
}
template void ArchiveFile::parse<ELF32LE>();

13
deps/lld/ELF/InputFiles.h vendored
View File

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class Symbol;
// If -reproduce option is given, all input files are written
// to this tar archive.
extern llvm::TarWriter *Tar;
extern std::unique_ptr<llvm::TarWriter> Tar;
// Opens a given file.
llvm::Optional<MemoryBufferRef> readFile(StringRef Path);
@ -86,7 +86,9 @@ public:
// Returns object file symbols. It is a runtime error to call this
// function on files of other types.
ArrayRef<Symbol *> getSymbols() {
ArrayRef<Symbol *> getSymbols() { return getMutableSymbols(); }
std::vector<Symbol *> &getMutableSymbols() {
assert(FileKind == BinaryKind || FileKind == ObjKind ||
FileKind == BitcodeKind);
return Symbols;
@ -169,10 +171,10 @@ template <class ELFT> class ObjFile : public ELFFileBase<ELFT> {
typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
typedef typename ELFT::Word Elf_Word;
typedef typename ELFT::CGProfile Elf_CGProfile;
StringRef getShtGroupSignature(ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> Sections,
const Elf_Shdr &Sec);
ArrayRef<Elf_Word> getShtGroupEntries(const Elf_Shdr &Sec);
public:
static bool classof(const InputFile *F) { return F->kind() == Base::ObjKind; }
@ -218,6 +220,9 @@ public:
// Pointer to this input file's .llvm_addrsig section, if it has one.
const Elf_Shdr *AddrsigSec = nullptr;
// SHT_LLVM_CALL_GRAPH_PROFILE table
ArrayRef<Elf_CGProfile> CGProfile;
private:
void
initializeSections(llvm::DenseSet<llvm::CachedHashStringRef> &ComdatGroups);
@ -272,8 +277,6 @@ public:
bool AddedToLink = false;
private:
template <class ELFT> void addElfSymbols();
uint64_t OffsetInArchive;
};

461
deps/lld/ELF/InputSection.cpp vendored
View File

@ -21,7 +21,6 @@
#include "Thunks.h"
#include "lld/Common/ErrorHandler.h"
#include "lld/Common/Memory.h"
#include "llvm/Object/Decompressor.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Compression.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Endian.h"
@ -64,11 +63,11 @@ InputSectionBase::InputSectionBase(InputFile *File, uint64_t Flags,
StringRef Name, Kind SectionKind)
: SectionBase(SectionKind, Name, Flags, Entsize, Alignment, Type, Info,
Link),
File(File), Data(Data) {
File(File), RawData(Data) {
// In order to reduce memory allocation, we assume that mergeable
// sections are smaller than 4 GiB, which is not an unreasonable
// assumption as of 2017.
if (SectionKind == SectionBase::Merge && Data.size() > UINT32_MAX)
if (SectionKind == SectionBase::Merge && RawData.size() > UINT32_MAX)
error(toString(this) + ": section too large");
NumRelocations = 0;
@ -80,6 +79,17 @@ InputSectionBase::InputSectionBase(InputFile *File, uint64_t Flags,
if (!isPowerOf2_64(V))
fatal(toString(File) + ": section sh_addralign is not a power of 2");
this->Alignment = V;
// In ELF, each section can be compressed by zlib, and if compressed,
// section name may be mangled by appending "z" (e.g. ".zdebug_info").
// If that's the case, demangle section name so that we can handle a
// section as if it weren't compressed.
if ((Flags & SHF_COMPRESSED) || Name.startswith(".zdebug")) {
if (!zlib::isAvailable())
error(toString(File) + ": contains a compressed section, " +
"but zlib is not available");
parseCompressedHeader();
}
}
// Drop SHF_GROUP bit unless we are producing a re-linkable object file.
@ -128,13 +138,25 @@ InputSectionBase::InputSectionBase(ObjFile<ELFT> &File,
size_t InputSectionBase::getSize() const {
if (auto *S = dyn_cast<SyntheticSection>(this))
return S->getSize();
if (UncompressedSize >= 0)
return UncompressedSize;
return RawData.size();
}
return Data.size();
void InputSectionBase::uncompress() const {
size_t Size = UncompressedSize;
UncompressedBuf.reset(new char[Size]);
if (Error E =
zlib::uncompress(toStringRef(RawData), UncompressedBuf.get(), Size))
fatal(toString(this) +
": uncompress failed: " + llvm::toString(std::move(E)));
RawData = makeArrayRef((uint8_t *)UncompressedBuf.get(), Size);
}
uint64_t InputSectionBase::getOffsetInFile() const {
const uint8_t *FileStart = (const uint8_t *)File->MB.getBufferStart();
const uint8_t *SecStart = Data.begin();
const uint8_t *SecStart = data().begin();
return SecStart - FileStart;
}
@ -180,34 +202,70 @@ OutputSection *SectionBase::getOutputSection() {
return Sec ? Sec->getParent() : nullptr;
}
// Decompress section contents if required. Note that this function
// is called from parallelForEach, so it must be thread-safe.
void InputSectionBase::maybeDecompress() {
if (DecompressBuf)
return;
if (!(Flags & SHF_COMPRESSED) && !Name.startswith(".zdebug"))
// When a section is compressed, `RawData` consists with a header followed
// by zlib-compressed data. This function parses a header to initialize
// `UncompressedSize` member and remove the header from `RawData`.
void InputSectionBase::parseCompressedHeader() {
typedef typename ELF64LE::Chdr Chdr64;
typedef typename ELF32LE::Chdr Chdr32;
// Old-style header
if (Name.startswith(".zdebug")) {
if (!toStringRef(RawData).startswith("ZLIB")) {
error(toString(this) + ": corrupted compressed section header");
return;
}
RawData = RawData.slice(4);
if (RawData.size() < 8) {
error(toString(this) + ": corrupted compressed section header");
return;
}
UncompressedSize = read64be(RawData.data());
RawData = RawData.slice(8);
// Restore the original section name.
// (e.g. ".zdebug_info" -> ".debug_info")
Name = Saver.save("." + Name.substr(2));
return;
}
// Decompress a section.
Decompressor Dec = check(Decompressor::create(Name, toStringRef(Data),
Config->IsLE, Config->Is64));
size_t Size = Dec.getDecompressedSize();
DecompressBuf.reset(new char[Size + Name.size()]());
if (Error E = Dec.decompress({DecompressBuf.get(), Size}))
fatal(toString(this) +
": decompress failed: " + llvm::toString(std::move(E)));
Data = makeArrayRef((uint8_t *)DecompressBuf.get(), Size);
assert(Flags & SHF_COMPRESSED);
Flags &= ~(uint64_t)SHF_COMPRESSED;
// A section name may have been altered if compressed. If that's
// the case, restore the original name. (i.e. ".zdebug_" -> ".debug_")
if (Name.startswith(".zdebug")) {
DecompressBuf[Size] = '.';
memcpy(&DecompressBuf[Size + 1], Name.data() + 2, Name.size() - 2);
Name = StringRef(&DecompressBuf[Size], Name.size() - 1);
// New-style 64-bit header
if (Config->Is64) {
if (RawData.size() < sizeof(Chdr64)) {
error(toString(this) + ": corrupted compressed section");
return;
}
auto *Hdr = reinterpret_cast<const Chdr64 *>(RawData.data());
if (Hdr->ch_type != ELFCOMPRESS_ZLIB) {
error(toString(this) + ": unsupported compression type");
return;
}
UncompressedSize = Hdr->ch_size;
RawData = RawData.slice(sizeof(*Hdr));
return;
}
// New-style 32-bit header
if (RawData.size() < sizeof(Chdr32)) {
error(toString(this) + ": corrupted compressed section");
return;
}
auto *Hdr = reinterpret_cast<const Chdr32 *>(RawData.data());
if (Hdr->ch_type != ELFCOMPRESS_ZLIB) {
error(toString(this) + ": unsupported compression type");
return;
}
UncompressedSize = Hdr->ch_size;
RawData = RawData.slice(sizeof(*Hdr));
}
InputSection *InputSectionBase::getLinkOrderDep() const {
@ -230,14 +288,17 @@ Defined *InputSectionBase::getEnclosingFunction(uint64_t Offset) {
// Returns a source location string. Used to construct an error message.
template <class ELFT>
std::string InputSectionBase::getLocation(uint64_t Offset) {
std::string SecAndOffset = (Name + "+0x" + utohexstr(Offset)).str();
// We don't have file for synthetic sections.
if (getFile<ELFT>() == nullptr)
return (Config->OutputFile + ":(" + Name + "+0x" + utohexstr(Offset) + ")")
return (Config->OutputFile + ":(" + SecAndOffset + ")")
.str();
// First check if we can get desired values from debugging information.
if (Optional<DILineInfo> Info = getFile<ELFT>()->getDILineInfo(this, Offset))
return Info->FileName + ":" + std::to_string(Info->Line);
return Info->FileName + ":" + std::to_string(Info->Line) + ":(" +
SecAndOffset + ")";
// File->SourceFile contains STT_FILE symbol that contains a
// source file name. If it's missing, we use an object file name.
@ -246,10 +307,10 @@ std::string InputSectionBase::getLocation(uint64_t Offset) {
SrcFile = toString(File);
if (Defined *D = getEnclosingFunction<ELFT>(Offset))
return SrcFile + ":(function " + toString(*D) + ")";
return SrcFile + ":(function " + toString(*D) + ": " + SecAndOffset + ")";
// If there's no symbol, print out the offset in the section.
return (SrcFile + ":(" + Name + "+0x" + utohexstr(Offset) + ")").str();
return (SrcFile + ":(" + SecAndOffset + ")");
}
// This function is intended to be used for constructing an error message.
@ -259,9 +320,6 @@ std::string InputSectionBase::getLocation(uint64_t Offset) {
//
// Returns an empty string if there's no way to get line info.
std::string InputSectionBase::getSrcMsg(const Symbol &Sym, uint64_t Offset) {
// Synthetic sections don't have input files.
if (!File)
return "";
return File->getSrcMsg(Sym, *this, Offset);
}
@ -275,9 +333,6 @@ std::string InputSectionBase::getSrcMsg(const Symbol &Sym, uint64_t Offset) {
//
// path/to/foo.o:(function bar) in archive path/to/bar.a
std::string InputSectionBase::getObjMsg(uint64_t Off) {
// Synthetic sections don't have input files.
if (!File)
return ("<internal>:(" + Name + "+0x" + utohexstr(Off) + ")").str();
std::string Filename = File->getName();
std::string Archive;
@ -362,7 +417,7 @@ void InputSection::copyRelocations(uint8_t *Buf, ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
// Output section VA is zero for -r, so r_offset is an offset within the
// section, but for --emit-relocs it is an virtual address.
P->r_offset = Sec->getVA(Rel.r_offset);
P->setSymbolAndType(InX::SymTab->getSymbolIndex(&Sym), Type,
P->setSymbolAndType(In.SymTab->getSymbolIndex(&Sym), Type,
Config->IsMips64EL);
if (Sym.Type == STT_SECTION) {
@ -380,14 +435,14 @@ void InputSection::copyRelocations(uint8_t *Buf, ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
error("STT_SECTION symbol should be defined");
continue;
}
SectionBase *Section = D->Section;
if (Section == &InputSection::Discarded) {
SectionBase *Section = D->Section->Repl;
if (!Section->Live) {
P->setSymbolAndType(0, 0, false);
continue;
}
int64_t Addend = getAddend<ELFT>(Rel);
const uint8_t *BufLoc = Sec->Data.begin() + Rel.r_offset;
const uint8_t *BufLoc = Sec->data().begin() + Rel.r_offset;
if (!RelTy::IsRela)
Addend = Target->getImplicitAddend(BufLoc, Type);
@ -487,6 +542,62 @@ static uint64_t getARMStaticBase(const Symbol &Sym) {
return OS->PtLoad->FirstSec->Addr;
}
// For R_RISCV_PC_INDIRECT (R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12_{I,S}), the symbol actually
// points the corresponding R_RISCV_PCREL_HI20 relocation, and the target VA
// is calculated using PCREL_HI20's symbol.
//
// This function returns the R_RISCV_PCREL_HI20 relocation from
// R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12's symbol and addend.
static Relocation *getRISCVPCRelHi20(const Symbol *Sym, uint64_t Addend) {
const Defined *D = cast<Defined>(Sym);
InputSection *IS = cast<InputSection>(D->Section);
if (Addend != 0)
warn("Non-zero addend in R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12 relocation to " +
IS->getObjMsg(D->Value) + " is ignored");
// Relocations are sorted by offset, so we can use std::equal_range to do
// binary search.
auto Range = std::equal_range(IS->Relocations.begin(), IS->Relocations.end(),
D->Value, RelocationOffsetComparator{});
for (auto It = std::get<0>(Range); It != std::get<1>(Range); ++It)
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_PC>(It->Expr))
return &*It;
error("R_RISCV_PCREL_LO12 relocation points to " + IS->getObjMsg(D->Value) +
" without an associated R_RISCV_PCREL_HI20 relocation");
return nullptr;
}
// A TLS symbol's virtual address is relative to the TLS segment. Add a
// target-specific adjustment to produce a thread-pointer-relative offset.
static int64_t getTlsTpOffset() {
switch (Config->EMachine) {
case EM_ARM:
case EM_AARCH64:
// Variant 1. The thread pointer points to a TCB with a fixed 2-word size,
// followed by a variable amount of alignment padding, followed by the TLS
// segment.
//
// NB: While the ARM/AArch64 ABI formally has a 2-word TCB size, lld
// effectively increases the TCB size to 8 words for Android compatibility.
// It accomplishes this by increasing the segment's alignment.
return alignTo(Config->Wordsize * 2, Out::TlsPhdr->p_align);
case EM_386:
case EM_X86_64:
// Variant 2. The TLS segment is located just before the thread pointer.
return -Out::TlsPhdr->p_memsz;
case EM_PPC64:
// The thread pointer points to a fixed offset from the start of the
// executable's TLS segment. An offset of 0x7000 allows a signed 16-bit
// offset to reach 0x1000 of TCB/thread-library data and 0xf000 of the
// program's TLS segment.
return -0x7000;
default:
llvm_unreachable("unhandled Config->EMachine");
}
}
static uint64_t getRelocTargetVA(const InputFile *File, RelType Type, int64_t A,
uint64_t P, const Symbol &Sym, RelExpr Expr) {
switch (Expr) {
@ -501,38 +612,37 @@ static uint64_t getRelocTargetVA(const InputFile *File, RelType Type, int64_t A,
case R_ARM_SBREL:
return Sym.getVA(A) - getARMStaticBase(Sym);
case R_GOT:
case R_GOT_PLT:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_ABS:
return Sym.getGotVA() + A;
case R_GOTONLY_PC:
return InX::Got->getVA() + A - P;
return In.Got->getVA() + A - P;
case R_GOTONLY_PC_FROM_END:
return InX::Got->getVA() + A - P + InX::Got->getSize();
return In.Got->getVA() + A - P + In.Got->getSize();
case R_GOTREL:
return Sym.getVA(A) - InX::Got->getVA();
return Sym.getVA(A) - In.Got->getVA();
case R_GOTREL_FROM_END:
return Sym.getVA(A) - InX::Got->getVA() - InX::Got->getSize();
return Sym.getVA(A) - In.Got->getVA() - In.Got->getSize();
case R_GOT_FROM_END:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_END:
return Sym.getGotOffset() + A - InX::Got->getSize();
return Sym.getGotOffset() + A - In.Got->getSize();
case R_TLSLD_GOT_OFF:
case R_GOT_OFF:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_GOT_OFF:
return Sym.getGotOffset() + A;
case R_GOT_PAGE_PC:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC:
case R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC:
case R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC_PLT:
case R_AARCH64_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC:
return getAArch64Page(Sym.getGotVA() + A) - getAArch64Page(P);
case R_GOT_PC:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE:
return Sym.getGotVA() + A - P;
case R_HINT:
case R_NONE:
case R_TLSDESC_CALL:
case R_TLSLD_HINT:
llvm_unreachable("cannot relocate hint relocs");
case R_HEXAGON_GOT:
return Sym.getGotVA() - In.GotPlt->getVA();
case R_MIPS_GOTREL:
return Sym.getVA(A) - InX::MipsGot->getGp(File);
return Sym.getVA(A) - In.MipsGot->getGp(File);
case R_MIPS_GOT_GP:
return InX::MipsGot->getGp(File) + A;
return In.MipsGot->getGp(File) + A;
case R_MIPS_GOT_GP_PC: {
// R_MIPS_LO16 expression has R_MIPS_GOT_GP_PC type iif the target
// is _gp_disp symbol. In that case we should use the following
@ -541,7 +651,7 @@ static uint64_t getRelocTargetVA(const InputFile *File, RelType Type, int64_t A,
// microMIPS variants of these relocations use slightly different
// expressions: AHL + GP - P + 3 for %lo() and AHL + GP - P - 1 for %hi()
// to correctly handle less-sugnificant bit of the microMIPS symbol.
uint64_t V = InX::MipsGot->getGp(File) + A - P;
uint64_t V = In.MipsGot->getGp(File) + A - P;
if (Type == R_MIPS_LO16 || Type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16)
V += 4;
if (Type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16 || Type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
@ -552,31 +662,34 @@ static uint64_t getRelocTargetVA(const InputFile *File, RelType Type, int64_t A,
// If relocation against MIPS local symbol requires GOT entry, this entry
// should be initialized by 'page address'. This address is high 16-bits
// of sum the symbol's value and the addend.
return InX::MipsGot->getVA() +
InX::MipsGot->getPageEntryOffset(File, Sym, A) -
InX::MipsGot->getGp(File);
return In.MipsGot->getVA() + In.MipsGot->getPageEntryOffset(File, Sym, A) -
In.MipsGot->getGp(File);
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFF:
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32:
// In case of MIPS if a GOT relocation has non-zero addend this addend
// should be applied to the GOT entry content not to the GOT entry offset.
// That is why we use separate expression type.
return InX::MipsGot->getVA() +
InX::MipsGot->getSymEntryOffset(File, Sym, A) -
InX::MipsGot->getGp(File);
return In.MipsGot->getVA() + In.MipsGot->getSymEntryOffset(File, Sym, A) -
In.MipsGot->getGp(File);
case R_MIPS_TLSGD:
return InX::MipsGot->getVA() + InX::MipsGot->getGlobalDynOffset(File, Sym) -
InX::MipsGot->getGp(File);
return In.MipsGot->getVA() + In.MipsGot->getGlobalDynOffset(File, Sym) -
In.MipsGot->getGp(File);
case R_MIPS_TLSLD:
return InX::MipsGot->getVA() + InX::MipsGot->getTlsIndexOffset(File) -
InX::MipsGot->getGp(File);
case R_PAGE_PC:
case R_PLT_PAGE_PC: {
uint64_t Dest;
if (Sym.isUndefWeak())
Dest = getAArch64Page(A);
else
Dest = getAArch64Page(Sym.getVA(A));
return Dest - getAArch64Page(P);
return In.MipsGot->getVA() + In.MipsGot->getTlsIndexOffset(File) -
In.MipsGot->getGp(File);
case R_AARCH64_PAGE_PC: {
uint64_t Val = Sym.isUndefWeak() ? P + A : Sym.getVA(A);
return getAArch64Page(Val) - getAArch64Page(P);
}
case R_AARCH64_PLT_PAGE_PC: {
uint64_t Val = Sym.isUndefWeak() ? P + A : Sym.getPltVA() + A;
return getAArch64Page(Val) - getAArch64Page(P);
}
case R_RISCV_PC_INDIRECT: {
if (const Relocation *HiRel = getRISCVPCRelHi20(&Sym, A))
return getRelocTargetVA(File, HiRel->Type, HiRel->Addend, Sym.getVA(),
*HiRel->Sym, HiRel->Expr);
return 0;
}
case R_PC: {
uint64_t Dest;
@ -608,16 +721,12 @@ static uint64_t getRelocTargetVA(const InputFile *File, RelType Type, int64_t A,
return 0;
// PPC64 V2 ABI describes two entry points to a function. The global entry
// point sets up the TOC base pointer. When calling a local function, the
// call should branch to the local entry point rather than the global entry
// point. Section 3.4.1 describes using the 3 most significant bits of the
// st_other field to find out how many instructions there are between the
// local and global entry point.
uint8_t StOther = (Sym.StOther >> 5) & 7;
if (StOther == 0 || StOther == 1)
return SymVA - P;
return SymVA - P + (1LL << StOther);
// point is used for calls where the caller and callee (may) have different
// TOC base pointers and r2 needs to be modified to hold the TOC base for
// the callee. For local calls the caller and callee share the same
// TOC base and so the TOC pointer initialization code should be skipped by
// branching to the local entry point.
return SymVA - P + getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset(Sym.StOther);
}
case R_PPC_TOC:
return getPPC64TocBase() + A;
@ -634,48 +743,32 @@ static uint64_t getRelocTargetVA(const InputFile *File, RelType Type, int64_t A,
// statically to zero.
if (Sym.isTls() && Sym.isUndefWeak())
return 0;
// For TLS variant 1 the TCB is a fixed size, whereas for TLS variant 2 the
// TCB is on unspecified size and content. Targets that implement variant 1
// should set TcbSize.
if (Target->TcbSize) {
// PPC64 V2 ABI has the thread pointer offset into the middle of the TLS
// storage area by TlsTpOffset for efficient addressing TCB and up to
// 4KB – 8 B of other thread library information (placed before the TCB).
// Subtracting this offset will get the address of the first TLS block.
if (Target->TlsTpOffset)
return Sym.getVA(A) - Target->TlsTpOffset;
// If thread pointer is not offset into the middle, the first thing in the
// TLS storage area is the TCB. Add the TcbSize to get the address of the
// first TLS block.
return Sym.getVA(A) + alignTo(Target->TcbSize, Out::TlsPhdr->p_align);
}
return Sym.getVA(A) - Out::TlsPhdr->p_memsz;
return Sym.getVA(A) + getTlsTpOffset();
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE_NEG:
case R_NEG_TLS:
return Out::TlsPhdr->p_memsz - Sym.getVA(A);
case R_SIZE:
return Sym.getSize() + A;
case R_TLSDESC:
return InX::Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Sym) + A;
case R_TLSDESC_PAGE:
return getAArch64Page(InX::Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Sym) + A) -
return In.Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Sym) + A;
case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_PAGE:
return getAArch64Page(In.Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Sym) + A) -
getAArch64Page(P);
case R_TLSGD_GOT:
return InX::Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym) + A;
return In.Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym) + A;
case R_TLSGD_GOT_FROM_END:
return InX::Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym) + A - InX::Got->getSize();
return In.Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym) + A - In.Got->getSize();
case R_TLSGD_PC:
return InX::Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Sym) + A - P;
return In.Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Sym) + A - P;
case R_TLSLD_GOT_FROM_END:
return InX::Got->getTlsIndexOff() + A - InX::Got->getSize();
return In.Got->getTlsIndexOff() + A - In.Got->getSize();
case R_TLSLD_GOT:
return InX::Got->getTlsIndexOff() + A;
return In.Got->getTlsIndexOff() + A;
case R_TLSLD_PC:
return InX::Got->getTlsIndexVA() + A - P;
return In.Got->getTlsIndexVA() + A - P;
default:
llvm_unreachable("invalid expression");
}
llvm_unreachable("Invalid expression");
}
// This function applies relocations to sections without SHF_ALLOC bit.
@ -808,10 +901,10 @@ void InputSectionBase::relocateAlloc(uint8_t *Buf, uint8_t *BufEnd) {
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE_NEG:
Target->relaxTlsGdToLe(BufLoc, Type, TargetVA);
break;
case R_AARCH64_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_ABS:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_GOT_OFF:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC:
case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_END:
Target->relaxTlsGdToIe(BufLoc, Type, TargetVA);
break;
@ -848,16 +941,20 @@ static void switchMorestackCallsToMorestackNonSplit(
// __morestack inside that function should be switched to
// __morestack_non_split.
Symbol *MoreStackNonSplit = Symtab->find("__morestack_non_split");
if (!MoreStackNonSplit) {
error("Mixing split-stack objects requires a definition of "
"__morestack_non_split");
return;
}
// Sort both collections to compare addresses efficiently.
llvm::sort(MorestackCalls.begin(), MorestackCalls.end(),
[](const Relocation *L, const Relocation *R) {
return L->Offset < R->Offset;
});
llvm::sort(MorestackCalls, [](const Relocation *L, const Relocation *R) {
return L->Offset < R->Offset;
});
std::vector<Defined *> Functions(Prologues.begin(), Prologues.end());
llvm::sort(
Functions.begin(), Functions.end(),
[](const Defined *L, const Defined *R) { return L->Value < R->Value; });
llvm::sort(Functions, [](const Defined *L, const Defined *R) {
return L->Value < R->Value;
});
auto It = MorestackCalls.begin();
for (Defined *F : Functions) {
@ -872,8 +969,8 @@ static void switchMorestackCallsToMorestackNonSplit(
}
}
static bool enclosingPrologueAdjusted(uint64_t Offset,
const DenseSet<Defined *> &Prologues) {
static bool enclosingPrologueAttempted(uint64_t Offset,
const DenseSet<Defined *> &Prologues) {
for (Defined *F : Prologues)
if (F->Value <= Offset && Offset < F->Value + F->Size)
return true;
@ -889,7 +986,7 @@ void InputSectionBase::adjustSplitStackFunctionPrologues(uint8_t *Buf,
uint8_t *End) {
if (!getFile<ELFT>()->SplitStack)
return;
DenseSet<Defined *> AdjustedPrologues;
DenseSet<Defined *> Prologues;
std::vector<Relocation *> MorestackCalls;
for (Relocation &Rel : Relocations) {
@ -898,15 +995,9 @@ void InputSectionBase::adjustSplitStackFunctionPrologues(uint8_t *Buf,
if (Rel.Sym->isLocal())
continue;
Defined *D = dyn_cast<Defined>(Rel.Sym);
// A reference to an undefined symbol was an error, and should not
// have gotten to this point.
if (!D)
continue;
// Ignore calls into the split-stack api.
if (D->getName().startswith("__morestack")) {
if (D->getName().equals("__morestack"))
if (Rel.Sym->getName().startswith("__morestack")) {
if (Rel.Sym->getName().equals("__morestack"))
MorestackCalls.push_back(&Rel);
continue;
}
@ -914,24 +1005,36 @@ void InputSectionBase::adjustSplitStackFunctionPrologues(uint8_t *Buf,
// A relocation to non-function isn't relevant. Sometimes
// __morestack is not marked as a function, so this check comes
// after the name check.
if (D->Type != STT_FUNC)
if (Rel.Sym->Type != STT_FUNC)
continue;
if (enclosingPrologueAdjusted(Rel.Offset, AdjustedPrologues))
// If the callee's-file was compiled with split stack, nothing to do. In
// this context, a "Defined" symbol is one "defined by the binary currently
// being produced". So an "undefined" symbol might be provided by a shared
// library. It is not possible to tell how such symbols were compiled, so be
// conservative.
if (Defined *D = dyn_cast<Defined>(Rel.Sym))
if (InputSection *IS = cast_or_null<InputSection>(D->Section))
if (!IS || !IS->getFile<ELFT>() || IS->getFile<ELFT>()->SplitStack)
continue;
if (enclosingPrologueAttempted(Rel.Offset, Prologues))
continue;
if (Defined *F = getEnclosingFunction<ELFT>(Rel.Offset)) {
if (Target->adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(Buf + F->Value, End)) {
AdjustedPrologues.insert(F);
Prologues.insert(F);
if (Target->adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(Buf + getOffset(F->Value),
End, F->StOther))
continue;
}
if (!getFile<ELFT>()->SomeNoSplitStack)
error(lld::toString(this) + ": " + F->getName() +
" (with -fsplit-stack) calls " + Rel.Sym->getName() +
" (without -fsplit-stack), but couldn't adjust its prologue");
}
if (!getFile<ELFT>()->SomeNoSplitStack)
error("function call at " + getErrorLocation(Buf + Rel.Offset) +
"crosses a split-stack boundary, but unable " +
"to adjust the enclosing function's prologue");
}
switchMorestackCallsToMorestackNonSplit(AdjustedPrologues, MorestackCalls);
if (Target->NeedsMoreStackNonSplit)
switchMorestackCallsToMorestackNonSplit(Prologues, MorestackCalls);
}
template <class ELFT> void InputSection::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
@ -960,10 +1063,23 @@ template <class ELFT> void InputSection::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
return;
}
// If this is a compressed section, uncompress section contents directly
// to the buffer.
if (UncompressedSize >= 0 && !UncompressedBuf) {
size_t Size = UncompressedSize;
if (Error E = zlib::uncompress(toStringRef(RawData),
(char *)(Buf + OutSecOff), Size))
fatal(toString(this) +
": uncompress failed: " + llvm::toString(std::move(E)));
uint8_t *BufEnd = Buf + OutSecOff + Size;
relocate<ELFT>(Buf, BufEnd);
return;
}
// Copy section contents from source object file to output file
// and then apply relocations.
memcpy(Buf + OutSecOff, Data.data(), Data.size());
uint8_t *BufEnd = Buf + OutSecOff + Data.size();
memcpy(Buf + OutSecOff, data().data(), data().size());
uint8_t *BufEnd = Buf + OutSecOff + data().size();
relocate<ELFT>(Buf, BufEnd);
}
@ -1014,7 +1130,7 @@ template <class ELFT> void EhInputSection::split() {
template <class ELFT, class RelTy>
void EhInputSection::split(ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
unsigned RelI = 0;
for (size_t Off = 0, End = Data.size(); Off != End;) {
for (size_t Off = 0, End = data().size(); Off != End;) {
size_t Size = readEhRecordSize(this, Off);
Pieces.emplace_back(Off, this, Size, getReloc(Off, Size, Rels, RelI));
// The empty record is the end marker.
@ -1094,65 +1210,32 @@ void MergeInputSection::splitIntoPieces() {
assert(Pieces.empty());
if (Flags & SHF_STRINGS)
splitStrings(Data, Entsize);
splitStrings(data(), Entsize);
else
splitNonStrings(Data, Entsize);
OffsetMap.reserve(Pieces.size());
for (size_t I = 0, E = Pieces.size(); I != E; ++I)
OffsetMap[Pieces[I].InputOff] = I;
}
template <class It, class T, class Compare>
static It fastUpperBound(It First, It Last, const T &Value, Compare Comp) {
size_t Size = std::distance(First, Last);
assert(Size != 0);
while (Size != 1) {
size_t H = Size / 2;
const It MI = First + H;
Size -= H;
First = Comp(Value, *MI) ? First : First + H;
}
return Comp(Value, *First) ? First : First + 1;
}
// Do binary search to get a section piece at a given input offset.
static SectionPiece *findSectionPiece(MergeInputSection *Sec, uint64_t Offset) {
if (Sec->Data.size() <= Offset)
fatal(toString(Sec) + ": entry is past the end of the section");
// Find the element this offset points to.
auto I = fastUpperBound(
Sec->Pieces.begin(), Sec->Pieces.end(), Offset,
[](const uint64_t &A, const SectionPiece &B) { return A < B.InputOff; });
--I;
return &*I;
splitNonStrings(data(), Entsize);
}
SectionPiece *MergeInputSection::getSectionPiece(uint64_t Offset) {
// Find a piece starting at a given offset.
auto It = OffsetMap.find(Offset);
if (It != OffsetMap.end())
return &Pieces[It->second];
if (this->data().size() <= Offset)
fatal(toString(this) + ": offset is outside the section");
// If Offset is not at beginning of a section piece, it is not in the map.
// In that case we need to search from the original section piece vector.
return findSectionPiece(this, Offset);
// In that case we need to do a binary search of the original section piece vector.
auto It2 =
llvm::upper_bound(Pieces, Offset, [](uint64_t Offset, SectionPiece P) {
return Offset < P.InputOff;
});
return &It2[-1];
}
// Returns the offset in an output section for a given input offset.
// Because contents of a mergeable section is not contiguous in output,
// it is not just an addition to a base output offset.
uint64_t MergeInputSection::getParentOffset(uint64_t Offset) const {
// Find a string starting at a given offset.
auto It = OffsetMap.find(Offset);
if (It != OffsetMap.end())
return Pieces[It->second].OutputOff;
// If Offset is not at beginning of a section piece, it is not in the map.
// In that case we need to search from the original section piece vector.
const SectionPiece &Piece =
*findSectionPiece(const_cast<MergeInputSection *>(this), Offset);
*(const_cast<MergeInputSection *>(this)->getSectionPiece (Offset));
uint64_t Addend = Offset - Piece.InputOff;
return Piece.OutputOff + Addend;
}

38
deps/lld/ELF/InputSection.h vendored
View File

@ -115,7 +115,12 @@ public:
return cast_or_null<ObjFile<ELFT>>(File);
}
ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data;
ArrayRef<uint8_t> data() const {
if (UncompressedSize >= 0 && !UncompressedBuf)
uncompress();
return RawData;
}
uint64_t getOffsetInFile() const;
// True if this section has already been placed to a linker script
@ -169,11 +174,6 @@ public:
template <class ELFT>
Defined *getEnclosingFunction(uint64_t Offset);
// Compilers emit zlib-compressed debug sections if the -gz option
// is given. This function checks if this section is compressed, and
// if so, decompress in memory.
void maybeDecompress();
// Returns a source location string. Used to construct an error message.
template <class ELFT> std::string getLocation(uint64_t Offset);
std::string getSrcMsg(const Symbol &Sym, uint64_t Offset);
@ -200,15 +200,21 @@ public:
template <typename T> llvm::ArrayRef<T> getDataAs() const {
size_t S = Data.size();
size_t S = data().size();
assert(S % sizeof(T) == 0);
return llvm::makeArrayRef<T>((const T *)Data.data(), S / sizeof(T));
return llvm::makeArrayRef<T>((const T *)data().data(), S / sizeof(T));
}
private:
// A pointer that owns decompressed data if a section is compressed by zlib.
protected:
void parseCompressedHeader();
void uncompress() const;
mutable ArrayRef<uint8_t> RawData;
// A pointer that owns uncompressed data if a section is compressed by zlib.
// Since the feature is not used often, this is usually a nullptr.
std::unique_ptr<char[]> DecompressBuf;
mutable std::unique_ptr<char[]> UncompressedBuf;
int64_t UncompressedSize = -1;
};
// SectionPiece represents a piece of splittable section contents.
@ -247,7 +253,6 @@ public:
// Splittable sections are handled as a sequence of data
// rather than a single large blob of data.
std::vector<SectionPiece> Pieces;
llvm::DenseMap<uint32_t, uint32_t> OffsetMap;
// Returns I'th piece's data. This function is very hot when
// string merging is enabled, so we want to inline.
@ -255,8 +260,8 @@ public:
llvm::CachedHashStringRef getData(size_t I) const {
size_t Begin = Pieces[I].InputOff;
size_t End =
(Pieces.size() - 1 == I) ? Data.size() : Pieces[I + 1].InputOff;
return {toStringRef(Data.slice(Begin, End - Begin)), Pieces[I].Hash};
(Pieces.size() - 1 == I) ? data().size() : Pieces[I + 1].InputOff;
return {toStringRef(data().slice(Begin, End - Begin)), Pieces[I].Hash};
}
// Returns the SectionPiece at a given input section offset.
@ -277,7 +282,9 @@ struct EhSectionPiece {
unsigned FirstRelocation)
: InputOff(Off), Sec(Sec), Size(Size), FirstRelocation(FirstRelocation) {}
ArrayRef<uint8_t> data() { return {Sec->Data.data() + this->InputOff, Size}; }
ArrayRef<uint8_t> data() {
return {Sec->data().data() + this->InputOff, Size};
}
size_t InputOff;
ssize_t OutputOff = -1;
@ -353,6 +360,7 @@ private:
// The list of all input sections.
extern std::vector<InputSectionBase *> InputSections;
} // namespace elf
std::string toString(const elf::InputSectionBase *);

48
deps/lld/ELF/LTO.cpp vendored
View File

@ -67,9 +67,10 @@ static std::string getThinLTOOutputFile(StringRef ModulePath) {
static lto::Config createConfig() {
lto::Config C;
// LLD supports the new relocations.
// LLD supports the new relocations and address-significance tables.
C.Options = InitTargetOptionsFromCodeGenFlags();
C.Options.RelaxELFRelocations = true;
C.Options.EmitAddrsig = true;
// Always emit a section per function/datum with LTO.
C.Options.FunctionSections = true;
@ -87,6 +88,7 @@ static lto::Config createConfig() {
C.DiagHandler = diagnosticHandler;
C.OptLevel = Config->LTOO;
C.CPU = GetCPUStr();
C.MAttrs = GetMAttrs();
// Set up a custom pipeline if we've been asked to.
C.OptPipeline = Config->LTONewPmPasses;
@ -101,6 +103,14 @@ static lto::Config createConfig() {
C.DebugPassManager = Config->LTODebugPassManager;
C.DwoDir = Config->DwoDir;
if (Config->EmitLLVM) {
C.PostInternalizeModuleHook = [](size_t Task, const Module &M) {
if (std::unique_ptr<raw_fd_ostream> OS = openFile(Config->OutputFile))
WriteBitcodeToFile(M, *OS, false);
return false;
};
}
if (Config->SaveTemps)
checkError(C.addSaveTemps(Config->OutputFile.str() + ".",
/*UseInputModulePath*/ true));
@ -108,18 +118,14 @@ static lto::Config createConfig() {
}
BitcodeCompiler::BitcodeCompiler() {
// Initialize IndexFile.
if (!Config->ThinLTOIndexOnlyArg.empty())
IndexFile = openFile(Config->ThinLTOIndexOnlyArg);
// Initialize LTOObj.
lto::ThinBackend Backend;
if (Config->ThinLTOIndexOnly) {
StringRef Path = Config->ThinLTOIndexOnlyArg;
if (!Path.empty())
IndexFile = openFile(Path);
auto OnIndexWrite = [&](const std::string &Identifier) {
ObjectToIndexFileState[Identifier] = true;
};
auto OnIndexWrite = [&](StringRef S) { ThinIndices.erase(S); };
Backend = lto::createWriteIndexesThinBackend(
Config->ThinLTOPrefixReplace.first, Config->ThinLTOPrefixReplace.second,
Config->ThinLTOEmitImportsFiles, IndexFile.get(), OnIndexWrite);
@ -132,10 +138,10 @@ BitcodeCompiler::BitcodeCompiler() {
// Initialize UsedStartStop.
for (Symbol *Sym : Symtab->getSymbols()) {
StringRef Name = Sym->getName();
StringRef S = Sym->getName();
for (StringRef Prefix : {"__start_", "__stop_"})
if (Name.startswith(Prefix))
UsedStartStop.insert(Name.substr(Prefix.size()));
if (S.startswith(Prefix))
UsedStartStop.insert(S.substr(Prefix.size()));
}
}
@ -151,7 +157,7 @@ void BitcodeCompiler::add(BitcodeFile &F) {
bool IsExec = !Config->Shared && !Config->Relocatable;
if (Config->ThinLTOIndexOnly)
ObjectToIndexFileState.insert({Obj.getName(), false});
ThinIndices.insert(Obj.getName());
ArrayRef<Symbol *> Syms = F.getSymbols();
ArrayRef<lto::InputFile::Symbol> ObjSyms = Obj.symbols();
@ -240,15 +246,11 @@ std::vector<InputFile *> BitcodeCompiler::compile() {
Cache));
// Emit empty index files for non-indexed files
if (Config->ThinLTOIndexOnly) {
for (auto &Identifier : ObjectToIndexFileState)
if (!Identifier.getValue()) {
std::string Path = getThinLTOOutputFile(Identifier.getKey());
openFile(Path + ".thinlto.bc");
if (Config->ThinLTOEmitImportsFiles)
openFile(Path + ".imports");
}
for (StringRef S : ThinIndices) {
std::string Path = getThinLTOOutputFile(S);
openFile(Path + ".thinlto.bc");
if (Config->ThinLTOEmitImportsFiles)
openFile(Path + ".imports");
}
// If LazyObjFile has not been added to link, emit empty index files.

2
deps/lld/ELF/LTO.h vendored
View File

@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ private:
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>> Files;
llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> UsedStartStop;
std::unique_ptr<llvm::raw_fd_ostream> IndexFile;
llvm::StringMap<bool> ObjectToIndexFileState;
llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> ThinIndices;
};
} // namespace elf
} // namespace lld

33
deps/lld/ELF/LinkerScript.cpp vendored
View File

@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ void LinkerScript::addSymbol(SymbolAssignment *Cmd) {
// Define a symbol.
Symbol *Sym;
uint8_t Visibility = Cmd->Hidden ? STV_HIDDEN : STV_DEFAULT;
std::tie(Sym, std::ignore) = Symtab->insert(Cmd->Name, /*Type*/ 0, Visibility,
std::tie(Sym, std::ignore) = Symtab->insert(Cmd->Name, Visibility,
/*CanOmitFromDynSym*/ false,
/*File*/ nullptr);
ExprValue Value = Cmd->Expression();
@ -202,13 +202,14 @@ static void declareSymbol(SymbolAssignment *Cmd) {
// We can't calculate final value right now.
Symbol *Sym;
uint8_t Visibility = Cmd->Hidden ? STV_HIDDEN : STV_DEFAULT;
std::tie(Sym, std::ignore) = Symtab->insert(Cmd->Name, /*Type*/ 0, Visibility,
std::tie(Sym, std::ignore) = Symtab->insert(Cmd->Name, Visibility,
/*CanOmitFromDynSym*/ false,
/*File*/ nullptr);
replaceSymbol<Defined>(Sym, nullptr, Cmd->Name, STB_GLOBAL, Visibility,
STT_NOTYPE, 0, 0, nullptr);
Cmd->Sym = cast<Defined>(Sym);
Cmd->Provide = false;
Sym->ScriptDefined = true;
}
// This method is used to handle INSERT AFTER statement. Here we rebuild
@ -414,18 +415,16 @@ LinkerScript::computeInputSections(const InputSectionDescription *Cmd) {
void LinkerScript::discard(ArrayRef<InputSection *> V) {
for (InputSection *S : V) {
if (S == InX::ShStrTab || S == InX::Dynamic || S == InX::DynSymTab ||
S == InX::DynStrTab || S == InX::RelaPlt || S == InX::RelaDyn ||
S == InX::RelrDyn)
if (S == In.ShStrTab || S == In.RelaDyn || S == In.RelrDyn)
error("discarding " + S->Name + " section is not allowed");
// You can discard .hash and .gnu.hash sections by linker scripts. Since
// they are synthesized sections, we need to handle them differently than
// other regular sections.
if (S == InX::GnuHashTab)
InX::GnuHashTab = nullptr;
if (S == InX::HashTab)
InX::HashTab = nullptr;
if (S == In.GnuHashTab)
In.GnuHashTab = nullptr;
if (S == In.HashTab)
In.HashTab = nullptr;
S->Assigned = false;
S->Live = false;
@ -701,6 +700,7 @@ uint64_t LinkerScript::advance(uint64_t Size, unsigned Alignment) {
}
void LinkerScript::output(InputSection *S) {
assert(Ctx->OutSec == S->getParent());
uint64_t Before = advance(0, 1);
uint64_t Pos = advance(S->getSize(), S->Alignment);
S->OutSecOff = Pos - S->getSize() - Ctx->OutSec->Addr;
@ -816,21 +816,8 @@ void LinkerScript::assignOffsets(OutputSection *Sec) {
// Handle a single input section description command.
// It calculates and assigns the offsets for each section and also
// updates the output section size.
auto *Cmd = cast<InputSectionDescription>(Base);
for (InputSection *Sec : Cmd->Sections) {
// We tentatively added all synthetic sections at the beginning and
// removed empty ones afterwards (because there is no way to know
// whether they were going be empty or not other than actually running
// linker scripts.) We need to ignore remains of empty sections.
if (auto *S = dyn_cast<SyntheticSection>(Sec))
if (S->empty())
continue;
if (!Sec->Live)
continue;
assert(Ctx->OutSec == Sec->getParent());
for (InputSection *Sec : cast<InputSectionDescription>(Base)->Sections)
output(Sec);
}
}
}

12
deps/lld/ELF/LinkerScript.h vendored
View File

@ -30,12 +30,13 @@ namespace lld {
namespace elf {
class Defined;
class Symbol;
class InputSectionBase;
class InputSection;
class OutputSection;
class InputSectionBase;
class InputSectionBase;
class OutputSection;
class SectionBase;
class Symbol;
class ThunkSection;
// This represents an r-value in the linker script.
struct ExprValue {
@ -145,7 +146,9 @@ struct MemoryRegion {
// Also it may be surrounded with SORT() command, so contains sorting rules.
struct SectionPattern {
SectionPattern(StringMatcher &&Pat1, StringMatcher &&Pat2)
: ExcludedFilePat(Pat1), SectionPat(Pat2) {}
: ExcludedFilePat(Pat1), SectionPat(Pat2),
SortOuter(SortSectionPolicy::Default),
SortInner(SortSectionPolicy::Default) {}
StringMatcher ExcludedFilePat;
StringMatcher SectionPat;
@ -153,7 +156,6 @@ struct SectionPattern {
SortSectionPolicy SortInner;
};
class ThunkSection;
struct InputSectionDescription : BaseCommand {
InputSectionDescription(StringRef FilePattern)
: BaseCommand(InputSectionKind), FilePat(FilePattern) {}

11
deps/lld/ELF/MapFile.cpp vendored
View File

@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ static void printEhFrame(raw_ostream &OS, OutputSection *OSec) {
};
// Gather section pieces.
for (const CieRecord *Rec : InX::EhFrame->getCieRecords()) {
for (const CieRecord *Rec : In.EhFrame->getCieRecords()) {
Add(*Rec->Cie);
for (const EhSectionPiece *Fde : Rec->Fdes)
Add(*Fde);
@ -163,17 +163,18 @@ void elf::writeMapFile() {
OS << right_justify("VMA", W) << ' ' << right_justify("LMA", W)
<< " Size Align Out In Symbol\n";
OutputSection* OSec = nullptr;
for (BaseCommand *Base : Script->SectionCommands) {
if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<SymbolAssignment>(Base)) {
if (Cmd->Provide && !Cmd->Sym)
continue;
//FIXME: calculate and print LMA.
writeHeader(OS, Cmd->Addr, 0, Cmd->Size, 1);
uint64_t LMA = OSec ? OSec->getLMA() + Cmd->Addr - OSec->getVA(0) : 0;
writeHeader(OS, Cmd->Addr, LMA, Cmd->Size, 1);
OS << Cmd->CommandString << '\n';
continue;
}
auto *OSec = cast<OutputSection>(Base);
OSec = cast<OutputSection>(Base);
writeHeader(OS, OSec->Addr, OSec->getLMA(), OSec->Size, OSec->Alignment);
OS << OSec->Name << '\n';
@ -181,7 +182,7 @@ void elf::writeMapFile() {
for (BaseCommand *Base : OSec->SectionCommands) {
if (auto *ISD = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(Base)) {
for (InputSection *IS : ISD->Sections) {
if (IS == InX::EhFrame) {
if (IS == In.EhFrame) {
printEhFrame(OS, OSec);
continue;
}

15
deps/lld/ELF/MarkLive.cpp vendored
View File

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ using namespace lld::elf;
template <class ELFT>
static typename ELFT::uint getAddend(InputSectionBase &Sec,
const typename ELFT::Rel &Rel) {
return Target->getImplicitAddend(Sec.Data.begin() + Rel.r_offset,
return Target->getImplicitAddend(Sec.data().begin() + Rel.r_offset,
Rel.getType(Config->IsMips64EL));
}
@ -250,9 +250,10 @@ template <class ELFT> static void doGcSections() {
if (Sec->Flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER)
continue;
if (isReserved<ELFT>(Sec) || Script->shouldKeep(Sec))
if (isReserved<ELFT>(Sec) || Script->shouldKeep(Sec)) {
Enqueue(Sec, 0);
else if (isValidCIdentifier(Sec->Name)) {
} else if (isValidCIdentifier(Sec->Name)) {
CNamedSections[Saver.save("__start_" + Sec->Name)].push_back(Sec);
CNamedSections[Saver.save("__stop_" + Sec->Name)].push_back(Sec);
}
@ -267,10 +268,16 @@ template <class ELFT> static void doGcSections() {
// input sections. This function make some or all of them on
// so that they are emitted to the output file.
template <class ELFT> void elf::markLive() {
// If -gc-sections is missing, no sections are removed.
if (!Config->GcSections) {
// If -gc-sections is missing, no sections are removed.
for (InputSectionBase *Sec : InputSections)
Sec->Live = true;
// If a DSO defines a symbol referenced in a regular object, it is needed.
for (Symbol *Sym : Symtab->getSymbols())
if (auto *S = dyn_cast<SharedSymbol>(Sym))
if (S->IsUsedInRegularObj && !S->isWeak())
S->getFile<ELFT>().IsNeeded = true;
return;
}

24
deps/lld/ELF/Options.td vendored
View File

@ -42,6 +42,12 @@ defm compress_debug_sections:
defm defsym: Eq<"defsym", "Define a symbol alias">, MetaVarName<"<symbol>=<value>">;
defm split_stack_adjust_size
: Eq<"split-stack-adjust-size",
"Specify adjustment to stack size when a split-stack function calls a "
"non-split-stack function">,
MetaVarName<"<value>">;
defm library_path:
Eq<"library-path", "Add a directory to the library search path">, MetaVarName<"<dir>">;
@ -68,6 +74,10 @@ defm as_needed: B<"as-needed",
defm call_graph_ordering_file:
Eq<"call-graph-ordering-file", "Layout sections to optimize the given callgraph">;
defm call_graph_profile_sort: B<"call-graph-profile-sort",
"Reorder sections with call graph profile (default)",
"Do not reorder sections with call graph profile">;
// -chroot doesn't have a help text because it is an internal option.
def chroot: Separate<["--", "-"], "chroot">;
@ -132,7 +142,7 @@ def error_unresolved_symbols: F<"error-unresolved-symbols">,
defm exclude_libs: Eq<"exclude-libs", "Exclude static libraries from automatic export">;
defm execute_only: B<"execute-only",
"Do not mark executable sections readable",
"Mark executable sections unreadable",
"Mark executable sections readable (default)">;
defm export_dynamic: B<"export-dynamic",
@ -245,6 +255,9 @@ defm use_android_relr_tags: B<"use-android-relr-tags",
"Use SHT_ANDROID_RELR / DT_ANDROID_RELR* tags instead of SHT_RELR / DT_RELR*",
"Use SHT_RELR / DT_RELR* tags (default)">;
def pic_veneer: F<"pic-veneer">,
HelpText<"Always generate position independent thunks (veneers)">;
defm pie: B<"pie",
"Create a position independent executable",
"Do not create a position independent executable (default)">;
@ -315,6 +328,10 @@ defm threads: B<"threads",
"Run the linker multi-threaded (default)",
"Do not run the linker multi-threaded">;
defm toc_optimize : B<"toc-optimize",
"(PowerPC64) Enable TOC related optimizations (default)",
"(PowerPC64) Disable TOC related optimizations">;
def trace: F<"trace">, HelpText<"Print the names of the input files">;
defm trace_symbol: Eq<"trace-symbol", "Trace references to symbols">;
@ -348,6 +365,10 @@ defm warn_common: B<"warn-common",
"Warn about duplicate common symbols",
"Do not warn about duplicate common symbols (default)">;
defm warn_ifunc_textrel: B<"warn-ifunc-textrel",
"Warn about using ifunc symbols with text relocations",
"Do not warn about using ifunc symbols with text relocations (default)">;
defm warn_symbol_ordering: B<"warn-symbol-ordering",
"Warn about problems with the symbol ordering file (default)",
"Do not warn about problems with the symbol ordering file">;
@ -440,6 +461,7 @@ def: F<"plugin-opt=debug-pass-manager">,
def: F<"plugin-opt=disable-verify">, Alias<disable_verify>, HelpText<"Alias for -disable-verify">;
def plugin_opt_dwo_dir_eq: J<"plugin-opt=dwo_dir=">,
HelpText<"Directory to store .dwo files when LTO and debug fission are used">;
def plugin_opt_emit_llvm: F<"plugin-opt=emit-llvm">;
def: J<"plugin-opt=jobs=">, Alias<thinlto_jobs>, HelpText<"Alias for -thinlto-jobs">;
def: J<"plugin-opt=lto-partitions=">, Alias<lto_partitions>, HelpText<"Alias for -lto-partitions">;
def plugin_opt_mcpu_eq: J<"plugin-opt=mcpu=">;

26
deps/lld/ELF/OutputSections.cpp vendored
View File

@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
using namespace llvm;
using namespace llvm::dwarf;
using namespace llvm::object;
using namespace llvm::support::endian;
using namespace llvm::ELF;
using namespace lld;
@ -32,7 +33,6 @@ using namespace lld::elf;
uint8_t Out::First;
PhdrEntry *Out::TlsPhdr;
OutputSection *Out::DebugInfo;
OutputSection *Out::ElfHeader;
OutputSection *Out::ProgramHeaders;
OutputSection *Out::PreinitArray;
@ -171,11 +171,12 @@ void OutputSection::sort(llvm::function_ref<int(InputSectionBase *S)> Order) {
// Fill [Buf, Buf + Size) with Filler.
// This is used for linker script "=fillexp" command.
static void fill(uint8_t *Buf, size_t Size, uint32_t Filler) {
static void fill(uint8_t *Buf, size_t Size,
const std::array<uint8_t, 4> &Filler) {
size_t I = 0;
for (; I + 4 < Size; I += 4)
memcpy(Buf + I, &Filler, 4);
memcpy(Buf + I, &Filler, Size - I);
memcpy(Buf + I, Filler.data(), 4);
memcpy(Buf + I, Filler.data(), Size - I);
}
// Compress section contents if this section contains debug info.
@ -236,8 +237,9 @@ template <class ELFT> void OutputSection::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
// Write leading padding.
std::vector<InputSection *> Sections = getInputSections(this);
uint32_t Filler = getFiller();
if (Filler)
std::array<uint8_t, 4> Filler = getFiller();
bool NonZeroFiller = read32(Filler.data()) != 0;
if (NonZeroFiller)
fill(Buf, Sections.empty() ? Size : Sections[0]->OutSecOff, Filler);
parallelForEachN(0, Sections.size(), [&](size_t I) {
@ -245,7 +247,7 @@ template <class ELFT> void OutputSection::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
IS->writeTo<ELFT>(Buf);
// Fill gaps between sections.
if (Filler) {
if (NonZeroFiller) {
uint8_t *Start = Buf + IS->OutSecOff + IS->getSize();
uint8_t *End;
if (I + 1 == Sections.size())
@ -270,13 +272,13 @@ static void finalizeShtGroup(OutputSection *OS,
// sh_link field for SHT_GROUP sections should contain the section index of
// the symbol table.
OS->Link = InX::SymTab->getParent()->SectionIndex;
OS->Link = In.SymTab->getParent()->SectionIndex;
// sh_info then contain index of an entry in symbol table section which
// provides signature of the section group.
ObjFile<ELFT> *Obj = Section->getFile<ELFT>();
ArrayRef<Symbol *> Symbols = Obj->getSymbols();
OS->Info = InX::SymTab->getSymbolIndex(Symbols[Section->Info]);
OS->Info = In.SymTab->getSymbolIndex(Symbols[Section->Info]);
}
template <class ELFT> void OutputSection::finalize() {
@ -308,7 +310,7 @@ template <class ELFT> void OutputSection::finalize() {
if (isa<SyntheticSection>(First))
return;
Link = InX::SymTab->getParent()->SectionIndex;
Link = In.SymTab->getParent()->SectionIndex;
// sh_info for SHT_REL[A] sections should contain the section header index of
// the section to which the relocation applies.
InputSectionBase *S = First->getRelocatedSection();
@ -406,12 +408,12 @@ void OutputSection::sortInitFini() {
sort([](InputSectionBase *S) { return getPriority(S->Name); });
}
uint32_t OutputSection::getFiller() {
std::array<uint8_t, 4> OutputSection::getFiller() {
if (Filler)
return *Filler;
if (Flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
return Target->TrapInstr;
return 0;
return {0, 0, 0, 0};
}
template void OutputSection::writeHeaderTo<ELF32LE>(ELF32LE::Shdr *Shdr);

6
deps/lld/ELF/OutputSections.h vendored
View File

@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
#include "lld/Common/LLVM.h"
#include "llvm/MC/StringTableBuilder.h"
#include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
#include <array>
namespace lld {
namespace elf {
@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ public:
Expr SubalignExpr;
std::vector<BaseCommand *> SectionCommands;
std::vector<StringRef> Phdrs;
llvm::Optional<uint32_t> Filler;
llvm::Optional<std::array<uint8_t, 4>> Filler;
ConstraintKind Constraint = ConstraintKind::NoConstraint;
std::string Location;
std::string MemoryRegionName;
@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ private:
std::vector<uint8_t> ZDebugHeader;
llvm::SmallVector<char, 1> CompressedData;
uint32_t getFiller();
std::array<uint8_t, 4> getFiller();
};
int getPriority(StringRef S);
@ -130,7 +131,6 @@ std::vector<InputSection *> getInputSections(OutputSection* OS);
struct Out {
static uint8_t First;
static PhdrEntry *TlsPhdr;
static OutputSection *DebugInfo;
static OutputSection *ElfHeader;
static OutputSection *ProgramHeaders;
static OutputSection *PreinitArray;

365
deps/lld/ELF/Relocations.cpp vendored
View File

@ -50,6 +50,7 @@
#include "SyntheticSections.h"
#include "Target.h"
#include "Thunks.h"
#include "lld/Common/ErrorHandler.h"
#include "lld/Common/Memory.h"
#include "lld/Common/Strings.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
@ -65,6 +66,14 @@ using namespace llvm::support::endian;
using namespace lld;
using namespace lld::elf;
static Optional<std::string> getLinkerScriptLocation(const Symbol &Sym) {
for (BaseCommand *Base : Script->SectionCommands)
if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<SymbolAssignment>(Base))
if (Cmd->Sym == &Sym)
return Cmd->Location;
return None;
}
// Construct a message in the following format.
//
// >>> defined in /home/alice/src/foo.o
@ -72,8 +81,13 @@ using namespace lld::elf;
// >>> /home/alice/src/bar.o:(.text+0x1)
static std::string getLocation(InputSectionBase &S, const Symbol &Sym,
uint64_t Off) {
std::string Msg =
"\n>>> defined in " + toString(Sym.File) + "\n>>> referenced by ";
std::string Msg = "\n>>> defined in ";
if (Sym.File)
Msg += toString(Sym.File);
else if (Optional<std::string> Loc = getLinkerScriptLocation(Sym))
Msg += *Loc;
Msg += "\n>>> referenced by ";
std::string Src = S.getSrcMsg(Sym, Off);
if (!Src.empty())
Msg += Src + "\n>>> ";
@ -90,12 +104,12 @@ static unsigned handleMipsTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym,
InputSectionBase &C, uint64_t Offset,
int64_t Addend, RelExpr Expr) {
if (Expr == R_MIPS_TLSLD) {
InX::MipsGot->addTlsIndex(*C.File);
In.MipsGot->addTlsIndex(*C.File);
C.Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
return 1;
}
if (Expr == R_MIPS_TLSGD) {
InX::MipsGot->addDynTlsEntry(*C.File, Sym);
In.MipsGot->addDynTlsEntry(*C.File, Sym);
C.Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
return 1;
}
@ -128,17 +142,17 @@ static unsigned handleARMTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym,
auto AddTlsReloc = [&](uint64_t Off, RelType Type, Symbol *Dest, bool Dyn) {
if (Dyn)
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Type, InX::Got, Off, Dest);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Type, In.Got, Off, Dest);
else
InX::Got->Relocations.push_back({R_ABS, Type, Off, 0, Dest});
In.Got->Relocations.push_back({R_ABS, Type, Off, 0, Dest});
};
// Local Dynamic is for access to module local TLS variables, while still
// being suitable for being dynamically loaded via dlopen.
// GOT[e0] is the module index, with a special value of 0 for the current
// module. GOT[e1] is unused. There only needs to be one module index entry.
if (Expr == R_TLSLD_PC && InX::Got->addTlsIndex()) {
AddTlsReloc(InX::Got->getTlsIndexOff(), Target->TlsModuleIndexRel,
if (Expr == R_TLSLD_PC && In.Got->addTlsIndex()) {
AddTlsReloc(In.Got->getTlsIndexOff(), Target->TlsModuleIndexRel,
NeedDynId ? nullptr : &Sym, NeedDynId);
C.Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
return 1;
@ -148,8 +162,8 @@ static unsigned handleARMTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym,
// the module index and offset of symbol in TLS block we can fill these in
// using static GOT relocations.
if (Expr == R_TLSGD_PC) {
if (InX::Got->addDynTlsEntry(Sym)) {
uint64_t Off = InX::Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym);
if (In.Got->addDynTlsEntry(Sym)) {
uint64_t Off = In.Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym);
AddTlsReloc(Off, Target->TlsModuleIndexRel, &Sym, NeedDynId);
AddTlsReloc(Off + Config->Wordsize, Target->TlsOffsetRel, &Sym,
NeedDynOff);
@ -165,9 +179,6 @@ template <class ELFT>
static unsigned
handleTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &C,
typename ELFT::uint Offset, int64_t Addend, RelExpr Expr) {
if (!(C.Flags & SHF_ALLOC))
return 0;
if (!Sym.isTls())
return 0;
@ -176,12 +187,12 @@ handleTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &C,
if (Config->EMachine == EM_MIPS)
return handleMipsTlsRelocation(Type, Sym, C, Offset, Addend, Expr);
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_TLSDESC, R_TLSDESC_PAGE, R_TLSDESC_CALL>(Expr) &&
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_TLSDESC, R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_PAGE, R_TLSDESC_CALL>(Expr) &&
Config->Shared) {
if (InX::Got->addDynTlsEntry(Sym)) {
uint64_t Off = InX::Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym);
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(
{Target->TlsDescRel, InX::Got, Off, !Sym.IsPreemptible, &Sym, 0});
if (In.Got->addDynTlsEntry(Sym)) {
uint64_t Off = In.Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(
{Target->TlsDescRel, In.Got, Off, !Sym.IsPreemptible, &Sym, 0});
}
if (Expr != R_TLSDESC_CALL)
C.Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
@ -199,9 +210,9 @@ handleTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &C,
}
if (Expr == R_TLSLD_HINT)
return 1;
if (InX::Got->addTlsIndex())
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->TlsModuleIndexRel, InX::Got,
InX::Got->getTlsIndexOff(), nullptr);
if (In.Got->addTlsIndex())
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->TlsModuleIndexRel, In.Got,
In.Got->getTlsIndexOff(), nullptr);
C.Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
return 1;
}
@ -223,29 +234,29 @@ handleTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &C,
return 1;
}
if (!Sym.isInGot()) {
InX::Got->addEntry(Sym);
In.Got->addEntry(Sym);
uint64_t Off = Sym.getGotOffset();
InX::Got->Relocations.push_back({R_ABS, Target->TlsOffsetRel, Off, 0, &Sym});
In.Got->Relocations.push_back(
{R_ABS, Target->TlsOffsetRel, Off, 0, &Sym});
}
C.Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
return 1;
}
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_TLSDESC, R_TLSDESC_PAGE, R_TLSDESC_CALL, R_TLSGD_GOT,
R_TLSGD_GOT_FROM_END, R_TLSGD_PC>(Expr)) {
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_TLSDESC, R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_PAGE, R_TLSDESC_CALL,
R_TLSGD_GOT, R_TLSGD_GOT_FROM_END, R_TLSGD_PC>(Expr)) {
if (Config->Shared) {
if (InX::Got->addDynTlsEntry(Sym)) {
uint64_t Off = InX::Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym);
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->TlsModuleIndexRel, InX::Got, Off, &Sym);
if (In.Got->addDynTlsEntry(Sym)) {
uint64_t Off = In.Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Sym);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->TlsModuleIndexRel, In.Got, Off, &Sym);
// If the symbol is preemptible we need the dynamic linker to write
// the offset too.
uint64_t OffsetOff = Off + Config->Wordsize;
if (Sym.IsPreemptible)
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->TlsOffsetRel, InX::Got, OffsetOff,
&Sym);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->TlsOffsetRel, In.Got, OffsetOff, &Sym);
else
InX::Got->Relocations.push_back(
In.Got->Relocations.push_back(
{R_ABS, Target->TlsOffsetRel, OffsetOff, 0, &Sym});
}
C.Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
@ -259,9 +270,9 @@ handleTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &C,
{Target->adjustRelaxExpr(Type, nullptr, R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE), Type,
Offset, Addend, &Sym});
if (!Sym.isInGot()) {
InX::Got->addEntry(Sym);
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->TlsGotRel, InX::Got, Sym.getGotOffset(),
&Sym);
In.Got->addEntry(Sym);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->TlsGotRel, In.Got, Sym.getGotOffset(),
&Sym);
}
} else {
C.Relocations.push_back(
@ -273,13 +284,14 @@ handleTlsRelocation(RelType Type, Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &C,
// Initial-Exec relocs can be relaxed to Local-Exec if the symbol is locally
// defined.
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_GOT, R_GOT_FROM_END, R_GOT_PC, R_GOT_PAGE_PC>(Expr) &&
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_GOT, R_GOT_FROM_END, R_GOT_PC, R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC,
R_GOT_OFF, R_TLSIE_HINT>(Expr) &&
!Config->Shared && !Sym.IsPreemptible) {
C.Relocations.push_back({R_RELAX_TLS_IE_TO_LE, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
return 1;
}
if (Expr == R_TLSDESC_CALL)
if (Expr == R_TLSIE_HINT)
return 1;
return 0;
}
@ -325,24 +337,26 @@ static bool isAbsoluteValue(const Symbol &Sym) {
// Returns true if Expr refers a PLT entry.
static bool needsPlt(RelExpr Expr) {
return isRelExprOneOf<R_PLT_PC, R_PPC_CALL_PLT, R_PLT, R_PLT_PAGE_PC>(Expr);
return isRelExprOneOf<R_PLT_PC, R_PPC_CALL_PLT, R_PLT, R_AARCH64_PLT_PAGE_PC,
R_GOT_PLT, R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC_PLT>(Expr);
}
// Returns true if Expr refers a GOT entry. Note that this function
// returns false for TLS variables even though they need GOT, because
// TLS variables uses GOT differently than the regular variables.
static bool needsGot(RelExpr Expr) {
return isRelExprOneOf<R_GOT, R_GOT_OFF, R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE, R_MIPS_GOT_OFF,
R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32, R_GOT_PAGE_PC, R_GOT_PC,
R_GOT_FROM_END>(Expr);
return isRelExprOneOf<R_GOT, R_GOT_OFF, R_HEXAGON_GOT, R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE,
R_MIPS_GOT_OFF, R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32, R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC,
R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC_PLT, R_GOT_PC, R_GOT_FROM_END,
R_GOT_PLT>(Expr);
}
// True if this expression is of the form Sym - X, where X is a position in the
// file (PC, or GOT for example).
static bool isRelExpr(RelExpr Expr) {
return isRelExprOneOf<R_PC, R_GOTREL, R_GOTREL_FROM_END, R_MIPS_GOTREL,
R_PPC_CALL, R_PPC_CALL_PLT, R_PAGE_PC,
R_RELAX_GOT_PC>(Expr);
R_PPC_CALL, R_PPC_CALL_PLT, R_AARCH64_PAGE_PC,
R_AARCH64_PLT_PAGE_PC, R_RELAX_GOT_PC>(Expr);
}
// Returns true if a given relocation can be computed at link-time.
@ -357,18 +371,19 @@ static bool isRelExpr(RelExpr Expr) {
static bool isStaticLinkTimeConstant(RelExpr E, RelType Type, const Symbol &Sym,
InputSectionBase &S, uint64_t RelOff) {
// These expressions always compute a constant
if (isRelExprOneOf<
R_GOT_FROM_END, R_GOT_OFF, R_TLSLD_GOT_OFF, R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE,
R_MIPS_GOTREL, R_MIPS_GOT_OFF, R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32, R_MIPS_GOT_GP_PC,
R_MIPS_TLSGD, R_GOT_PAGE_PC, R_GOT_PC, R_GOTONLY_PC,
R_GOTONLY_PC_FROM_END, R_PLT_PC, R_TLSGD_GOT, R_TLSGD_GOT_FROM_END,
R_TLSGD_PC, R_PPC_CALL_PLT, R_TLSDESC_CALL, R_TLSDESC_PAGE, R_HINT,
R_TLSLD_HINT>(E))
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_GOT_FROM_END, R_GOT_OFF, R_HEXAGON_GOT, R_TLSLD_GOT_OFF,
R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE, R_MIPS_GOTREL, R_MIPS_GOT_OFF,
R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32, R_MIPS_GOT_GP_PC, R_MIPS_TLSGD,
R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC, R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC_PLT, R_GOT_PC,
R_GOTONLY_PC, R_GOTONLY_PC_FROM_END, R_PLT_PC, R_TLSGD_GOT,
R_TLSGD_GOT_FROM_END, R_TLSGD_PC, R_PPC_CALL_PLT,
R_TLSDESC_CALL, R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_PAGE, R_HINT,
R_TLSLD_HINT, R_TLSIE_HINT>(E))
return true;
// These never do, except if the entire file is position dependent or if
// only the low bits are used.
if (E == R_GOT || E == R_PLT || E == R_TLSDESC)
if (E == R_GOT || E == R_GOT_PLT || E == R_PLT || E == R_TLSDESC)
return Target->usesOnlyLowPageBits(Type) || !Config->Pic;
if (Sym.IsPreemptible)
@ -414,10 +429,14 @@ static RelExpr toPlt(RelExpr Expr) {
return R_PPC_CALL_PLT;
case R_PC:
return R_PLT_PC;
case R_PAGE_PC:
return R_PLT_PAGE_PC;
case R_AARCH64_PAGE_PC:
return R_AARCH64_PLT_PAGE_PC;
case R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC:
return R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC_PLT;
case R_ABS:
return R_PLT;
case R_GOT:
return R_GOT_PLT;
default:
return Expr;
}
@ -466,7 +485,7 @@ static SmallSet<SharedSymbol *, 4> getSymbolsAt(SharedSymbol &SS) {
SmallSet<SharedSymbol *, 4> Ret;
for (const Elf_Sym &S : File.getGlobalELFSyms()) {
if (S.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF || S.st_shndx == SHN_ABS ||
S.st_value != SS.Value)
S.getType() == STT_TLS || S.st_value != SS.Value)
continue;
StringRef Name = check(S.getName(File.getStringTable()));
Symbol *Sym = Symtab->find(Name);
@ -489,6 +508,7 @@ static void replaceWithDefined(Symbol &Sym, SectionBase *Sec, uint64_t Value,
Sym.PltIndex = Old.PltIndex;
Sym.GotIndex = Old.GotIndex;
Sym.VerdefIndex = Old.VerdefIndex;
Sym.PPC64BranchltIndex = Old.PPC64BranchltIndex;
Sym.IsPreemptible = true;
Sym.ExportDynamic = true;
Sym.IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
@ -549,9 +569,9 @@ template <class ELFT> static void addCopyRelSymbol(SharedSymbol &SS) {
BssSection *Sec = make<BssSection>(IsReadOnly ? ".bss.rel.ro" : ".bss",
SymSize, SS.Alignment);
if (IsReadOnly)
InX::BssRelRo->getParent()->addSection(Sec);
In.BssRelRo->getParent()->addSection(Sec);
else
InX::Bss->getParent()->addSection(Sec);
In.Bss->getParent()->addSection(Sec);
// Look through the DSO's dynamic symbol table for aliases and create a
// dynamic symbol for each one. This causes the copy relocation to correctly
@ -559,7 +579,7 @@ template <class ELFT> static void addCopyRelSymbol(SharedSymbol &SS) {
for (SharedSymbol *Sym : getSymbolsAt<ELFT>(SS))
replaceWithDefined(*Sym, Sec, 0, Sym->Size);
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->CopyRel, Sec, 0, &SS);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->CopyRel, Sec, 0, &SS);
}
// MIPS has an odd notion of "paired" relocations to calculate addends.
@ -583,7 +603,7 @@ static int64_t computeMipsAddend(const RelTy &Rel, const RelTy *End,
if (PairTy == R_MIPS_NONE)
return 0;
const uint8_t *Buf = Sec.Data.data();
const uint8_t *Buf = Sec.data().data();
uint32_t SymIndex = Rel.getSymbol(Config->IsMips64EL);
// To make things worse, paired relocations might not be contiguous in
@ -611,7 +631,7 @@ static int64_t computeAddend(const RelTy &Rel, const RelTy *End,
if (RelTy::IsRela) {
Addend = getAddend<ELFT>(Rel);
} else {
const uint8_t *Buf = Sec.Data.data();
const uint8_t *Buf = Sec.data().data();
Addend = Target->getImplicitAddend(Buf + Rel.r_offset, Type);
}
@ -627,9 +647,6 @@ static int64_t computeAddend(const RelTy &Rel, const RelTy *End,
// Returns true if this function printed out an error message.
static bool maybeReportUndefined(Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &Sec,
uint64_t Offset) {
if (Config->UnresolvedSymbols == UnresolvedPolicy::IgnoreAll)
return false;
if (Sym.isLocal() || !Sym.isUndefined() || Sym.isWeak())
return false;
@ -646,6 +663,10 @@ static bool maybeReportUndefined(Symbol &Sym, InputSectionBase &Sec,
Msg += Src + "\n>>> ";
Msg += Sec.getObjMsg(Offset);
if (Sym.getName().startswith("_ZTV"))
Msg += "\nthe vtable symbol may be undefined because the class is missing "
"its key function (see https://lld.llvm.org/missingkeyfunction)";
if ((Config->UnresolvedSymbols == UnresolvedPolicy::Warn && CanBeExternal) ||
Config->NoinhibitExec) {
warn(Msg);
@ -700,7 +721,7 @@ public:
while (I != Pieces.size() && Pieces[I].InputOff + Pieces[I].Size <= Off)
++I;
if (I == Pieces.size())
return Off;
fatal(".eh_frame: relocation is not in any piece");
// Pieces must be contiguous, so there must be no holes in between.
assert(Pieces[I].InputOff <= Off && "Relocation not in any piece");
@ -726,13 +747,13 @@ static void addRelativeReloc(InputSectionBase *IS, uint64_t OffsetInSec,
// RelrDyn sections don't support odd offsets. Also, RelrDyn sections
// don't store the addend values, so we must write it to the relocated
// address.
if (InX::RelrDyn && IS->Alignment >= 2 && OffsetInSec % 2 == 0) {
if (In.RelrDyn && IS->Alignment >= 2 && OffsetInSec % 2 == 0) {
IS->Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, OffsetInSec, Addend, Sym});
InX::RelrDyn->Relocs.push_back({IS, OffsetInSec});
In.RelrDyn->Relocs.push_back({IS, OffsetInSec});
return;
}
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->RelativeRel, IS, OffsetInSec, Sym, Addend,
Expr, Type);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Target->RelativeRel, IS, OffsetInSec, Sym, Addend, Expr,
Type);
}
template <class ELFT, class GotPltSection>
@ -745,9 +766,16 @@ static void addPltEntry(PltSection *Plt, GotPltSection *GotPlt,
}
template <class ELFT> static void addGotEntry(Symbol &Sym) {
InX::Got->addEntry(Sym);
In.Got->addEntry(Sym);
RelExpr Expr;
if (Sym.isTls())
Expr = R_TLS;
else if (Sym.isGnuIFunc())
Expr = R_PLT;
else
Expr = R_ABS;
RelExpr Expr = Sym.isTls() ? R_TLS : R_ABS;
uint64_t Off = Sym.getGotOffset();
// If a GOT slot value can be calculated at link-time, which is now,
@ -760,19 +788,19 @@ template <class ELFT> static void addGotEntry(Symbol &Sym) {
bool IsLinkTimeConstant =
!Sym.IsPreemptible && (!Config->Pic || isAbsolute(Sym));
if (IsLinkTimeConstant) {
InX::Got->Relocations.push_back({Expr, Target->GotRel, Off, 0, &Sym});
In.Got->Relocations.push_back({Expr, Target->GotRel, Off, 0, &Sym});
return;
}
// Otherwise, we emit a dynamic relocation to .rel[a].dyn so that
// the GOT slot will be fixed at load-time.
if (!Sym.isTls() && !Sym.IsPreemptible && Config->Pic && !isAbsolute(Sym)) {
addRelativeReloc(InX::Got, Off, &Sym, 0, R_ABS, Target->GotRel);
addRelativeReloc(In.Got, Off, &Sym, 0, R_ABS, Target->GotRel);
return;
}
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Sym.isTls() ? Target->TlsGotRel : Target->GotRel,
InX::Got, Off, &Sym, 0,
Sym.IsPreemptible ? R_ADDEND : R_ABS, Target->GotRel);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Sym.isTls() ? Target->TlsGotRel : Target->GotRel, In.Got,
Off, &Sym, 0, Sym.IsPreemptible ? R_ADDEND : R_ABS,
Target->GotRel);
}
// Return true if we can define a symbol in the executable that
@ -825,7 +853,7 @@ static void processRelocAux(InputSectionBase &Sec, RelExpr Expr, RelType Type,
addRelativeReloc(&Sec, Offset, &Sym, Addend, Expr, Type);
return;
} else if (RelType Rel = Target->getDynRel(Type)) {
InX::RelaDyn->addReloc(Rel, &Sec, Offset, &Sym, Addend, R_ADDEND, Type);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc(Rel, &Sec, Offset, &Sym, Addend, R_ADDEND, Type);
// MIPS ABI turns using of GOT and dynamic relocations inside out.
// While regular ABI uses dynamic relocations to fill up GOT entries
@ -843,7 +871,7 @@ static void processRelocAux(InputSectionBase &Sec, RelExpr Expr, RelType Type,
// a dynamic relocation.
// ftp://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/mipsabi.pdf p.4-19
if (Config->EMachine == EM_MIPS)
InX::MipsGot->addEntry(*Sec.File, Sym, Addend, Expr);
In.MipsGot->addEntry(*Sec.File, Sym, Addend, Expr);
return;
}
}
@ -930,10 +958,9 @@ static void processRelocAux(InputSectionBase &Sec, RelExpr Expr, RelType Type,
"' cannot be preempted; recompile with -fPIE" +
getLocation(Sec, Sym, Offset));
if (!Sym.isInPlt())
addPltEntry<ELFT>(InX::Plt, InX::GotPlt, InX::RelaPlt, Target->PltRel,
Sym);
addPltEntry<ELFT>(In.Plt, In.GotPlt, In.RelaPlt, Target->PltRel, Sym);
if (!Sym.isDefined())
replaceWithDefined(Sym, InX::Plt, Sym.getPltOffset(), 0);
replaceWithDefined(Sym, In.Plt, getPltEntryOffset(Sym.PltIndex), 0);
Sym.NeedsPltAddr = true;
Sec.Relocations.push_back({Expr, Type, Offset, Addend, &Sym});
return;
@ -967,7 +994,7 @@ static void scanReloc(InputSectionBase &Sec, OffsetGetter &GetOffset, RelTy *&I,
if (maybeReportUndefined(Sym, Sec, Rel.r_offset))
return;
const uint8_t *RelocatedAddr = Sec.Data.begin() + Rel.r_offset;
const uint8_t *RelocatedAddr = Sec.data().begin() + Rel.r_offset;
RelExpr Expr = Target->getRelExpr(Type, Sym, RelocatedAddr);
// Ignore "hint" relocations because they are only markers for relaxation.
@ -985,18 +1012,28 @@ static void scanReloc(InputSectionBase &Sec, OffsetGetter &GetOffset, RelTy *&I,
// all dynamic symbols that can be resolved within the executable will
// actually be resolved that way at runtime, because the main exectuable
// is always at the beginning of a search list. We can leverage that fact.
if (Sym.isGnuIFunc())
if (Sym.isGnuIFunc()) {
if (!Config->ZText && Config->WarnIfuncTextrel) {
warn("using ifunc symbols when text relocations are allowed may produce "
"a binary that will segfault, if the object file is linked with "
"old version of glibc (glibc 2.28 and earlier). If this applies to "
"you, consider recompiling the object files without -fPIC and "
"without -Wl,-z,notext option. Use -no-warn-ifunc-textrel to "
"turn off this warning." +
getLocation(Sec, Sym, Offset));
}
Expr = toPlt(Expr);
else if (!Sym.IsPreemptible && Expr == R_GOT_PC && !isAbsoluteValue(Sym))
} else if (!Sym.IsPreemptible && Expr == R_GOT_PC && !isAbsoluteValue(Sym)) {
Expr = Target->adjustRelaxExpr(Type, RelocatedAddr, Expr);
else if (!Sym.IsPreemptible)
} else if (!Sym.IsPreemptible) {
Expr = fromPlt(Expr);
}
// This relocation does not require got entry, but it is relative to got and
// needs it to be created. Here we request for that.
if (isRelExprOneOf<R_GOTONLY_PC, R_GOTONLY_PC_FROM_END, R_GOTREL,
R_GOTREL_FROM_END, R_PPC_TOC>(Expr))
InX::Got->HasGotOffRel = true;
In.Got->HasGotOffRel = true;
// Read an addend.
int64_t Addend = computeAddend<ELFT>(Rel, End, Sec, Expr, Sym.isLocal());
@ -1012,11 +1049,10 @@ static void scanReloc(InputSectionBase &Sec, OffsetGetter &GetOffset, RelTy *&I,
// If a relocation needs PLT, we create PLT and GOTPLT slots for the symbol.
if (needsPlt(Expr) && !Sym.isInPlt()) {
if (Sym.isGnuIFunc() && !Sym.IsPreemptible)
addPltEntry<ELFT>(InX::Iplt, InX::IgotPlt, InX::RelaIplt,
Target->IRelativeRel, Sym);
else
addPltEntry<ELFT>(InX::Plt, InX::GotPlt, InX::RelaPlt, Target->PltRel,
addPltEntry<ELFT>(In.Iplt, In.IgotPlt, In.RelaIplt, Target->IRelativeRel,
Sym);
else
addPltEntry<ELFT>(In.Plt, In.GotPlt, In.RelaPlt, Target->PltRel, Sym);
}
// Create a GOT slot if a relocation needs GOT.
@ -1029,7 +1065,7 @@ static void scanReloc(InputSectionBase &Sec, OffsetGetter &GetOffset, RelTy *&I,
// See "Global Offset Table" in Chapter 5 in the following document
// for detailed description:
// ftp://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/mipsabi.pdf
InX::MipsGot->addEntry(*Sec.File, Sym, Addend, Expr);
In.MipsGot->addEntry(*Sec.File, Sym, Addend, Expr);
} else if (!Sym.isInGot()) {
addGotEntry<ELFT>(Sym);
}
@ -1047,6 +1083,11 @@ static void scanRelocs(InputSectionBase &Sec, ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
for (auto I = Rels.begin(), End = Rels.end(); I != End;)
scanReloc<ELFT>(Sec, GetOffset, I, End);
// Sort relocations by offset to binary search for R_RISCV_PCREL_HI20
if (Config->EMachine == EM_RISCV)
std::stable_sort(Sec.Relocations.begin(), Sec.Relocations.end(),
RelocationOffsetComparator{});
}
template <class ELFT> void elf::scanRelocations(InputSectionBase &S) {
@ -1056,6 +1097,43 @@ template <class ELFT> void elf::scanRelocations(InputSectionBase &S) {
scanRelocs<ELFT>(S, S.rels<ELFT>());
}
static bool mergeCmp(const InputSection *A, const InputSection *B) {
// std::merge requires a strict weak ordering.
if (A->OutSecOff < B->OutSecOff)
return true;
if (A->OutSecOff == B->OutSecOff) {
auto *TA = dyn_cast<ThunkSection>(A);
auto *TB = dyn_cast<ThunkSection>(B);
// Check if Thunk is immediately before any specific Target
// InputSection for example Mips LA25 Thunks.
if (TA && TA->getTargetInputSection() == B)
return true;
// Place Thunk Sections without specific targets before
// non-Thunk Sections.
if (TA && !TB && !TA->getTargetInputSection())
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Call Fn on every executable InputSection accessed via the linker script
// InputSectionDescription::Sections.
static void forEachInputSectionDescription(
ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections,
llvm::function_ref<void(OutputSection *, InputSectionDescription *)> Fn) {
for (OutputSection *OS : OutputSections) {
if (!(OS->Flags & SHF_ALLOC) || !(OS->Flags & SHF_EXECINSTR))
continue;
for (BaseCommand *BC : OS->SectionCommands)
if (auto *ISD = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(BC))
Fn(OS, ISD);
}
}
// Thunk Implementation
//
// Thunks (sometimes called stubs, veneers or branch islands) are small pieces
@ -1158,6 +1236,7 @@ void ThunkCreator::mergeThunks(ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections) {
[](const std::pair<ThunkSection *, uint32_t> &TS) {
return TS.first->getSize() == 0;
});
// ISD->ThunkSections contains all created ThunkSections, including
// those inserted in previous passes. Extract the Thunks created this
// pass and order them in ascending OutSecOff.
@ -1173,27 +1252,11 @@ void ThunkCreator::mergeThunks(ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections) {
// Merge sorted vectors of Thunks and InputSections by OutSecOff
std::vector<InputSection *> Tmp;
Tmp.reserve(ISD->Sections.size() + NewThunks.size());
auto MergeCmp = [](const InputSection *A, const InputSection *B) {
// std::merge requires a strict weak ordering.
if (A->OutSecOff < B->OutSecOff)
return true;
if (A->OutSecOff == B->OutSecOff) {
auto *TA = dyn_cast<ThunkSection>(A);
auto *TB = dyn_cast<ThunkSection>(B);
// Check if Thunk is immediately before any specific Target
// InputSection for example Mips LA25 Thunks.
if (TA && TA->getTargetInputSection() == B)
return true;
if (TA && !TB && !TA->getTargetInputSection())
// Place Thunk Sections without specific targets before
// non-Thunk Sections.
return true;
}
return false;
};
std::merge(ISD->Sections.begin(), ISD->Sections.end(),
NewThunks.begin(), NewThunks.end(), std::back_inserter(Tmp),
MergeCmp);
mergeCmp);
ISD->Sections = std::move(Tmp);
});
}
@ -1237,20 +1300,23 @@ ThunkSection *ThunkCreator::getISThunkSec(InputSection *IS) {
// Find InputSectionRange within Target Output Section (TOS) that the
// InputSection (IS) that we need to precede is in.
OutputSection *TOS = IS->getParent();
for (BaseCommand *BC : TOS->SectionCommands)
if (auto *ISD = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(BC)) {
if (ISD->Sections.empty())
continue;
InputSection *first = ISD->Sections.front();
InputSection *last = ISD->Sections.back();
if (IS->OutSecOff >= first->OutSecOff &&
IS->OutSecOff <= last->OutSecOff) {
TS = addThunkSection(TOS, ISD, IS->OutSecOff);
ThunkedSections[IS] = TS;
break;
}
}
return TS;
for (BaseCommand *BC : TOS->SectionCommands) {
auto *ISD = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(BC);
if (!ISD || ISD->Sections.empty())
continue;
InputSection *First = ISD->Sections.front();
InputSection *Last = ISD->Sections.back();
if (IS->OutSecOff < First->OutSecOff || Last->OutSecOff < IS->OutSecOff)
continue;
TS = addThunkSection(TOS, ISD, IS->OutSecOff);
ThunkedSections[IS] = TS;
return TS;
}
return nullptr;
}
// Create one or more ThunkSections per OS that can be used to place Thunks.
@ -1271,26 +1337,29 @@ ThunkSection *ThunkCreator::getISThunkSec(InputSection *IS) {
// allow for the creation of a short thunk.
void ThunkCreator::createInitialThunkSections(
ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections) {
uint32_t ThunkSectionSpacing = Target->getThunkSectionSpacing();
forEachInputSectionDescription(
OutputSections, [&](OutputSection *OS, InputSectionDescription *ISD) {
if (ISD->Sections.empty())
return;
uint32_t ISDBegin = ISD->Sections.front()->OutSecOff;
uint32_t ISDEnd =
ISD->Sections.back()->OutSecOff + ISD->Sections.back()->getSize();
uint32_t LastThunkLowerBound = -1;
if (ISDEnd - ISDBegin > Target->ThunkSectionSpacing * 2)
LastThunkLowerBound = ISDEnd - Target->ThunkSectionSpacing;
if (ISDEnd - ISDBegin > ThunkSectionSpacing * 2)
LastThunkLowerBound = ISDEnd - ThunkSectionSpacing;
uint32_t ISLimit;
uint32_t PrevISLimit = ISDBegin;
uint32_t ThunkUpperBound = ISDBegin + Target->ThunkSectionSpacing;
uint32_t ThunkUpperBound = ISDBegin + ThunkSectionSpacing;
for (const InputSection *IS : ISD->Sections) {
ISLimit = IS->OutSecOff + IS->getSize();
if (ISLimit > ThunkUpperBound) {
addThunkSection(OS, ISD, PrevISLimit);
ThunkUpperBound = PrevISLimit + Target->ThunkSectionSpacing;
ThunkUpperBound = PrevISLimit + ThunkSectionSpacing;
}
if (ISLimit > LastThunkLowerBound)
break;
@ -1304,13 +1373,14 @@ ThunkSection *ThunkCreator::addThunkSection(OutputSection *OS,
InputSectionDescription *ISD,
uint64_t Off) {
auto *TS = make<ThunkSection>(OS, Off);
ISD->ThunkSections.push_back(std::make_pair(TS, Pass));
ISD->ThunkSections.push_back({TS, Pass});
return TS;
}
std::pair<Thunk *, bool> ThunkCreator::getThunk(Symbol &Sym, RelType Type,
uint64_t Src) {
std::vector<Thunk *> *ThunkVec = nullptr;
// We use (section, offset) pair to find the thunk position if possible so
// that we create only one thunk for aliased symbols or ICFed sections.
if (auto *D = dyn_cast<Defined>(&Sym))
@ -1318,40 +1388,28 @@ std::pair<Thunk *, bool> ThunkCreator::getThunk(Symbol &Sym, RelType Type,
ThunkVec = &ThunkedSymbolsBySection[{D->Section->Repl, D->Value}];
if (!ThunkVec)
ThunkVec = &ThunkedSymbols[&Sym];
// Check existing Thunks for Sym to see if they can be reused
for (Thunk *ET : *ThunkVec)
if (ET->isCompatibleWith(Type) &&
Target->inBranchRange(Type, Src, ET->getThunkTargetSym()->getVA()))
return std::make_pair(ET, false);
for (Thunk *T : *ThunkVec)
if (T->isCompatibleWith(Type) &&
Target->inBranchRange(Type, Src, T->getThunkTargetSym()->getVA()))
return std::make_pair(T, false);
// No existing compatible Thunk in range, create a new one
Thunk *T = addThunk(Type, Sym);
ThunkVec->push_back(T);
return std::make_pair(T, true);
}
// Call Fn on every executable InputSection accessed via the linker script
// InputSectionDescription::Sections.
void ThunkCreator::forEachInputSectionDescription(
ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections,
llvm::function_ref<void(OutputSection *, InputSectionDescription *)> Fn) {
for (OutputSection *OS : OutputSections) {
if (!(OS->Flags & SHF_ALLOC) || !(OS->Flags & SHF_EXECINSTR))
continue;
for (BaseCommand *BC : OS->SectionCommands)
if (auto *ISD = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(BC))
Fn(OS, ISD);
}
}
// Return true if the relocation target is an in range Thunk.
// Return false if the relocation is not to a Thunk. If the relocation target
// was originally to a Thunk, but is no longer in range we revert the
// relocation back to its original non-Thunk target.
bool ThunkCreator::normalizeExistingThunk(Relocation &Rel, uint64_t Src) {
if (Thunk *ET = Thunks.lookup(Rel.Sym)) {
if (Thunk *T = Thunks.lookup(Rel.Sym)) {
if (Target->inBranchRange(Rel.Type, Src, Rel.Sym->getVA()))
return true;
Rel.Sym = &ET->Destination;
Rel.Sym = &T->Destination;
if (Rel.Sym->isInPlt())
Rel.Expr = toPlt(Rel.Expr);
}
@ -1385,11 +1443,13 @@ bool ThunkCreator::normalizeExistingThunk(Relocation &Rel, uint64_t Src) {
// relocation out of range error.
bool ThunkCreator::createThunks(ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections) {
bool AddressesChanged = false;
if (Pass == 0 && Target->ThunkSectionSpacing)
if (Pass == 0 && Target->getThunkSectionSpacing())
createInitialThunkSections(OutputSections);
else if (Pass == 10)
// With Thunk Size much smaller than branch range we expect to
// converge quickly; if we get to 10 something has gone wrong.
// With Thunk Size much smaller than branch range we expect to
// converge quickly; if we get to 10 something has gone wrong.
if (Pass == 10)
fatal("thunk creation not converged");
// Create all the Thunks and insert them into synthetic ThunkSections. The
@ -1412,9 +1472,11 @@ bool ThunkCreator::createThunks(ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections) {
if (!Target->needsThunk(Rel.Expr, Rel.Type, IS->File, Src,
*Rel.Sym))
continue;
Thunk *T;
bool IsNew;
std::tie(T, IsNew) = getThunk(*Rel.Sym, Rel.Type, Src);
if (IsNew) {
// Find or create a ThunkSection for the new Thunk
ThunkSection *TS;
@ -1425,13 +1487,16 @@ bool ThunkCreator::createThunks(ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections) {
TS->addThunk(T);
Thunks[T->getThunkTargetSym()] = T;
}
// Redirect relocation to Thunk, we never go via the PLT to a Thunk
Rel.Sym = T->getThunkTargetSym();
Rel.Expr = fromPlt(Rel.Expr);
}
for (auto &P : ISD->ThunkSections)
AddressesChanged |= P.first->assignOffsets();
});
for (auto &P : ThunkedSections)
AddressesChanged |= P.second->assignOffsets();

39
deps/lld/ELF/Relocations.h vendored
View File

@ -33,16 +33,28 @@ enum RelExpr {
R_INVALID,
R_ABS,
R_ADDEND,
R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC,
// The expression is used for IFUNC support. Describes PC-relative
// address of the memory page of GOT entry. This entry is used for
// a redirection to IPLT.
R_AARCH64_GOT_PAGE_PC_PLT,
R_AARCH64_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC,
R_AARCH64_PAGE_PC,
R_AARCH64_PLT_PAGE_PC,
R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_PAGE,
R_ARM_SBREL,
R_GOT,
// The expression is used for IFUNC support. Evaluates to GOT entry,
// containing redirection to the IPLT.
R_GOT_PLT,
R_GOTONLY_PC,
R_GOTONLY_PC_FROM_END,
R_GOTREL,
R_GOTREL_FROM_END,
R_GOT_FROM_END,
R_GOT_OFF,
R_GOT_PAGE_PC,
R_GOT_PC,
R_HEXAGON_GOT,
R_HINT,
R_MIPS_GOTREL,
R_MIPS_GOT_GP,
@ -54,10 +66,8 @@ enum RelExpr {
R_MIPS_TLSLD,
R_NEG_TLS,
R_NONE,
R_PAGE_PC,
R_PC,
R_PLT,
R_PLT_PAGE_PC,
R_PLT_PC,
R_PPC_CALL,
R_PPC_CALL_PLT,
@ -68,20 +78,20 @@ enum RelExpr {
R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_ABS,
R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_END,
R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_GOT_OFF,
R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC,
R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE,
R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE_NEG,
R_RELAX_TLS_IE_TO_LE,
R_RELAX_TLS_LD_TO_LE,
R_RELAX_TLS_LD_TO_LE_ABS,
R_RISCV_PC_INDIRECT,
R_SIZE,
R_TLS,
R_TLSDESC,
R_TLSDESC_CALL,
R_TLSDESC_PAGE,
R_TLSGD_GOT,
R_TLSGD_GOT_FROM_END,
R_TLSGD_PC,
R_TLSIE_HINT,
R_TLSLD_GOT,
R_TLSLD_GOT_FROM_END,
R_TLSLD_GOT_OFF,
@ -128,6 +138,21 @@ struct Relocation {
Symbol *Sym;
};
struct RelocationOffsetComparator {
bool operator()(const Relocation &Lhs, const Relocation &Rhs) {
return Lhs.Offset < Rhs.Offset;
}
// For std::lower_bound, std::upper_bound, std::equal_range.
bool operator()(const Relocation &Rel, uint64_t Val) {
return Rel.Offset < Val;
}
bool operator()(uint64_t Val, const Relocation &Rel) {
return Val < Rel.Offset;
}
};
template <class ELFT> void scanRelocations(InputSectionBase &);
class ThunkSection;
@ -155,10 +180,6 @@ private:
void createInitialThunkSections(ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections);
void forEachInputSectionDescription(
ArrayRef<OutputSection *> OutputSections,
llvm::function_ref<void(OutputSection *, InputSectionDescription *)> Fn);
std::pair<Thunk *, bool> getThunk(Symbol &Sym, RelType Type, uint64_t Src);
ThunkSection *addThunkSection(OutputSection *OS, InputSectionDescription *,

9
deps/lld/ELF/ScriptLexer.cpp vendored
View File

@ -244,6 +244,15 @@ StringRef ScriptLexer::peek() {
return Tok;
}
StringRef ScriptLexer::peek2() {
skip();
StringRef Tok = next();
if (errorCount())
return "";
Pos = Pos - 2;
return Tok;
}
bool ScriptLexer::consume(StringRef Tok) {
if (peek() == Tok) {
skip();

1
deps/lld/ELF/ScriptLexer.h vendored
View File

@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ public:
bool atEOF();
StringRef next();
StringRef peek();
StringRef peek2();
void skip();
bool consume(StringRef Tok);
void expect(StringRef Expect);

144
deps/lld/ELF/ScriptParser.cpp vendored
View File

@ -72,13 +72,15 @@ private:
void readRegionAlias();
void readSearchDir();
void readSections();
void readTarget();
void readVersion();
void readVersionScriptCommand();
SymbolAssignment *readSymbolAssignment(StringRef Name);
ByteCommand *readByteCommand(StringRef Tok);
uint32_t readFill();
uint32_t parseFill(StringRef Tok);
std::array<uint8_t, 4> readFill();
std::array<uint8_t, 4> parseFill(StringRef Tok);
bool readSectionDirective(OutputSection *Cmd, StringRef Tok1, StringRef Tok2);
void readSectionAddressType(OutputSection *Cmd);
OutputSection *readOverlaySectionDescription();
OutputSection *readOutputSectionDescription(StringRef OutSec);
@ -255,6 +257,8 @@ void ScriptParser::readLinkerScript() {
readSearchDir();
} else if (Tok == "SECTIONS") {
readSections();
} else if (Tok == "TARGET") {
readTarget();
} else if (Tok == "VERSION") {
readVersion();
} else if (SymbolAssignment *Cmd = readAssignment(Tok)) {
@ -266,6 +270,8 @@ void ScriptParser::readLinkerScript() {
}
void ScriptParser::readDefsym(StringRef Name) {
if (errorCount())
return;
Expr E = readExpr();
if (!atEOF())
setError("EOF expected, but got " + next());
@ -378,10 +384,42 @@ void ScriptParser::readOutputArch() {
skip();
}
static std::pair<ELFKind, uint16_t> parseBfdName(StringRef S) {
return StringSwitch<std::pair<ELFKind, uint16_t>>(S)
.Case("elf32-i386", {ELF32LEKind, EM_386})
.Case("elf32-iamcu", {ELF32LEKind, EM_IAMCU})
.Case("elf32-littlearm", {ELF32LEKind, EM_ARM})
.Case("elf32-x86-64", {ELF32LEKind, EM_X86_64})
.Case("elf64-aarch64", {ELF64LEKind, EM_AARCH64})
.Case("elf64-littleaarch64", {ELF64LEKind, EM_AARCH64})
.Case("elf64-powerpc", {ELF64BEKind, EM_PPC64})
.Case("elf64-powerpcle", {ELF64LEKind, EM_PPC64})
.Case("elf64-x86-64", {ELF64LEKind, EM_X86_64})
.Case("elf32-tradbigmips", {ELF32BEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Case("elf32-ntradbigmips", {ELF32BEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Case("elf32-tradlittlemips", {ELF32LEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Case("elf32-ntradlittlemips", {ELF32LEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Case("elf64-tradbigmips", {ELF64BEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Case("elf64-tradlittlemips", {ELF64LEKind, EM_MIPS})
.Default({ELFNoneKind, EM_NONE});
}
// Parse OUTPUT_FORMAT(bfdname) or OUTPUT_FORMAT(bfdname, big, little).
// Currently we ignore big and little parameters.
void ScriptParser::readOutputFormat() {
// Error checking only for now.
expect("(");
skip();
StringRef Name = unquote(next());
StringRef S = Name;
if (S.consume_back("-freebsd"))
Config->OSABI = ELFOSABI_FREEBSD;
std::tie(Config->EKind, Config->EMachine) = parseBfdName(S);
if (Config->EMachine == EM_NONE)
setError("unknown output format name: " + Name);
if (S == "elf32-ntradlittlemips" || S == "elf32-ntradbigmips")
Config->MipsN32Abi = true;
if (consume(")"))
return;
expect(",");
@ -497,6 +535,9 @@ void ScriptParser::readSections() {
for (BaseCommand *Cmd : readOverlay())
V.push_back(Cmd);
continue;
} else if (Tok == "INCLUDE") {
readInclude();
continue;
}
if (BaseCommand *Cmd = readAssignment(Tok))
@ -522,6 +563,23 @@ void ScriptParser::readSections() {
V.end());
}
void ScriptParser::readTarget() {
// TARGET(foo) is an alias for "--format foo". Unlike GNU linkers,
// we accept only a limited set of BFD names (i.e. "elf" or "binary")
// for --format. We recognize only /^elf/ and "binary" in the linker
// script as well.
expect("(");
StringRef Tok = next();
expect(")");
if (Tok.startswith("elf"))
Config->FormatBinary = false;
else if (Tok == "binary")
Config->FormatBinary = true;
else
setError("unknown target: " + Tok);
}
static int precedence(StringRef Op) {
return StringSwitch<int>(Op)
.Cases("*", "/", "%", 8)
@ -672,13 +730,33 @@ Expr ScriptParser::readAssert() {
// alias for =fillexp section attribute, which is different from
// what GNU linkers do.
// https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/Output-Section-Data.html
uint32_t ScriptParser::readFill() {
std::array<uint8_t, 4> ScriptParser::readFill() {
expect("(");
uint32_t V = parseFill(next());
std::array<uint8_t, 4> V = parseFill(next());
expect(")");
return V;
}
// Tries to read the special directive for an output section definition which
// can be one of following: "(NOLOAD)", "(COPY)", "(INFO)" or "(OVERLAY)".
// Tok1 and Tok2 are next 2 tokens peeked. See comment for readSectionAddressType below.
bool ScriptParser::readSectionDirective(OutputSection *Cmd, StringRef Tok1, StringRef Tok2) {
if (Tok1 != "(")
return false;
if (Tok2 != "NOLOAD" && Tok2 != "COPY" && Tok2 != "INFO" && Tok2 != "OVERLAY")
return false;
expect("(");
if (consume("NOLOAD")) {
Cmd->Noload = true;
} else {
skip(); // This is "COPY", "INFO" or "OVERLAY".
Cmd->NonAlloc = true;
}
expect(")");
return true;
}
// Reads an expression and/or the special directive for an output
// section definition. Directive is one of following: "(NOLOAD)",
// "(COPY)", "(INFO)" or "(OVERLAY)".
@ -691,28 +769,12 @@ uint32_t ScriptParser::readFill() {
// https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/Output-Section-Address.html
// https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/Output-Section-Type.html
void ScriptParser::readSectionAddressType(OutputSection *Cmd) {
if (consume("(")) {
if (consume("NOLOAD")) {
expect(")");
Cmd->Noload = true;
return;
}
if (consume("COPY") || consume("INFO") || consume("OVERLAY")) {
expect(")");
Cmd->NonAlloc = true;
return;
}
Cmd->AddrExpr = readExpr();
expect(")");
} else {
Cmd->AddrExpr = readExpr();
}
if (readSectionDirective(Cmd, peek(), peek2()))
return;
if (consume("(")) {
expect("NOLOAD");
expect(")");
Cmd->Noload = true;
}
Cmd->AddrExpr = readExpr();
if (peek() == "(" && !readSectionDirective(Cmd, "(", peek2()))
setError("unknown section directive: " + peek2());
}
static Expr checkAlignment(Expr E, std::string &Loc) {
@ -778,10 +840,17 @@ OutputSection *ScriptParser::readOutputSectionDescription(StringRef OutSec) {
Cmd->Filler = readFill();
} else if (Tok == "SORT") {
readSort();
} else if (Tok == "INCLUDE") {
readInclude();
} else if (peek() == "(") {
Cmd->SectionCommands.push_back(readInputSectionDescription(Tok));
} else {
setError("unknown command " + Tok);
// We have a file name and no input sections description. It is not a
// commonly used syntax, but still acceptable. In that case, all sections
// from the file will be included.
auto *ISD = make<InputSectionDescription>(Tok);
ISD->SectionPatterns.push_back({{}, StringMatcher({"*"})});
Cmd->SectionCommands.push_back(ISD);
}
}
@ -818,13 +887,13 @@ OutputSection *ScriptParser::readOutputSectionDescription(StringRef OutSec) {
// When reading a hexstring, ld.bfd handles it as a blob of arbitrary
// size, while ld.gold always handles it as a 32-bit big-endian number.
// We are compatible with ld.gold because it's easier to implement.
uint32_t ScriptParser::parseFill(StringRef Tok) {
std::array<uint8_t, 4> ScriptParser::parseFill(StringRef Tok) {
uint32_t V = 0;
if (!to_integer(Tok, V))
setError("invalid filler expression: " + Tok);
uint32_t Buf;
write32be(&Buf, V);
std::array<uint8_t, 4> Buf;
write32be(Buf.data(), V);
return Buf;
}
@ -1404,7 +1473,11 @@ uint64_t ScriptParser::readMemoryAssignment(StringRef S1, StringRef S2,
void ScriptParser::readMemory() {
expect("{");
while (!errorCount() && !consume("}")) {
StringRef Name = next();
StringRef Tok = next();
if (Tok == "INCLUDE") {
readInclude();
continue;
}
uint32_t Flags = 0;
uint32_t NegFlags = 0;
@ -1419,10 +1492,9 @@ void ScriptParser::readMemory() {
uint64_t Length = readMemoryAssignment("LENGTH", "len", "l");
// Add the memory region to the region map.
MemoryRegion *MR =
make<MemoryRegion>(Name, Origin, Length, Flags, NegFlags);
if (!Script->MemoryRegions.insert({Name, MR}).second)
setError("region '" + Name + "' already defined");
MemoryRegion *MR = make<MemoryRegion>(Tok, Origin, Length, Flags, NegFlags);
if (!Script->MemoryRegions.insert({Tok, MR}).second)
setError("region '" + Tok + "' already defined");
}
}

250
deps/lld/ELF/SymbolTable.cpp vendored
View File

@ -94,8 +94,20 @@ template <class ELFT> void SymbolTable::addFile(InputFile *File) {
if (auto *F = dyn_cast<SharedFile<ELFT>>(File)) {
// DSOs are uniquified not by filename but by soname.
F->parseSoName();
if (errorCount() || !SoNames.insert(F->SoName).second)
if (errorCount())
return;
// If a DSO appears more than once on the command line with and without
// --as-needed, --no-as-needed takes precedence over --as-needed because a
// user can add an extra DSO with --no-as-needed to force it to be added to
// the dependency list.
DenseMap<StringRef, InputFile *>::iterator It;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(It, WasInserted) = SoNames.try_emplace(F->SoName, F);
cast<SharedFile<ELFT>>(It->second)->IsNeeded |= F->IsNeeded;
if (!WasInserted)
return;
SharedFiles.push_back(F);
F->parseRest();
return;
@ -139,77 +151,27 @@ template <class ELFT> void SymbolTable::addCombinedLTOObject() {
}
}
Defined *SymbolTable::addAbsolute(StringRef Name, uint8_t Visibility,
uint8_t Binding) {
Symbol *Sym =
addRegular(Name, Visibility, STT_NOTYPE, 0, 0, Binding, nullptr, nullptr);
return cast<Defined>(Sym);
}
// Set a flag for --trace-symbol so that we can print out a log message
// if a new symbol with the same name is inserted into the symbol table.
void SymbolTable::trace(StringRef Name) {
SymMap.insert({CachedHashStringRef(Name), -1});
}
// Rename SYM as __wrap_SYM. The original symbol is preserved as __real_SYM.
// Used to implement --wrap.
template <class ELFT> void SymbolTable::addSymbolWrap(StringRef Name) {
Symbol *Sym = find(Name);
if (!Sym)
return;
void SymbolTable::wrap(Symbol *Sym, Symbol *Real, Symbol *Wrap) {
// Swap symbols as instructed by -wrap.
int &Idx1 = SymMap[CachedHashStringRef(Sym->getName())];
int &Idx2 = SymMap[CachedHashStringRef(Real->getName())];
int &Idx3 = SymMap[CachedHashStringRef(Wrap->getName())];
// Do not wrap the same symbol twice.
for (const WrappedSymbol &S : WrappedSymbols)
if (S.Sym == Sym)
return;
Idx2 = Idx1;
Idx1 = Idx3;
Symbol *Real = addUndefined<ELFT>(Saver.save("__real_" + Name));
Symbol *Wrap = addUndefined<ELFT>(Saver.save("__wrap_" + Name));
WrappedSymbols.push_back({Sym, Real, Wrap});
// We want to tell LTO not to inline symbols to be overwritten
// because LTO doesn't know the final symbol contents after renaming.
Real->CanInline = false;
Sym->CanInline = false;
// Tell LTO not to eliminate these symbols.
Sym->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
Wrap->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
}
// Apply symbol renames created by -wrap. The renames are created
// before LTO in addSymbolWrap() to have a chance to inform LTO (if
// LTO is running) not to include these symbols in IPO. Now that the
// symbols are finalized, we can perform the replacement.
void SymbolTable::applySymbolWrap() {
// This function rotates 3 symbols:
//
// __real_sym becomes sym
// sym becomes __wrap_sym
// __wrap_sym becomes __real_sym
//
// The last part is special in that we don't want to change what references to
// __wrap_sym point to, we just want have __real_sym in the symbol table.
for (WrappedSymbol &W : WrappedSymbols) {
// First, make a copy of __real_sym.
Symbol *Real = nullptr;
if (W.Real->isDefined()) {
Real = reinterpret_cast<Symbol *>(make<SymbolUnion>());
memcpy(Real, W.Real, sizeof(SymbolUnion));
}
// Replace __real_sym with sym and sym with __wrap_sym.
memcpy(W.Real, W.Sym, sizeof(SymbolUnion));
memcpy(W.Sym, W.Wrap, sizeof(SymbolUnion));
// We now have two copies of __wrap_sym. Drop one.
W.Wrap->IsUsedInRegularObj = false;
if (Real)
SymVector.push_back(Real);
}
// Now renaming is complete. No one refers Real symbol. We could leave
// Real as-is, but if Real is written to the symbol table, that may
// contain irrelevant values. So, we copy all values from Sym to Real.
StringRef S = Real->getName();
memcpy(Real, Sym, sizeof(SymbolUnion));
Real->setName(S);
}
static uint8_t getMinVisibility(uint8_t VA, uint8_t VB) {
@ -221,7 +183,7 @@ static uint8_t getMinVisibility(uint8_t VA, uint8_t VB) {
}
// Find an existing symbol or create and insert a new one.
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> SymbolTable::insert(StringRef Name) {
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> SymbolTable::insertName(StringRef Name) {
// <name>@@<version> means the symbol is the default version. In that
// case <name>@@<version> will be used to resolve references to <name>.
//
@ -239,34 +201,34 @@ std::pair<Symbol *, bool> SymbolTable::insert(StringRef Name) {
if (SymIndex == -1) {
SymIndex = SymVector.size();
IsNew = Traced = true;
IsNew = true;
Traced = true;
}
Symbol *Sym;
if (IsNew) {
Sym = reinterpret_cast<Symbol *>(make<SymbolUnion>());
Sym->Visibility = STV_DEFAULT;
Sym->IsUsedInRegularObj = false;
Sym->ExportDynamic = false;
Sym->CanInline = true;
Sym->Traced = Traced;
Sym->VersionId = Config->DefaultSymbolVersion;
SymVector.push_back(Sym);
} else {
Sym = SymVector[SymIndex];
}
return {Sym, IsNew};
if (!IsNew)
return {SymVector[SymIndex], false};
auto *Sym = reinterpret_cast<Symbol *>(make<SymbolUnion>());
Sym->SymbolKind = Symbol::PlaceholderKind;
Sym->Visibility = STV_DEFAULT;
Sym->IsUsedInRegularObj = false;
Sym->ExportDynamic = false;
Sym->CanInline = true;
Sym->Traced = Traced;
Sym->VersionId = Config->DefaultSymbolVersion;
SymVector.push_back(Sym);
return {Sym, true};
}
// Find an existing symbol or create and insert a new one, then apply the given
// attributes.
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> SymbolTable::insert(StringRef Name, uint8_t Type,
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> SymbolTable::insert(StringRef Name,
uint8_t Visibility,
bool CanOmitFromDynSym,
InputFile *File) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insertName(Name);
// Merge in the new symbol's visibility.
S->Visibility = getMinVisibility(S->Visibility, Visibility);
@ -277,21 +239,9 @@ std::pair<Symbol *, bool> SymbolTable::insert(StringRef Name, uint8_t Type,
if (!File || File->kind() == InputFile::ObjKind)
S->IsUsedInRegularObj = true;
if (!WasInserted && S->Type != Symbol::UnknownType &&
((Type == STT_TLS) != S->isTls())) {
error("TLS attribute mismatch: " + toString(*S) + "\n>>> defined in " +
toString(S->File) + "\n>>> defined in " + toString(File));
}
return {S, WasInserted};
}
template <class ELFT> Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined(StringRef Name) {
return addUndefined<ELFT>(Name, STB_GLOBAL, STV_DEFAULT,
/*Type*/ 0,
/*CanOmitFromDynSym*/ false, /*File*/ nullptr);
}
static uint8_t getVisibility(uint8_t StOther) { return StOther & 3; }
template <class ELFT>
@ -301,8 +251,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined(StringRef Name, uint8_t Binding,
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
uint8_t Visibility = getVisibility(StOther);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) =
insert(Name, Type, Visibility, CanOmitFromDynSym, File);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name, Visibility, CanOmitFromDynSym, File);
// An undefined symbol with non default visibility must be satisfied
// in the same DSO.
@ -314,10 +263,6 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined(StringRef Name, uint8_t Binding,
if (S->isShared() || S->isLazy() || (S->isUndefined() && Binding != STB_WEAK))
S->Binding = Binding;
if (!Config->GcSections && Binding != STB_WEAK)
if (auto *SS = dyn_cast<SharedSymbol>(S))
SS->getFile<ELFT>().IsNeeded = true;
if (S->isLazy()) {
// An undefined weak will not fetch archive members. See comment on Lazy in
// Symbols.h for the details.
@ -450,7 +395,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addCommon(StringRef N, uint64_t Size, uint32_t Alignment,
InputFile &File) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, Type, getVisibility(StOther),
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(N, getVisibility(StOther),
/*CanOmitFromDynSym*/ false, &File);
int Cmp = compareDefined(S, WasInserted, Binding, N);
@ -487,12 +432,6 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addCommon(StringRef N, uint64_t Size, uint32_t Alignment,
return S;
}
static void reportDuplicate(Symbol *Sym, InputFile *NewFile) {
if (!Config->AllowMultipleDefinition)
error("duplicate symbol: " + toString(*Sym) + "\n>>> defined in " +
toString(Sym->File) + "\n>>> defined in " + toString(NewFile));
}
static void reportDuplicate(Symbol *Sym, InputFile *NewFile,
InputSectionBase *ErrSec, uint64_t ErrOffset) {
if (Config->AllowMultipleDefinition)
@ -500,7 +439,8 @@ static void reportDuplicate(Symbol *Sym, InputFile *NewFile,
Defined *D = cast<Defined>(Sym);
if (!D->Section || !ErrSec) {
reportDuplicate(Sym, NewFile);
error("duplicate symbol: " + toString(*Sym) + "\n>>> defined in " +
toString(Sym->File) + "\n>>> defined in " + toString(NewFile));
return;
}
@ -527,12 +467,12 @@ static void reportDuplicate(Symbol *Sym, InputFile *NewFile,
error(Msg);
}
Symbol *SymbolTable::addRegular(StringRef Name, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type,
uint64_t Value, uint64_t Size, uint8_t Binding,
SectionBase *Section, InputFile *File) {
Defined *SymbolTable::addDefined(StringRef Name, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type,
uint64_t Value, uint64_t Size, uint8_t Binding,
SectionBase *Section, InputFile *File) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name, Type, getVisibility(StOther),
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name, getVisibility(StOther),
/*CanOmitFromDynSym*/ false, File);
int Cmp = compareDefinedNonCommon(S, WasInserted, Binding, Section == nullptr,
Value, Name);
@ -542,7 +482,7 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addRegular(StringRef Name, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type,
else if (Cmp == 0)
reportDuplicate(S, File, dyn_cast_or_null<InputSectionBase>(Section),
Value);
return S;
return cast<Defined>(S);
}
template <typename ELFT>
@ -554,7 +494,7 @@ void SymbolTable::addShared(StringRef Name, SharedFile<ELFT> &File,
// unchanged.
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name, Sym.getType(), STV_DEFAULT,
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insert(Name, STV_DEFAULT,
/*CanOmitFromDynSym*/ true, &File);
// Make sure we preempt DSO symbols with default visibility.
if (Sym.getVisibility() == STV_DEFAULT)
@ -562,19 +502,16 @@ void SymbolTable::addShared(StringRef Name, SharedFile<ELFT> &File,
// An undefined symbol with non default visibility must be satisfied
// in the same DSO.
if (WasInserted ||
((S->isUndefined() || S->isLazy()) && S->Visibility == STV_DEFAULT)) {
uint8_t Binding = S->Binding;
bool WasUndefined = S->isUndefined();
replaceSymbol<SharedSymbol>(S, File, Name, Sym.getBinding(), Sym.st_other,
auto Replace = [&](uint8_t Binding) {
replaceSymbol<SharedSymbol>(S, File, Name, Binding, Sym.st_other,
Sym.getType(), Sym.st_value, Sym.st_size,
Alignment, VerdefIndex);
if (!WasInserted) {
S->Binding = Binding;
if (!S->isWeak() && !Config->GcSections && WasUndefined)
File.IsNeeded = true;
}
}
};
if (WasInserted)
Replace(Sym.getBinding());
else if (S->Visibility == STV_DEFAULT && (S->isUndefined() || S->isLazy()))
Replace(S->Binding);
}
Symbol *SymbolTable::addBitcode(StringRef Name, uint8_t Binding,
@ -583,13 +520,13 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::addBitcode(StringRef Name, uint8_t Binding,
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) =
insert(Name, Type, getVisibility(StOther), CanOmitFromDynSym, &F);
insert(Name, getVisibility(StOther), CanOmitFromDynSym, &F);
int Cmp = compareDefinedNonCommon(S, WasInserted, Binding,
/*IsAbs*/ false, /*Value*/ 0, Name);
if (Cmp > 0)
replaceSymbol<Defined>(S, &F, Name, Binding, StOther, Type, 0, 0, nullptr);
else if (Cmp == 0)
reportDuplicate(S, &F);
reportDuplicate(S, &F, nullptr, 0);
return S;
}
@ -602,18 +539,14 @@ Symbol *SymbolTable::find(StringRef Name) {
return SymVector[It->second];
}
// This is used to handle lazy symbols. May replace existent
// symbol with lazy version or request to Fetch it.
template <class ELFT, typename LazyT, typename... ArgT>
static void replaceOrFetchLazy(StringRef Name, InputFile &File,
llvm::function_ref<InputFile *()> Fetch,
ArgT &&... Arg) {
template <class ELFT>
void SymbolTable::addLazyArchive(StringRef Name, ArchiveFile &File,
const object::Archive::Symbol Sym) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = Symtab->insert(Name);
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insertName(Name);
if (WasInserted) {
replaceSymbol<LazyT>(S, File, Symbol::UnknownType,
std::forward<ArgT>(Arg)...);
replaceSymbol<LazyArchive>(S, File, STT_NOTYPE, Sym);
return;
}
if (!S->isUndefined())
@ -622,26 +555,37 @@ static void replaceOrFetchLazy(StringRef Name, InputFile &File,
// An undefined weak will not fetch archive members. See comment on Lazy in
// Symbols.h for the details.
if (S->isWeak()) {
replaceSymbol<LazyT>(S, File, S->Type, std::forward<ArgT>(Arg)...);
replaceSymbol<LazyArchive>(S, File, S->Type, Sym);
S->Binding = STB_WEAK;
return;
}
if (InputFile *F = Fetch())
Symtab->addFile<ELFT>(F);
if (InputFile *F = File.fetch(Sym))
addFile<ELFT>(F);
}
template <class ELFT>
void SymbolTable::addLazyArchive(StringRef Name, ArchiveFile &F,
const object::Archive::Symbol Sym) {
replaceOrFetchLazy<ELFT, LazyArchive>(Name, F, [&]() { return F.fetch(Sym); },
Sym);
}
void SymbolTable::addLazyObject(StringRef Name, LazyObjFile &File) {
Symbol *S;
bool WasInserted;
std::tie(S, WasInserted) = insertName(Name);
if (WasInserted) {
replaceSymbol<LazyObject>(S, File, STT_NOTYPE, Name);
return;
}
if (!S->isUndefined())
return;
template <class ELFT>
void SymbolTable::addLazyObject(StringRef Name, LazyObjFile &Obj) {
replaceOrFetchLazy<ELFT, LazyObject>(Name, Obj, [&]() { return Obj.fetch(); },
Name);
// An undefined weak will not fetch archive members. See comment on Lazy in
// Symbols.h for the details.
if (S->isWeak()) {
replaceSymbol<LazyObject>(S, File, S->Type, Name);
S->Binding = STB_WEAK;
return;
}
if (InputFile *F = File.fetch())
addFile<ELFT>(F);
}
template <class ELFT> void SymbolTable::fetchLazy(Symbol *Sym) {
@ -822,16 +766,6 @@ template void SymbolTable::addFile<ELF32BE>(InputFile *);
template void SymbolTable::addFile<ELF64LE>(InputFile *);
template void SymbolTable::addFile<ELF64BE>(InputFile *);
template void SymbolTable::addSymbolWrap<ELF32LE>(StringRef);
template void SymbolTable::addSymbolWrap<ELF32BE>(StringRef);
template void SymbolTable::addSymbolWrap<ELF64LE>(StringRef);
template void SymbolTable::addSymbolWrap<ELF64BE>(StringRef);
template Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined<ELF32LE>(StringRef);
template Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined<ELF32BE>(StringRef);
template Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined<ELF64LE>(StringRef);
template Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined<ELF64BE>(StringRef);
template Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined<ELF32LE>(StringRef, uint8_t, uint8_t,
uint8_t, bool, InputFile *);
template Symbol *SymbolTable::addUndefined<ELF32BE>(StringRef, uint8_t, uint8_t,

34
deps/lld/ELF/SymbolTable.h vendored
View File

@ -37,22 +37,17 @@ class SymbolTable {
public:
template <class ELFT> void addFile(InputFile *File);
template <class ELFT> void addCombinedLTOObject();
template <class ELFT> void addSymbolWrap(StringRef Name);
void applySymbolWrap();
void wrap(Symbol *Sym, Symbol *Real, Symbol *Wrap);
ArrayRef<Symbol *> getSymbols() const { return SymVector; }
Defined *addAbsolute(StringRef Name,
uint8_t Visibility = llvm::ELF::STV_HIDDEN,
uint8_t Binding = llvm::ELF::STB_GLOBAL);
template <class ELFT> Symbol *addUndefined(StringRef Name);
template <class ELFT>
Symbol *addUndefined(StringRef Name, uint8_t Binding, uint8_t StOther,
uint8_t Type, bool CanOmitFromDynSym, InputFile *File);
Symbol *addRegular(StringRef Name, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type,
uint64_t Value, uint64_t Size, uint8_t Binding,
SectionBase *Section, InputFile *File);
Defined *addDefined(StringRef Name, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type,
uint64_t Value, uint64_t Size, uint8_t Binding,
SectionBase *Section, InputFile *File);
template <class ELFT>
void addShared(StringRef Name, SharedFile<ELFT> &F,
@ -72,10 +67,8 @@ public:
uint8_t Binding, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type,
InputFile &File);
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> insert(StringRef Name);
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> insert(StringRef Name, uint8_t Type,
uint8_t Visibility, bool CanOmitFromDynSym,
InputFile *File);
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> insert(StringRef Name, uint8_t Visibility,
bool CanOmitFromDynSym, InputFile *File);
template <class ELFT> void fetchLazy(Symbol *Sym);
@ -88,6 +81,8 @@ public:
void handleDynamicList();
private:
std::pair<Symbol *, bool> insertName(StringRef Name);
std::vector<Symbol *> findByVersion(SymbolVersion Ver);
std::vector<Symbol *> findAllByVersion(SymbolVersion Ver);
@ -113,7 +108,7 @@ private:
llvm::DenseSet<llvm::CachedHashStringRef> ComdatGroups;
// Set of .so files to not link the same shared object file more than once.
llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SoNames;
llvm::DenseMap<StringRef, InputFile *> SoNames;
// A map from demangled symbol names to their symbol objects.
// This mapping is 1:N because two symbols with different versions
@ -121,15 +116,6 @@ private:
// directive in version scripts.
llvm::Optional<llvm::StringMap<std::vector<Symbol *>>> DemangledSyms;
struct WrappedSymbol {
Symbol *Sym;
Symbol *Real;
Symbol *Wrap;
};
// For -wrap.
std::vector<WrappedSymbol> WrappedSymbols;
// For LTO.
std::unique_ptr<BitcodeCompiler> LTO;
};

62
deps/lld/ELF/Symbols.cpp vendored
View File

@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ Defined *ElfSym::GlobalOffsetTable;
Defined *ElfSym::MipsGp;
Defined *ElfSym::MipsGpDisp;
Defined *ElfSym::MipsLocalGp;
Defined *ElfSym::RelaIpltStart;
Defined *ElfSym::RelaIpltEnd;
static uint64_t getSymVA(const Symbol &Sym, int64_t &Addend) {
@ -90,10 +91,15 @@ static uint64_t getSymVA(const Symbol &Sym, int64_t &Addend) {
uint64_t VA = IS->getVA(Offset);
if (D.isTls() && !Config->Relocatable) {
if (!Out::TlsPhdr)
// Use the address of the TLS segment's first section rather than the
// segment's address, because segment addresses aren't initialized until
// after sections are finalized. (e.g. Measuring the size of .rela.dyn
// for Android relocation packing requires knowing TLS symbol addresses
// during section finalization.)
if (!Out::TlsPhdr || !Out::TlsPhdr->FirstSec)
fatal(toString(D.File) +
" has an STT_TLS symbol but doesn't have an SHF_TLS section");
return VA - Out::TlsPhdr->p_vaddr;
return VA - Out::TlsPhdr->FirstSec->Addr;
}
return VA;
}
@ -102,7 +108,10 @@ static uint64_t getSymVA(const Symbol &Sym, int64_t &Addend) {
return 0;
case Symbol::LazyArchiveKind:
case Symbol::LazyObjectKind:
llvm_unreachable("lazy symbol reached writer");
assert(Sym.IsUsedInRegularObj && "lazy symbol reached writer");
return 0;
case Symbol::PlaceholderKind:
llvm_unreachable("placeholder symbol reached writer");
}
llvm_unreachable("invalid symbol kind");
}
@ -112,7 +121,7 @@ uint64_t Symbol::getVA(int64_t Addend) const {
return OutVA + Addend;
}
uint64_t Symbol::getGotVA() const { return InX::Got->getVA() + getGotOffset(); }
uint64_t Symbol::getGotVA() const { return In.Got->getVA() + getGotOffset(); }
uint64_t Symbol::getGotOffset() const {
return GotIndex * Target->GotEntrySize;
@ -120,8 +129,8 @@ uint64_t Symbol::getGotOffset() const {
uint64_t Symbol::getGotPltVA() const {
if (this->IsInIgot)
return InX::IgotPlt->getVA() + getGotPltOffset();
return InX::GotPlt->getVA() + getGotPltOffset();
return In.IgotPlt->getVA() + getGotPltOffset();
return In.GotPlt->getVA() + getGotPltOffset();
}
uint64_t Symbol::getGotPltOffset() const {
@ -130,15 +139,20 @@ uint64_t Symbol::getGotPltOffset() const {
return (PltIndex + Target->GotPltHeaderEntriesNum) * Target->GotPltEntrySize;
}
uint64_t Symbol::getPltVA() const {
if (this->IsInIplt)
return InX::Iplt->getVA() + PltIndex * Target->PltEntrySize;
return InX::Plt->getVA() + Target->getPltEntryOffset(PltIndex);
uint64_t Symbol::getPPC64LongBranchOffset() const {
assert(PPC64BranchltIndex != 0xffff);
return PPC64BranchltIndex * Target->GotPltEntrySize;
}
uint64_t Symbol::getPltOffset() const {
assert(!this->IsInIplt);
return Target->getPltEntryOffset(PltIndex);
uint64_t Symbol::getPltVA() const {
PltSection *Plt = IsInIplt ? In.Iplt : In.Plt;
return Plt->getVA() + Plt->HeaderSize + PltIndex * Target->PltEntrySize;
}
uint64_t Symbol::getPPC64LongBranchTableVA() const {
assert(PPC64BranchltIndex != 0xffff);
return In.PPC64LongBranchTarget->getVA() +
PPC64BranchltIndex * Target->GotPltEntrySize;
}
uint64_t Symbol::getSize() const {
@ -204,12 +218,21 @@ void Symbol::parseSymbolVersion() {
InputFile *LazyArchive::fetch() { return cast<ArchiveFile>(File)->fetch(Sym); }
MemoryBufferRef LazyArchive::getMemberBuffer() {
Archive::Child C = CHECK(
Sym.getMember(), "could not get the member for symbol " + Sym.getName());
return CHECK(C.getMemoryBufferRef(),
"could not get the buffer for the member defining symbol " +
Sym.getName());
}
uint8_t Symbol::computeBinding() const {
if (Config->Relocatable)
return Binding;
if (Visibility != STV_DEFAULT && Visibility != STV_PROTECTED)
return STB_LOCAL;
if (VersionId == VER_NDX_LOCAL && isDefined())
if (VersionId == VER_NDX_LOCAL && isDefined() && !IsPreemptible)
return STB_LOCAL;
if (!Config->GnuUnique && Binding == STB_GNU_UNIQUE)
return STB_GLOBAL;
@ -243,10 +266,19 @@ void elf::printTraceSymbol(Symbol *Sym) {
message(toString(Sym->File) + S + Sym->getName());
}
void elf::warnUnorderableSymbol(const Symbol *Sym) {
void elf::maybeWarnUnorderableSymbol(const Symbol *Sym) {
if (!Config->WarnSymbolOrdering)
return;
// If UnresolvedPolicy::Ignore is used, no "undefined symbol" error/warning
// is emitted. It makes sense to not warn on undefined symbols.
//
// Note, ld.bfd --symbol-ordering-file= does not warn on undefined symbols,
// but we don't have to be compatible here.
if (Sym->isUndefined() &&
Config->UnresolvedSymbols == UnresolvedPolicy::Ignore)
return;
const InputFile *File = Sym->File;
auto *D = dyn_cast<Defined>(Sym);

66
deps/lld/ELF/Symbols.h vendored
View File

@ -21,6 +21,14 @@
#include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
namespace lld {
namespace elf {
class Symbol;
class InputFile;
} // namespace elf
std::string toString(const elf::Symbol &);
std::string toString(const elf::InputFile *);
namespace elf {
class ArchiveFile;
@ -50,6 +58,7 @@ struct StringRefZ {
class Symbol {
public:
enum Kind {
PlaceholderKind,
DefinedKind,
SharedKind,
UndefinedKind,
@ -70,6 +79,7 @@ public:
uint32_t DynsymIndex = 0;
uint32_t GotIndex = -1;
uint32_t PltIndex = -1;
uint32_t GlobalDynIndex = -1;
// This field is a index to the symbol's version definition.
@ -78,6 +88,9 @@ public:
// Version definition index.
uint16_t VersionId;
// An index into the .branch_lt section on PPC64.
uint16_t PPC64BranchltIndex = -1;
// Symbol binding. This is not overwritten by replaceSymbol to track
// changes during resolution. In particular:
// - An undefined weak is still weak when it resolves to a shared library.
@ -89,7 +102,7 @@ public:
uint8_t Type; // symbol type
uint8_t StOther; // st_other field value
const uint8_t SymbolKind;
uint8_t SymbolKind;
// Symbol visibility. This is the computed minimum visibility of all
// observed non-DSO symbols.
@ -128,8 +141,12 @@ public:
return SymbolKind == LazyArchiveKind || SymbolKind == LazyObjectKind;
}
// True if this is an undefined weak symbol.
bool isUndefWeak() const { return isWeak() && isUndefined(); }
// True if this is an undefined weak symbol. This only works once
// all input files have been added.
bool isUndefWeak() const {
// See comment on lazy symbols for details.
return isWeak() && (isUndefined() || isLazy());
}
StringRef getName() const {
if (NameSize == (uint32_t)-1)
@ -137,10 +154,16 @@ public:
return {NameData, NameSize};
}
void setName(StringRef S) {
NameData = S.data();
NameSize = S.size();
}
void parseSymbolVersion();
bool isInGot() const { return GotIndex != -1U; }
bool isInPlt() const { return PltIndex != -1U; }
bool isInPPC64Branchlt() const { return PPC64BranchltIndex != 0xffff; }
uint64_t getVA(int64_t Addend = 0) const;
@ -149,7 +172,8 @@ public:
uint64_t getGotPltOffset() const;
uint64_t getGotPltVA() const;
uint64_t getPltVA() const;
uint64_t getPltOffset() const;
uint64_t getPPC64LongBranchTableVA() const;
uint64_t getPPC64LongBranchOffset() const;
uint64_t getSize() const;
OutputSection *getOutputSection() const;
@ -159,7 +183,8 @@ protected:
: File(File), NameData(Name.Data), NameSize(Name.Size), Binding(Binding),
Type(Type), StOther(StOther), SymbolKind(K), NeedsPltAddr(false),
IsInIplt(false), IsInIgot(false), IsPreemptible(false),
Used(!Config->GcSections), NeedsTocRestore(false) {}
Used(!Config->GcSections), NeedsTocRestore(false),
ScriptDefined(false) {}
public:
// True the symbol should point to its PLT entry.
@ -182,12 +207,8 @@ public:
// PPC64 toc pointer.
unsigned NeedsTocRestore : 1;
// The Type field may also have this value. It means that we have not yet seen
// a non-Lazy symbol with this name, so we don't know what its type is. The
// Type field is normally set to this value for Lazy symbols unless we saw a
// weak undefined symbol first, in which case we need to remember the original
// symbol's type in order to check for TLS mismatches.
enum { UnknownType = 255 };
// True if this symbol is defined by a linker script.
unsigned ScriptDefined : 1;
bool isSection() const { return Type == llvm::ELF::STT_SECTION; }
bool isTls() const { return Type == llvm::ELF::STT_TLS; }
@ -286,6 +307,7 @@ public:
static bool classof(const Symbol *S) { return S->kind() == LazyArchiveKind; }
InputFile *fetch();
MemoryBufferRef getMemberBuffer();
private:
const llvm::object::Archive::Symbol Sym;
@ -330,7 +352,8 @@ struct ElfSym {
static Defined *MipsGpDisp;
static Defined *MipsLocalGp;
// __rela_iplt_end or __rel_iplt_end
// __rel{,a}_iplt_{start,end} symbols.
static Defined *RelaIpltStart;
static Defined *RelaIpltEnd;
};
@ -349,6 +372,8 @@ void printTraceSymbol(Symbol *Sym);
template <typename T, typename... ArgT>
void replaceSymbol(Symbol *S, ArgT &&... Arg) {
using llvm::ELF::STT_TLS;
static_assert(std::is_trivially_destructible<T>(),
"Symbol types must be trivially destructible");
static_assert(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(SymbolUnion), "SymbolUnion too small");
@ -367,6 +392,19 @@ void replaceSymbol(Symbol *S, ArgT &&... Arg) {
S->ExportDynamic = Sym.ExportDynamic;
S->CanInline = Sym.CanInline;
S->Traced = Sym.Traced;
S->ScriptDefined = Sym.ScriptDefined;
// Symbols representing thread-local variables must be referenced by
// TLS-aware relocations, and non-TLS symbols must be reference by
// non-TLS relocations, so there's a clear distinction between TLS
// and non-TLS symbols. It is an error if the same symbol is defined
// as a TLS symbol in one file and as a non-TLS symbol in other file.
bool TlsMismatch = (Sym.Type == STT_TLS && S->Type != STT_TLS) ||
(Sym.Type != STT_TLS && S->Type == STT_TLS);
if (Sym.SymbolKind != Symbol::PlaceholderKind && TlsMismatch && !Sym.isLazy())
error("TLS attribute mismatch: " + toString(Sym) + "\n>>> defined in " +
toString(Sym.File) + "\n>>> defined in " + toString(S->File));
// Print out a log message if --trace-symbol was specified.
// This is for debugging.
@ -374,10 +412,8 @@ void replaceSymbol(Symbol *S, ArgT &&... Arg) {
printTraceSymbol(S);
}
void warnUnorderableSymbol(const Symbol *Sym);
void maybeWarnUnorderableSymbol(const Symbol *Sym);
} // namespace elf
std::string toString(const elf::Symbol &B);
} // namespace lld
#endif

500
deps/lld/ELF/SyntheticSections.cpp vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

133
deps/lld/ELF/SyntheticSections.h vendored
View File

@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
#ifndef LLD_ELF_SYNTHETIC_SECTION_H
#define LLD_ELF_SYNTHETIC_SECTION_H
#include "DWARF.h"
#include "EhFrame.h"
#include "GdbIndex.h"
#include "InputSection.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
#include "llvm/MC/StringTableBuilder.h"
@ -50,8 +50,6 @@ public:
// If the section has the SHF_ALLOC flag and the size may be changed if
// thunks are added, update the section size.
virtual bool updateAllocSize() { return false; }
// If any additional finalization of contents are needed post thunk creation.
virtual void postThunkContents() {}
virtual bool empty() const { return false; }
static bool classof(const SectionBase *D) {
@ -137,6 +135,15 @@ protected:
uint64_t Size = 0;
};
// .note.GNU-stack section.
class GnuStackSection : public SyntheticSection {
public:
GnuStackSection()
: SyntheticSection(0, llvm::ELF::SHT_PROGBITS, 1, ".note.GNU-stack") {}
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) override {}
size_t getSize() const override { return 0; }
};
// .note.gnu.build-id section.
class BuildIdSection : public SyntheticSection {
// First 16 bytes are a header.
@ -163,7 +170,9 @@ private:
class BssSection final : public SyntheticSection {
public:
BssSection(StringRef Name, uint64_t Size, uint32_t Alignment);
void writeTo(uint8_t *) override {}
void writeTo(uint8_t *) override {
llvm_unreachable("unexpected writeTo() call for SHT_NOBITS section");
}
bool empty() const override { return getSize() == 0; }
size_t getSize() const override { return Size; }
@ -300,8 +309,6 @@ private:
uint64_t Size = 0;
size_t LocalEntriesNum = 0;
// Symbol and addend.
typedef std::pair<Symbol *, int64_t> GotEntry;
@ -333,8 +340,6 @@ private:
size_t getPageEntriesNum() const;
// Number of entries require 16-bit index to access.
size_t getIndexedEntriesNum() const;
bool isOverflow() const;
};
// Container of GOT created for each input file.
@ -529,6 +534,7 @@ struct RelativeReloc {
class RelrBaseSection : public SyntheticSection {
public:
RelrBaseSection();
bool empty() const override { return Relocs.empty(); }
std::vector<RelativeReloc> Relocs;
};
@ -561,7 +567,6 @@ class SymbolTableBaseSection : public SyntheticSection {
public:
SymbolTableBaseSection(StringTableSection &StrTabSec);
void finalizeContents() override;
void postThunkContents() override;
size_t getSize() const override { return getNumSymbols() * Entsize; }
void addSymbol(Symbol *Sym);
unsigned getNumSymbols() const { return Symbols.size() + 1; }
@ -569,6 +574,8 @@ public:
ArrayRef<SymbolTableEntry> getSymbols() const { return Symbols; }
protected:
void sortSymTabSymbols();
// A vector of symbols and their string table offsets.
std::vector<SymbolTableEntry> Symbols;
@ -612,7 +619,8 @@ public:
void addSymbols(std::vector<SymbolTableEntry> &Symbols);
private:
enum { Shift2 = 6 };
// See the comment in writeBloomFilter.
enum { Shift2 = 26 };
void writeBloomFilter(uint8_t *Buf);
void writeHashTable(uint8_t *Buf);
@ -652,13 +660,13 @@ public:
size_t getSize() const override;
bool empty() const override { return Entries.empty(); }
void addSymbols();
template <class ELFT> void addEntry(Symbol &Sym);
size_t HeaderSize;
private:
unsigned getPltRelocOff() const;
std::vector<std::pair<const Symbol *, unsigned>> Entries;
size_t HeaderSize;
bool IsIplt;
};
@ -676,9 +684,9 @@ public:
uint64_t CuLength;
};
struct NameTypeEntry {
struct NameAttrEntry {
llvm::CachedHashStringRef Name;
uint32_t Type;
uint32_t CuIndexAndAttrs;
};
struct GdbChunk {
@ -748,11 +756,7 @@ public:
// shall be contained in the DT_VERDEFNUM entry of the .dynamic section.
// The section shall contain an array of Elf_Verdef structures, optionally
// followed by an array of Elf_Verdaux structures.
template <class ELFT>
class VersionDefinitionSection final : public SyntheticSection {
typedef typename ELFT::Verdef Elf_Verdef;
typedef typename ELFT::Verdaux Elf_Verdaux;
public:
VersionDefinitionSection();
void finalizeContents() override;
@ -760,6 +764,7 @@ public:
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) override;
private:
enum { EntrySize = 28 };
void writeOne(uint8_t *Buf, uint32_t Index, StringRef Name, size_t NameOff);
unsigned FileDefNameOff;
@ -773,8 +778,6 @@ private:
// the own object or in any of the dependencies.
template <class ELFT>
class VersionTableSection final : public SyntheticSection {
typedef typename ELFT::Versym Elf_Versym;
public:
VersionTableSection();
void finalizeContents() override;
@ -964,9 +967,27 @@ private:
size_t Size = 0;
};
// This section is used to store the addresses of functions that are called
// in range-extending thunks on PowerPC64. When producing position dependant
// code the addresses are link-time constants and the table is written out to
// the binary. When producing position-dependant code the table is allocated and
// filled in by the dynamic linker.
class PPC64LongBranchTargetSection final : public SyntheticSection {
public:
PPC64LongBranchTargetSection();
void addEntry(Symbol &Sym);
size_t getSize() const override;
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) override;
bool empty() const override;
void finalizeContents() override { Finalized = true; }
private:
std::vector<const Symbol *> Entries;
bool Finalized = false;
};
InputSection *createInterpSection();
MergeInputSection *createCommentSection();
void decompressSections();
template <class ELFT> void splitSections();
void mergeSections();
@ -974,46 +995,48 @@ Defined *addSyntheticLocal(StringRef Name, uint8_t Type, uint64_t Value,
uint64_t Size, InputSectionBase &Section);
// Linker generated sections which can be used as inputs.
struct InX {
static InputSection *ARMAttributes;
static BssSection *Bss;
static BssSection *BssRelRo;
static BuildIdSection *BuildId;
static EhFrameHeader *EhFrameHdr;
static EhFrameSection *EhFrame;
static SyntheticSection *Dynamic;
static StringTableSection *DynStrTab;
static SymbolTableBaseSection *DynSymTab;
static GnuHashTableSection *GnuHashTab;
static HashTableSection *HashTab;
static InputSection *Interp;
static GdbIndexSection *GdbIndex;
static GotSection *Got;
static GotPltSection *GotPlt;
static IgotPltSection *IgotPlt;
static MipsGotSection *MipsGot;
static MipsRldMapSection *MipsRldMap;
static PltSection *Plt;
static PltSection *Iplt;
static RelocationBaseSection *RelaDyn;
static RelrBaseSection *RelrDyn;
static RelocationBaseSection *RelaPlt;
static RelocationBaseSection *RelaIplt;
static StringTableSection *ShStrTab;
static StringTableSection *StrTab;
static SymbolTableBaseSection *SymTab;
static SymtabShndxSection* SymTabShndx;
struct InStruct {
InputSection *ARMAttributes;
BssSection *Bss;
BssSection *BssRelRo;
BuildIdSection *BuildId;
EhFrameHeader *EhFrameHdr;
EhFrameSection *EhFrame;
SyntheticSection *Dynamic;
StringTableSection *DynStrTab;
SymbolTableBaseSection *DynSymTab;
GnuHashTableSection *GnuHashTab;
HashTableSection *HashTab;
InputSection *Interp;
GdbIndexSection *GdbIndex;
GotSection *Got;
GotPltSection *GotPlt;
IgotPltSection *IgotPlt;
PPC64LongBranchTargetSection *PPC64LongBranchTarget;
MipsGotSection *MipsGot;
MipsRldMapSection *MipsRldMap;
PltSection *Plt;
PltSection *Iplt;
RelocationBaseSection *RelaDyn;
RelrBaseSection *RelrDyn;
RelocationBaseSection *RelaPlt;
RelocationBaseSection *RelaIplt;
StringTableSection *ShStrTab;
StringTableSection *StrTab;
SymbolTableBaseSection *SymTab;
SymtabShndxSection *SymTabShndx;
VersionDefinitionSection *VerDef;
};
template <class ELFT> struct In {
static VersionDefinitionSection<ELFT> *VerDef;
extern InStruct In;
template <class ELFT> struct InX {
static VersionTableSection<ELFT> *VerSym;
static VersionNeedSection<ELFT> *VerNeed;
};
template <class ELFT> VersionDefinitionSection<ELFT> *In<ELFT>::VerDef;
template <class ELFT> VersionTableSection<ELFT> *In<ELFT>::VerSym;
template <class ELFT> VersionNeedSection<ELFT> *In<ELFT>::VerNeed;
template <class ELFT> VersionTableSection<ELFT> *InX<ELFT>::VerSym;
template <class ELFT> VersionNeedSection<ELFT> *InX<ELFT>::VerNeed;
} // namespace elf
} // namespace lld

13
deps/lld/ELF/Target.cpp vendored
View File

@ -73,12 +73,16 @@ TargetInfo *elf::getTarget() {
case ELF64BEKind:
return getMipsTargetInfo<ELF64BE>();
default:
fatal("unsupported MIPS target");
llvm_unreachable("unsupported MIPS target");
}
case EM_MSP430:
return getMSP430TargetInfo();
case EM_PPC:
return getPPCTargetInfo();
case EM_PPC64:
return getPPC64TargetInfo();
case EM_RISCV:
return getRISCVTargetInfo();
case EM_SPARCV9:
return getSPARCV9TargetInfo();
case EM_X86_64:
@ -86,7 +90,7 @@ TargetInfo *elf::getTarget() {
return getX32TargetInfo();
return getX86_64TargetInfo();
}
fatal("unknown target machine");
llvm_unreachable("unknown target machine");
}
template <class ELFT> static ErrorPlace getErrPlace(const uint8_t *Loc) {
@ -130,12 +134,11 @@ bool TargetInfo::needsThunk(RelExpr Expr, RelType Type, const InputFile *File,
return false;
}
bool TargetInfo::adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc,
uint8_t *End) const {
bool TargetInfo::adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc, uint8_t *End,
uint8_t StOther) const {
llvm_unreachable("Target doesn't support split stacks.");
}
bool TargetInfo::inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src, uint64_t Dst) const {
return true;
}

64
deps/lld/ELF/Target.h vendored
View File

@ -13,6 +13,8 @@
#include "InputSection.h"
#include "lld/Common/ErrorHandler.h"
#include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
#include <array>
namespace lld {
std::string toString(elf::RelType Type);
@ -43,10 +45,6 @@ public:
virtual void addPltHeaderSymbols(InputSection &IS) const {}
virtual void addPltSymbols(InputSection &IS, uint64_t Off) const {}
unsigned getPltEntryOffset(unsigned Index) const {
return Index * PltEntrySize + PltHeaderSize;
}
// Returns true if a relocation only uses the low bits of a value such that
// all those bits are in the same page. For example, if the relocation
// only uses the low 12 bits in a system with 4k pages. If this is true, the
@ -60,11 +58,18 @@ public:
const InputFile *File, uint64_t BranchAddr,
const Symbol &S) const;
// On systems with range extensions we place collections of Thunks at
// regular spacings that enable the majority of branches reach the Thunks.
// a value of 0 means range extension thunks are not supported.
virtual uint32_t getThunkSectionSpacing() const { return 0; }
// The function with a prologue starting at Loc was compiled with
// -fsplit-stack and it calls a function compiled without. Adjust the prologue
// to do the right thing. See https://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/SplitStacks.
virtual bool adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc,
uint8_t *End) const;
// The symbols st_other flags are needed on PowerPC64 for determining the
// offset to the split-stack prologue.
virtual bool adjustPrologueForCrossSplitStack(uint8_t *Loc, uint8_t *End,
uint8_t StOther) const;
// Return true if we can reach Dst from Src with Relocation RelocType
virtual bool inBranchRange(RelType Type, uint64_t Src,
@ -87,12 +92,9 @@ public:
// True if _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is relative to .got.plt, false if .got.
bool GotBaseSymInGotPlt = true;
// On systems with range extensions we place collections of Thunks at
// regular spacings that enable the majority of branches reach the Thunks.
uint32_t ThunkSectionSpacing = 0;
RelType CopyRel;
RelType GotRel;
RelType NoneRel;
RelType PltRel;
RelType RelativeRel;
RelType IRelativeRel;
@ -112,20 +114,16 @@ public:
// On PPC ELF V2 abi, the first entry in the .got is the .TOC.
unsigned GotHeaderEntriesNum = 0;
// For TLS variant 1, the TCB is a fixed size specified by the Target.
// For variant 2, the TCB is an unspecified size.
// Set to 0 for variant 2.
unsigned TcbSize = 0;
// Set to the offset (in bytes) that the thread pointer is initialized to
// point to, relative to the start of the thread local storage.
unsigned TlsTpOffset = 0;
bool NeedsThunks = false;
// A 4-byte field corresponding to one or more trap instructions, used to pad
// executable OutputSections.
uint32_t TrapInstr = 0;
std::array<uint8_t, 4> TrapInstr;
// If a target needs to rewrite calls to __morestack to instead call
// __morestack_non_split when a split-stack enabled caller calls a
// non-split-stack callee this will return true. Otherwise returns false.
bool NeedsMoreStackNonSplit = true;
virtual RelExpr adjustRelaxExpr(RelType Type, const uint8_t *Data,
RelExpr Expr) const;
@ -148,8 +146,10 @@ TargetInfo *getAMDGPUTargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getARMTargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getAVRTargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getHexagonTargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getMSP430TargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getPPC64TargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getPPCTargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getRISCVTargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getSPARCV9TargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getX32TargetInfo();
TargetInfo *getX86TargetInfo();
@ -168,6 +168,15 @@ static inline std::string getErrorLocation(const uint8_t *Loc) {
return getErrorPlace(Loc).Loc;
}
// In the PowerPC64 Elf V2 abi a function can have 2 entry points. The first is
// a global entry point (GEP) which typically is used to intiailzie the TOC
// pointer in general purpose register 2. The second is a local entry
// point (LEP) which bypasses the TOC pointer initialization code. The
// offset between GEP and LEP is encoded in a function's st_other flags.
// This function will return the offset (in bytes) from the global entry-point
// to the local entry-point.
unsigned getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset(uint8_t StOther);
uint64_t getPPC64TocBase();
uint64_t getAArch64Page(uint64_t Expr);
@ -184,19 +193,18 @@ static inline void reportRangeError(uint8_t *Loc, RelType Type, const Twine &V,
Hint = "; consider recompiling with -fdebug-types-section to reduce size "
"of debug sections";
error(ErrPlace.Loc + "relocation " + lld::toString(Type) +
" out of range: " + V.str() + " is not in [" + Twine(Min).str() + ", " +
Twine(Max).str() + "]" + Hint);
errorOrWarn(ErrPlace.Loc + "relocation " + lld::toString(Type) +
" out of range: " + V.str() + " is not in [" + Twine(Min).str() +
", " + Twine(Max).str() + "]" + Hint);
}
// Sign-extend Nth bit all the way to MSB.
inline int64_t signExtend(uint64_t V, int N) {
return int64_t(V << (64 - N)) >> (64 - N);
inline unsigned getPltEntryOffset(unsigned Idx) {
return Target->PltHeaderSize + Target->PltEntrySize * Idx;
}
// Make sure that V can be represented as an N bit signed integer.
inline void checkInt(uint8_t *Loc, int64_t V, int N, RelType Type) {
if (V != signExtend(V, N))
if (V != llvm::SignExtend64(V, N))
reportRangeError(Loc, Type, Twine(V), llvm::minIntN(N), llvm::maxIntN(N));
}
@ -210,7 +218,7 @@ inline void checkUInt(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V, int N, RelType Type) {
inline void checkIntUInt(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V, int N, RelType Type) {
// For the error message we should cast V to a signed integer so that error
// messages show a small negative value rather than an extremely large one
if (V != (uint64_t)signExtend(V, N) && (V >> N) != 0)
if (V != (uint64_t)llvm::SignExtend64(V, N) && (V >> N) != 0)
reportRangeError(Loc, Type, Twine((int64_t)V), llvm::minIntN(N),
llvm::maxIntN(N));
}

304
deps/lld/ELF/Thunks.cpp vendored
View File

@ -159,6 +159,50 @@ public:
void addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) override;
};
// Implementations of Thunks for older Arm architectures that do not support
// the movt/movw instructions. These thunks require at least Architecture v5
// as used on processors such as the Arm926ej-s. There are no Thumb entry
// points as there is no Thumb branch instruction on these architecture that
// can result in a thunk
class ARMV5ABSLongThunk final : public ARMThunk {
public:
ARMV5ABSLongThunk(Symbol &Dest) : ARMThunk(Dest) {}
uint32_t sizeLong() override { return 8; }
void writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) override;
void addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) override;
bool isCompatibleWith(uint32_t RelocType) const override;
};
class ARMV5PILongThunk final : public ARMThunk {
public:
ARMV5PILongThunk(Symbol &Dest) : ARMThunk(Dest) {}
uint32_t sizeLong() override { return 16; }
void writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) override;
void addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) override;
bool isCompatibleWith(uint32_t RelocType) const override;
};
// Implementations of Thunks for Arm v6-M. Only Thumb instructions are permitted
class ThumbV6MABSLongThunk final : public ThumbThunk {
public:
ThumbV6MABSLongThunk(Symbol &Dest) : ThumbThunk(Dest) {}
uint32_t sizeLong() override { return 12; }
void writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) override;
void addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) override;
};
class ThumbV6MPILongThunk final : public ThumbThunk {
public:
ThumbV6MPILongThunk(Symbol &Dest) : ThumbThunk(Dest) {}
uint32_t sizeLong() override { return 16; }
void writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) override;
void addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) override;
};
// MIPS LA25 thunk
class MipsThunk final : public Thunk {
public:
@ -209,6 +253,46 @@ public:
void addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) override;
};
// A bl instruction uses a signed 24 bit offset, with an implicit 4 byte
// alignment. This gives a possible 26 bits of 'reach'. If the call offset is
// larger then that we need to emit a long-branch thunk. The target address
// of the callee is stored in a table to be accessed TOC-relative. Since the
// call must be local (a non-local call will have a PltCallStub instead) the
// table stores the address of the callee's local entry point. For
// position-independent code a corresponding relative dynamic relocation is
// used.
class PPC64LongBranchThunk : public Thunk {
public:
uint32_t size() override { return 16; }
void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) override;
void addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) override;
protected:
PPC64LongBranchThunk(Symbol &Dest) : Thunk(Dest) {}
};
class PPC64PILongBranchThunk final : public PPC64LongBranchThunk {
public:
PPC64PILongBranchThunk(Symbol &Dest) : PPC64LongBranchThunk(Dest) {
assert(!Dest.IsPreemptible);
if (Dest.isInPPC64Branchlt())
return;
In.PPC64LongBranchTarget->addEntry(Dest);
In.RelaDyn->addReloc({Target->RelativeRel, In.PPC64LongBranchTarget,
Dest.getPPC64LongBranchOffset(), true, &Dest,
getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset(Dest.StOther)});
}
};
class PPC64PDLongBranchThunk final : public PPC64LongBranchThunk {
public:
PPC64PDLongBranchThunk(Symbol &Dest) : PPC64LongBranchThunk(Dest) {
if (!Dest.isInPPC64Branchlt())
In.PPC64LongBranchTarget->addEntry(Dest);
}
};
} // end anonymous namespace
Defined *Thunk::addSymbol(StringRef Name, uint8_t Type, uint64_t Value,
@ -395,12 +479,12 @@ void ARMV7PILongThunk::writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) {
const uint8_t Data[] = {
0xf0, 0xcf, 0x0f, 0xe3, // P: movw ip,:lower16:S - (P + (L1-P) + 8)
0x00, 0xc0, 0x40, 0xe3, // movt ip,:upper16:S - (P + (L1-P) + 8)
0x0f, 0xc0, 0x8c, 0xe0, // L1: add ip, ip, pc
0x1c, 0xff, 0x2f, 0xe1, // bx r12
0x0f, 0xc0, 0x8c, 0xe0, // L1: add ip, ip, pc
0x1c, 0xff, 0x2f, 0xe1, // bx ip
};
uint64_t S = getARMThunkDestVA(Destination);
uint64_t P = getThunkTargetSym()->getVA();
uint64_t Offset = S - P - 16;
int64_t Offset = S - P - 16;
memcpy(Buf, Data, sizeof(Data));
Target->relocateOne(Buf, R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC, Offset);
Target->relocateOne(Buf + 4, R_ARM_MOVT_PREL, Offset);
@ -416,12 +500,12 @@ void ThumbV7PILongThunk::writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) {
const uint8_t Data[] = {
0x4f, 0xf6, 0xf4, 0x7c, // P: movw ip,:lower16:S - (P + (L1-P) + 4)
0xc0, 0xf2, 0x00, 0x0c, // movt ip,:upper16:S - (P + (L1-P) + 4)
0xfc, 0x44, // L1: add r12, pc
0x60, 0x47, // bx r12
0xfc, 0x44, // L1: add ip, pc
0x60, 0x47, // bx ip
};
uint64_t S = getARMThunkDestVA(Destination);
uint64_t P = getThunkTargetSym()->getVA() & ~0x1;
uint64_t Offset = S - P - 12;
int64_t Offset = S - P - 12;
memcpy(Buf, Data, sizeof(Data));
Target->relocateOne(Buf, R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC, Offset);
Target->relocateOne(Buf + 4, R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL, Offset);
@ -433,6 +517,102 @@ void ThumbV7PILongThunk::addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) {
addSymbol("$t", STT_NOTYPE, 0, IS);
}
void ARMV5ABSLongThunk::writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) {
const uint8_t Data[] = {
0x04, 0xf0, 0x1f, 0xe5, // ldr pc, [pc,#-4] ; L1
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // L1: .word S
};
memcpy(Buf, Data, sizeof(Data));
Target->relocateOne(Buf + 4, R_ARM_ABS32, getARMThunkDestVA(Destination));
}
void ARMV5ABSLongThunk::addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) {
addSymbol(Saver.save("__ARMv5ABSLongThunk_" + Destination.getName()),
STT_FUNC, 0, IS);
addSymbol("$a", STT_NOTYPE, 0, IS);
addSymbol("$d", STT_NOTYPE, 4, IS);
}
bool ARMV5ABSLongThunk::isCompatibleWith(uint32_t RelocType) const {
// Thumb branch relocations can't use BLX
return RelocType != R_ARM_THM_JUMP19 && RelocType != R_ARM_THM_JUMP24;
}
void ARMV5PILongThunk::writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) {
const uint8_t Data[] = {
0x04, 0xc0, 0x9f, 0xe5, // P: ldr ip, [pc,#4] ; L2
0x0c, 0xc0, 0x8f, 0xe0, // L1: add ip, pc, ip
0x1c, 0xff, 0x2f, 0xe1, // bx ip
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // L2: .word S - (P + (L1 - P) + 8)
};
uint64_t S = getARMThunkDestVA(Destination);
uint64_t P = getThunkTargetSym()->getVA() & ~0x1;
memcpy(Buf, Data, sizeof(Data));
Target->relocateOne(Buf + 12, R_ARM_REL32, S - P - 12);
}
void ARMV5PILongThunk::addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) {
addSymbol(Saver.save("__ARMV5PILongThunk_" + Destination.getName()), STT_FUNC,
0, IS);
addSymbol("$a", STT_NOTYPE, 0, IS);
addSymbol("$d", STT_NOTYPE, 12, IS);
}
bool ARMV5PILongThunk::isCompatibleWith(uint32_t RelocType) const {
// Thumb branch relocations can't use BLX
return RelocType != R_ARM_THM_JUMP19 && RelocType != R_ARM_THM_JUMP24;
}
void ThumbV6MABSLongThunk::writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) {
// Most Thumb instructions cannot access the high registers r8 - r15. As the
// only register we can corrupt is r12 we must instead spill a low register
// to the stack to use as a scratch register. We push r1 even though we
// don't need to get some space to use for the return address.
const uint8_t Data[] = {
0x03, 0xb4, // push {r0, r1} ; Obtain scratch registers
0x01, 0x48, // ldr r0, [pc, #4] ; L1
0x01, 0x90, // str r0, [sp, #4] ; SP + 4 = S
0x01, 0xbd, // pop {r0, pc} ; restore r0 and branch to dest
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 // L1: .word S
};
uint64_t S = getARMThunkDestVA(Destination);
memcpy(Buf, Data, sizeof(Data));
Target->relocateOne(Buf + 8, R_ARM_ABS32, S);
}
void ThumbV6MABSLongThunk::addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) {
addSymbol(Saver.save("__Thumbv6MABSLongThunk_" + Destination.getName()),
STT_FUNC, 1, IS);
addSymbol("$t", STT_NOTYPE, 0, IS);
addSymbol("$d", STT_NOTYPE, 8, IS);
}
void ThumbV6MPILongThunk::writeLong(uint8_t *Buf) {
// Most Thumb instructions cannot access the high registers r8 - r15. As the
// only register we can corrupt is ip (r12) we must instead spill a low
// register to the stack to use as a scratch register.
const uint8_t Data[] = {
0x01, 0xb4, // P: push {r0} ; Obtain scratch register
0x02, 0x48, // ldr r0, [pc, #8] ; L2
0x84, 0x46, // mov ip, r0 ; high to low register
0x01, 0xbc, // pop {r0} ; restore scratch register
0xe7, 0x44, // L1: add pc, ip ; transfer control
0xc0, 0x46, // nop ; pad to 4-byte boundary
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // L2: .word S - (P + (L1 - P) + 4)
};
uint64_t S = getARMThunkDestVA(Destination);
uint64_t P = getThunkTargetSym()->getVA() & ~0x1;
memcpy(Buf, Data, sizeof(Data));
Target->relocateOne(Buf + 12, R_ARM_REL32, S - P - 12);
}
void ThumbV6MPILongThunk::addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) {
addSymbol(Saver.save("__Thumbv6MPILongThunk_" + Destination.getName()),
STT_FUNC, 1, IS);
addSymbol("$t", STT_NOTYPE, 0, IS);
addSymbol("$d", STT_NOTYPE, 12, IS);
}
// Write MIPS LA25 thunk code to call PIC function from the non-PIC one.
void MipsThunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
uint64_t S = Destination.getVA();
@ -502,17 +682,21 @@ InputSection *MicroMipsR6Thunk::getTargetInputSection() const {
return dyn_cast<InputSection>(DR.Section);
}
void PPC64PltCallStub::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
int64_t Off = Destination.getGotPltVA() - getPPC64TocBase();
// Need to add 0x8000 to offset to account for the low bits being signed.
uint16_t OffHa = (Off + 0x8000) >> 16;
uint16_t OffLo = Off;
static void writePPCLoadAndBranch(uint8_t *Buf, int64_t Offset) {
uint16_t OffHa = (Offset + 0x8000) >> 16;
uint16_t OffLo = Offset & 0xffff;
write32(Buf + 0, 0xf8410018); // std r2,24(r1)
write32(Buf + 4, 0x3d820000 | OffHa); // addis r12,r2, X@plt@to@ha
write32(Buf + 8, 0xe98c0000 | OffLo); // ld r12,X@plt@toc@l(r12)
write32(Buf + 12, 0x7d8903a6); // mtctr r12
write32(Buf + 16, 0x4e800420); // bctr
write32(Buf + 0, 0x3d820000 | OffHa); // addis r12, r2, OffHa
write32(Buf + 4, 0xe98c0000 | OffLo); // ld r12, OffLo(r12)
write32(Buf + 8, 0x7d8903a6); // mtctr r12
write32(Buf + 12, 0x4e800420); // bctr
}
void PPC64PltCallStub::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
int64_t Offset = Destination.getGotPltVA() - getPPC64TocBase();
// Save the TOC pointer to the save-slot reserved in the call frame.
write32(Buf + 0, 0xf8410018); // std r2,24(r1)
writePPCLoadAndBranch(Buf + 4, Offset);
}
void PPC64PltCallStub::addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) {
@ -521,6 +705,16 @@ void PPC64PltCallStub::addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) {
S->NeedsTocRestore = true;
}
void PPC64LongBranchThunk::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
int64_t Offset = Destination.getPPC64LongBranchTableVA() - getPPC64TocBase();
writePPCLoadAndBranch(Buf, Offset);
}
void PPC64LongBranchThunk::addSymbols(ThunkSection &IS) {
addSymbol(Saver.save("__long_branch_" + Destination.getName()), STT_FUNC, 0,
IS);
}
Thunk::Thunk(Symbol &D) : Destination(D), Offset(0) {}
Thunk::~Thunk() = default;
@ -528,28 +722,85 @@ Thunk::~Thunk() = default;
static Thunk *addThunkAArch64(RelType Type, Symbol &S) {
if (Type != R_AARCH64_CALL26 && Type != R_AARCH64_JUMP26)
fatal("unrecognized relocation type");
if (Config->Pic)
if (Config->PicThunk)
return make<AArch64ADRPThunk>(S);
return make<AArch64ABSLongThunk>(S);
}
// Creates a thunk for Thumb-ARM interworking.
static Thunk *addThunkArm(RelType Reloc, Symbol &S) {
// ARM relocations need ARM to Thumb interworking Thunks.
// Thumb relocations need Thumb to ARM relocations.
// Use position independent Thunks if we require position independent code.
// Arm Architectures v5 and v6 do not support Thumb2 technology. This means
// - MOVT and MOVW instructions cannot be used
// - Only Thumb relocation that can generate a Thunk is a BL, this can always
// be transformed into a BLX
static Thunk *addThunkPreArmv7(RelType Reloc, Symbol &S) {
switch (Reloc) {
case R_ARM_PC24:
case R_ARM_PLT32:
case R_ARM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
if (Config->PicThunk)
return make<ARMV5PILongThunk>(S);
return make<ARMV5ABSLongThunk>(S);
}
fatal("relocation " + toString(Reloc) + " to " + toString(S) +
" not supported for Armv5 or Armv6 targets");
}
// Create a thunk for Thumb long branch on V6-M.
// Arm Architecture v6-M only supports Thumb instructions. This means
// - MOVT and MOVW instructions cannot be used.
// - Only a limited number of instructions can access registers r8 and above
// - No interworking support is needed (all Thumb).
static Thunk *addThunkV6M(RelType Reloc, Symbol &S) {
switch (Reloc) {
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
if (Config->Pic)
return make<ThumbV6MPILongThunk>(S);
return make<ThumbV6MABSLongThunk>(S);
}
fatal("relocation " + toString(Reloc) + " to " + toString(S) +
" not supported for Armv6-M targets");
}
// Creates a thunk for Thumb-ARM interworking or branch range extension.
static Thunk *addThunkArm(RelType Reloc, Symbol &S) {
// Decide which Thunk is needed based on:
// Available instruction set
// - An Arm Thunk can only be used if Arm state is available.
// - A Thumb Thunk can only be used if Thumb state is available.
// - Can only use a Thunk if it uses instructions that the Target supports.
// Relocation is branch or branch and link
// - Branch instructions cannot change state, can only select Thunk that
// starts in the same state as the caller.
// - Branch and link relocations can change state, can select Thunks from
// either Arm or Thumb.
// Position independent Thunks if we require position independent code.
// Handle architectures that have restrictions on the instructions that they
// can use in Thunks. The flags below are set by reading the BuildAttributes
// of the input objects. InputFiles.cpp contains the mapping from ARM
// architecture to flag.
if (!Config->ARMHasMovtMovw) {
if (!Config->ARMJ1J2BranchEncoding)
return addThunkPreArmv7(Reloc, S);
return addThunkV6M(Reloc, S);
}
switch (Reloc) {
case R_ARM_PC24:
case R_ARM_PLT32:
case R_ARM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_CALL:
if (Config->PicThunk)
return make<ARMV7PILongThunk>(S);
return make<ARMV7ABSLongThunk>(S);
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
if (Config->Pic)
if (Config->PicThunk)
return make<ThumbV7PILongThunk>(S);
return make<ThumbV7ABSLongThunk>(S);
}
@ -565,9 +816,14 @@ static Thunk *addThunkMips(RelType Type, Symbol &S) {
}
static Thunk *addThunkPPC64(RelType Type, Symbol &S) {
if (Type == R_PPC64_REL24)
assert(Type == R_PPC64_REL24 && "unexpected relocation type for thunk");
if (S.isInPlt())
return make<PPC64PltCallStub>(S);
fatal("unexpected relocation type");
if (Config->PicThunk)
return make<PPC64PILongBranchThunk>(S);
return make<PPC64PDLongBranchThunk>(S);
}
Thunk *addThunk(RelType Type, Symbol &S) {

683
deps/lld/ELF/Writer.cpp vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2
deps/lld/LICENSE.TXT vendored
View File

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ lld License
University of Illinois/NCSA
Open Source License
Copyright (c) 2011-2018 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT
Copyright (c) 2011-2019 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT
All rights reserved.
Developed by:

31
deps/lld/MinGW/Driver.cpp vendored
View File

@ -6,9 +6,27 @@
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
///
/// GNU ld style linker driver for COFF currently supporting mingw-w64.
///
//
// MinGW is a GNU development environment for Windows. It consists of GNU
// tools such as GCC and GNU ld. Unlike Cygwin, there's no POSIX-compatible
// layer, as it aims to be a native development toolchain.
//
// lld/MinGW is a drop-in replacement for GNU ld/MinGW.
//
// Being a native development tool, a MinGW linker is not very different from
// Microsoft link.exe, so a MinGW linker can be implemented as a thin wrapper
// for lld/COFF. This driver takes Unix-ish command line options, translates
// them to Windows-ish ones, and then passes them to lld/COFF.
//
// When this driver calls the lld/COFF driver, it passes a hidden option
// "-lldmingw" along with other user-supplied options, to run the lld/COFF
// linker in "MinGW mode".
//
// There are subtle differences between MS link.exe and GNU ld/MinGW, and GNU
// ld/MinGW implements a few GNU-specific features. Such features are directly
// implemented in lld/COFF and enabled only when the linker is running in MinGW
// mode.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "lld/Common/Driver.h"
@ -212,9 +230,14 @@ bool mingw::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr, raw_ostream &Diag) {
else
Add("-alternatename:__image_base__=__ImageBase");
for (auto *A : Args.filtered(OPT_require_defined))
Add("-include:" + StringRef(A->getValue()));
std::vector<StringRef> SearchPaths;
for (auto *A : Args.filtered(OPT_L))
for (auto *A : Args.filtered(OPT_L)) {
SearchPaths.push_back(A->getValue());
Add("-libpath:" + StringRef(A->getValue()));
}
StringRef Prefix = "";
bool Static = false;

9
deps/lld/MinGW/Options.td vendored
View File

@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ def strip_debug: F<"strip-debug">,
def whole_archive: F<"whole-archive">,
HelpText<"Include all object files for following archives">;
def verbose: F<"verbose">, HelpText<"Verbose mode">;
def require_defined: S<"require-defined">,
HelpText<"Force symbol to be added to symbol table as an undefined one">;
def require_defined_eq: J<"require-defined=">, Alias<require_defined>;
// LLD specific options
def _HASH_HASH_HASH : Flag<["-"], "###">,
@ -75,3 +78,9 @@ def version: F<"version">, HelpText<"Display the version number and exit">;
def alias_entry_e: JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "e">, Alias<entry>;
def alias_strip_s: Flag<["-"], "s">, Alias<strip_all>;
def alias_strip_S: Flag<["-"], "S">, Alias<strip_debug>;
// Ignored options
def: S<"plugin">;
def: J<"plugin=">;
def: S<"plugin-opt">;
def: J<"plugin-opt=">;

14
deps/lld/docs/NewLLD.rst vendored
View File

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ between speed, simplicity and extensibility.
until we need them to continue linking.
When we need to do some costly operation (such as looking up
a hash table for each symbol), we do it only once.
We obtain a handler (which is typically just a pointer to actual data)
We obtain a handle (which is typically just a pointer to actual data)
on the first operation and use it throughout the process.
* Efficient archive file handling
@ -90,18 +90,18 @@ between speed, simplicity and extensibility.
`--end-group`, to let the linker loop over the files between the options until
no new symbols are added to the set.
Visiting the same archive files multiple makes the linker slower.
Visiting the same archive files multiple times makes the linker slower.
Here is how LLD approaches the problem. Instead of memorizing only undefined
symbols, we program LLD so that it memorizes all symbols. When it sees an
undefined symbol that can be resolved by extracting an object file from an
archive file it previously visited, it immediately extracts the file and link
it. It is doable because LLD does not forget symbols it have seen in archive
archive file it previously visited, it immediately extracts the file and links
it. It is doable because LLD does not forget symbols it has seen in archive
files.
We believe that the LLD's way is efficient and easy to justify.
We believe that LLD's way is efficient and easy to justify.
The semantics of LLD's archive handling is different from the traditional
The semantics of LLD's archive handling are different from the traditional
Unix's. You can observe it if you carefully craft archive files to exploit
it. However, in reality, we don't know any program that cannot link with our
algorithm so far, so it's not going to cause trouble.
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ functions, the code of the linker should look obvious to you.
- Undefined symbols represent undefined symbols, which need to be replaced by
Defined symbols by the resolver until the link is complete.
- Lazy symbols represent symbols we found in archive file headers
which can turn into Defined if we read archieve members.
which can turn into Defined if we read archive members.
There's only one Symbol instance for each unique symbol name. This uniqueness
is guaranteed by the symbol table. As the resolver reads symbols from input

5
deps/lld/docs/README.txt vendored
View File

@ -6,7 +6,4 @@ currently tested with Sphinx 1.1.3.
We currently use the 'nature' theme and a Beaker inspired structure.
To rebuild documents into html:
[/lld/docs]> make html
See sphinx_intro.rst for more details.

2
deps/lld/docs/Readers.rst vendored
View File

@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ files in parallel. Therefore, there should be no parsing state in you Reader
object. Any parsing state should be in ivars of your File subclass or in
some temporary object.
The key method to implement in a reader is::
The key function to implement in a reader is::
virtual error_code loadFile(LinkerInput &input,
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<File>> &result);

92
deps/lld/docs/ReleaseNotes.rst vendored
View File

@ -1,14 +1,19 @@
=======================
LLD 7.0.0 Release Notes
lld 8.0.0 Release Notes
=======================
.. contents::
:local:
.. warning::
These are in-progress notes for the upcoming LLVM 8.0.0 release.
Release notes for previous releases can be found on
`the Download Page <https://releases.llvm.org/download.html>`_.
Introduction
============
This document contains the release notes for the lld linker, release 7.0.0.
This document contains the release notes for the lld linker, release 8.0.0.
Here we describe the status of lld, including major improvements
from the previous release. All lld releases may be downloaded
from the `LLVM releases web site <https://llvm.org/releases/>`_.
@ -19,23 +24,86 @@ Non-comprehensive list of changes in this release
ELF Improvements
----------------
* lld is now able to overcome MIPS GOT entries number limitation
and generate multi-GOT if necessary.
* lld now supports RISC-V. (`r339364
<https://reviews.llvm.org/rL339364>`_)
* lld is now able to produce MIPS position-independent executable (PIE).
* Default image base address has changed from 65536 to 2 MiB for i386
and 4 MiB for AArch64 to make lld-generated executables work better
with automatic superpage promotion. FreeBSD can promote contiguous
non-superpages to a superpage if they are aligned to the superpage
size. (`r342746 <https://reviews.llvm.org/rL342746>`_)
* Fixed MIPS TLS GOT entries for local symbols in shared libraries.
* lld/Hexagon can now link Linux kernel and musl libc for Qualcomm
Hexagon ISA.
* Fixed calculation of MIPS GP relative relocations
in case of relocatable output.
* Initial MSP430 ISA support has landed.
* The following flags have been added: ``-z interpose``, ``-z global``
* lld now uses the ``sigrie`` instruction as a trap instruction for
MIPS targets.
COFF Improvements
-----------------
* Improved correctness of exporting mangled stdcall symbols.
* PDB GUID is set to hash of PDB contents instead to a random byte
sequence for build reproducibility.
* Completed support for ARM64 relocations.
* ``/pdbsourcepath:`` is now also used to make ``"cwd"``, ``"exe"``, ``"pdb"``
in the env block of PDB outputs absolute if they are relative, and to make
paths to obj files referenced in PDB outputs absolute if they are relative.
Together with the previous item, this makes it possible to generate
executables and PDBs that are fully deterministic and independent of the
absolute path to the build directory, so that different machines building
the same code in different directories can produce exactly the same output.
* Added support for outputting PDB debug info for MinGW targets.
* The following flags have been added: ``/force:multiple``
* Improved compatibility of output binaries with GNU binutils objcopy/strip.
* lld now can link against import libraries produced by GNU tools.
* lld can create thunks for ARM and ARM64, to allow linking larger images
(over 16 MB for ARM and over 128 MB for ARM64)
* Several speed and memory usage improvements.
* lld now creates debug info for typedefs.
* lld can now link obj files produced by ``cl.exe /Z7 /Yc``.
* lld now understands ``%_PDB%`` and ``%_EXT%`` in ``/pdbaltpath:``.
* Undefined symbols are now printed in demangled form in addition to raw form.
MinGW Improvements
------------------
* lld can now automatically import data variables from DLLs without the
use of the dllimport attribute.
* lld can now use existing normal MinGW sysroots with import libraries and
CRT startup object files for GNU binutils. lld can handle most object
files produced by GCC, and thus works as a drop-in replacement for
ld.bfd in such environments. (There are known issues with linking crtend.o
from GCC in setups with DWARF exceptions though, where object files are
linked in a different order than with GNU ld, inserting a DWARF exception
table terminator too early.)
* lld now supports COFF embedded directives for linking to nondefault
libraries, just like for the normal COFF target.
* Actually generate a codeview build id signature, even if not creating a PDB.
Previously, the ``--build-id`` option did not actually generate a build id
unless ``--pdb`` was specified.
MachO Improvements
------------------
* Item 1.
WebAssembly Improvements
------------------------
* Add initial support for creating shared libraries (-shared).
Note: The shared library format is still under active development and may
undergo significant changes in future versions.
See: https://github.com/WebAssembly/tool-conventions/blob/master/DynamicLinking.md

106
deps/lld/docs/WebAssembly.rst vendored
View File

@ -1,13 +1,10 @@
WebAssembly lld port
====================
Note: The WebAssembly port is still a work in progress and is be lacking
certain features.
The WebAssembly version of lld takes WebAssembly binaries as inputs and produces
a WebAssembly binary as its output. For the most part this port tried to mimic
the behaviour of traditional ELF linkers and specifically the ELF lld port.
Where possible that command line flags and the semantics should be the same.
a WebAssembly binary as its output. For the most part it tries to mimic the
behaviour of traditional ELF linkers and specifically the ELF lld port. Where
possible that command line flags and the semantics should be the same.
Object file format
@ -23,14 +20,95 @@ currently requires enabling the experimental backed using
``-DLLVM_EXPERIMENTAL_TARGETS_TO_BUILD=WebAssembly``.
Usage
-----
The WebAssembly version of lld is installed as **wasm-ld**. It shared many
common linker flags with **ld.lld** but also includes several
WebAssembly-specific options:
.. option:: --no-entry
Don't search for the entry point symbol (by default ``_start``).
.. option:: --export-table
Export the function table to the environment.
.. option:: --import-table
Import the function table from the environment.
.. option:: --export-all
Export all symbols (normally combined with --no-gc-sections)
.. option:: --export-dynamic
When building an executable, export any non-hidden symbols. By default only
the entry point and any symbols marked with --export/--export-all are
exported.
.. option:: --global-base=<value>
Address at which to place global data.
.. option:: --no-merge-data-segments
Disable merging of data segments.
.. option:: --stack-first
Place stack at start of linear memory rather than after data.
.. option:: --compress-relocations
Relocation targets in the code section 5-bytes wide in order to potentially
occomate the largest LEB128 value. This option will cause the linker to
shirnk the code section to remove any padding from the final output. However
because it effects code offset, this option is not comatible with outputing
debug information.
.. option:: --allow-undefined
Allow undefined symbols in linked binary.
.. option:: --import-memory
Import memory from the environment.
.. option:: --initial-memory=<value>
Initial size of the linear memory. Default: static data size.
.. option:: --max-memory=<value>
Maximum size of the linear memory. Default: unlimited.
By default the function table is neither imported nor exported, but defined
for internal use only.
When building shared libraries symbols are exported if they are marked
as ``visibility=default``. When building executables only the entry point is
exported by default. In addition any symbol included on the command line via
``--export`` is also exported.
Since WebAssembly is designed with size in mind the linker defaults to
``--gc-sections`` which means that all unused functions and data segments will
be stripped from the binary.
The symbols which are preserved by default are:
- The entry point (by default ``_start``).
- Any symbol which is to be exported.
- Any symbol transitively referenced by the above.
Missing features
----------------
There are several key features that are not yet implement in the WebAssembly
ports:
- COMDAT support. This means that support for C++ is still very limited.
- Function stripping. Currently there is no support for ``--gc-sections`` so
functions and data from a given object will linked as a unit.
- Section start/end symbols. The synthetic symbols that mark the start and
of data regions are not yet created in the output file.
- Merging of data section similar to ``SHF_MERGE`` in the ELF world is not
supported.
- No support for creating shared libraries. The spec for shared libraries in
WebAssembly is still in flux:
https://github.com/WebAssembly/tool-conventions/blob/master/DynamicLinking.md

4
deps/lld/docs/conf.py vendored
View File

@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ copyright = u'2011-%d, LLVM Project' % date.today().year
# built documents.
#
# The short version.
version = '7'
version = '8'
# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
release = '7'
release = '8'
# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
# for a list of supported languages.

21
deps/lld/docs/index.rst vendored
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
LLD - The LLVM Linker
=====================
LLD is a linker from the LLVM project. That is a drop-in replacement
LLD is a linker from the LLVM project that is a drop-in replacement
for system linkers and runs much faster than them. It also provides
features that are useful for toolchain developers.
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ read :doc:`AtomLLD`.
Features
--------
- LLD is a drop-in replacement for the GNU linkers. That accepts the
- LLD is a drop-in replacement for the GNU linkers that accepts the
same command line arguments and linker scripts as GNU.
We are currently working closely with the FreeBSD project to make
@ -30,29 +30,27 @@ Features
<https://www.freebsd.org/news/status/report-2016-10-2016-12.html#Using-LLVM%27s-LLD-Linker-as-FreeBSD%27s-System-Linker>`_.
- LLD is very fast. When you link a large program on a multicore
machine, you can expect that LLD runs more than twice as fast as GNU
machine, you can expect that LLD runs more than twice as fast as the GNU
gold linker. Your milage may vary, though.
- It supports various CPUs/ABIs including x86-64, x86, x32, AArch64,
ARM, MIPS 32/64 big/little-endian, PowerPC, PowerPC 64 and AMDGPU.
Among these, x86-64 is the most well-supported target and have
reached production quality. AArch64 and MIPS seem decent too. x86
should be OK but not well tested yet. ARM support is being developed
actively.
Among these, x86-64, AArch64, and ARM (>= v6) are production quality.
MIPS seems decent too. x86 should be OK but is not well tested yet.
- It is always a cross-linker, meaning that it always supports all the
above targets however it was built. In fact, we don't provide a
build-time option to enable/disable each target. This should make it
easy to use our linker as part of a cross-compile toolchain.
- You can embed LLD to your program to eliminate dependency to
- You can embed LLD in your program to eliminate dependencies on
external linkers. All you have to do is to construct object files
and command line arguments just like you would do to invoke an
external linker and then call the linker's main function,
``lld::elf::link``, from your code.
- It is small. We are using LLVM libObject library to read from object
files, so it is not completely a fair comparison, but as of February
files, so it is not a completely fair comparison, but as of February
2017, LLD/ELF consists only of 21k lines of C++ code while GNU gold
consists of 198k lines of C++ code.
@ -102,8 +100,8 @@ under ``tools`` directory just like you probably did for clang. For the
details, see `Getting Started with the LLVM System
<http://llvm.org/docs/GettingStarted.html>`_.
If you haven't checkout out LLVM, the easiest way to build LLD is to
checkout the entire LLVM projects/sub-projects from a git mirror and
If you haven't checked out LLVM, the easiest way to build LLD is to
check out the entire LLVM projects/sub-projects from a git mirror and
build that tree. You need `cmake` and of course a C++ compiler.
.. code-block:: console
@ -175,4 +173,5 @@ document soon.
AtomLLD
WebAssembly
windows_support
missingkeyfunction
ReleaseNotes

57
deps/lld/docs/ld.lld.1 vendored
View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\"
.\" This man page documents only lld's ELF linking support, obtained originally
.\" from FreeBSD.
.Dd July 30, 2018
.Dd September 26, 2018
.Dt LD.LLD 1
.Os
.Sh NAME
@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
.Nm ld.lld
.Op Ar options
.Ar objfile ...
.Sh DESCRIPTION
A linker takes one or more object, archive, and library files, and combines
them into an output file (an executable, a shared library, or another object
@ -25,7 +26,21 @@ is a drop-in replacement for the GNU BFD and gold linkers.
It accepts most of the same command line arguments and linker scripts
as GNU linkers.
.Pp
These options are available:
.Nm
currently supports i386, x86-64, ARM, AArch64, PowerPC32, PowerPC64,
MIPS32, MIPS64, RISC-V, AMDGPU, Hexagon and SPARC V9 targets.
.Nm
acts as a Microsoft link.exe-compatible linker if invoked as
.Nm lld-link
and as macOS's ld if invoked as
.Nm ld.ld64.
All these targets are always supported however
.Nm
was built, so you can always use
.Nm
as a native linker as well as a cross linker.
.Sh OPTIONS
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl -allow-multiple-definition
Do not error if a symbol is defined multiple times.
@ -144,6 +159,9 @@ Maximum number of errors to emit before stopping.
A value of zero indicates that there is no limit.
.It Fl -error-unresolved-symbols
Report unresolved symbols as errors.
.It Fl -execute-only
Mark executable sections unreadable. This option is currently only
supported on AArch64.
.It Fl -exclude-libs Ns = Ns Ar value
Exclude static libraries from automatic export.
.It Fl -export-dynamic , Fl E
@ -293,10 +311,14 @@ Write optimization remarks in YAML format to
.Ar file .
.It Fl -opt-remarks-with-hotness
Include hotness information in the optimization remarks file.
.It Fl -pic-veneer
Always generate position independent thunks.
.It Fl -pie
Create a position independent executable.
.It Fl -print-gc-sections
List removed unused sections.
.It Fl -print-icf-sections
List identical folded sections.
.It Fl -print-map
Print a link map to the standard output.
.It Fl -push-state
@ -304,7 +326,7 @@ Save the current state of
.Fl -as-needed ,
.Fl -static ,
and
.Fl -while-archive.
.Fl -whole-archive.
.It Fl -pop-state
Undo the effect of
.Fl -push-state.
@ -426,6 +448,17 @@ This can be used to ensure linker invocation remains compatible with
traditional Unix-like linkers.
.It Fl -warn-common
Warn about duplicate common symbols.
.It Fl -warn-ifunc-textrel
Warn about using ifunc symbols in conjunction with text relocations.
Older versions of glibc library (2.28 and earlier) has a bug that causes
the segment that includes ifunc symbols to be marked as not executable when
they are relocated. As a result, although the program compiles and links
successfully, it gives segmentation fault when the instruction pointer reaches
an ifunc symbol. Use -warn-ifunc-textrel to let lld give a warning, if the
code may include ifunc symbols, may do text relocations and be linked with
an older glibc version. Otherwise, there is no need to use it, as the default
value does not give a warning. This flag has been introduced in late 2018,
has no counter part in ld and gold linkers, and may be removed in the future.
.It Fl -warn-unresolved-symbols
Report unresolved symbols as warnings.
.It Fl -whole-archive
@ -440,10 +473,22 @@ Make the main stack executable.
Stack permissions are recorded in the
.Dv PT_GNU_STACK
segment.
.It Cm global
Sets the
.Dv DF_1_GLOBAL flag in the
.Dv DYNAMIC
section.
Different loaders can decide how to handle this flag on their own.
.It Cm initfirst
Sets the
.Dv DF_1_INITFIRST
flag to indicate the module should be initialized first.
.It Cm interpose
Set the
.Dv DF_1_INTERPOSE
flag to indicate to the runtime linker that the object is an interposer.
During symbol resolution interposers are searched after the application
but before other dependencies.
.It Cm muldefs
Do not error if a symbol is defined multiple times.
The first definition will be used.
@ -453,6 +498,10 @@ This is a synonym for
Disable combining and sorting multiple relocation sections.
.It Cm nocopyreloc
Disable the creation of copy relocations.
.It Cm nodefaultlib
Set the
.Dv DF_1_NODEFLIB
flag to indicate that default library search paths should be ignored.
.It Cm nodelete
Set the
.Dv DF_1_NODELETE
@ -460,7 +509,7 @@ flag to indicate that the object cannot be unloaded from a process.
.It Cm nodlopen
Set the
.Dv DF_1_NOOPEN
flag to indcate that the object may not be opened by
flag to indicate that the object may not be opened by
.Xr dlopen 3 .
.It Cm norelro
Do not indicate that portions of the object shold be mapped read-only

84
deps/lld/docs/missingkeyfunction.rst vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
Missing Key Function
====================
If your build failed with a linker error something like this::
foo.cc:28: error: undefined reference to 'vtable for C'
the vtable symbol may be undefined because the class is missing its key function (see https://lld.llvm.org/missingkeyfunction)
it's likely that your class C has a key function (defined by the ABI as the first
non-pure, non-inline, virtual method), but you haven't actually defined it.
When a class has a key function, the compiler emits the vtable (and some other
things as well) only in the translation unit that defines that key function. Thus,
if you're missing the key function, you'll also be missing the vtable. If no other
function calls your missing method, you won't see any undefined reference errors
for it, but you will see undefined references to the vtable symbol.
When a class has no non-pure, non-inline, virtual methods, there is no key
method, and the compiler is forced to emit the vtable in every translation unit
that references the class. In this case, it is emitted in a COMDAT section,
which allows the linker to eliminate all duplicate copies. This is still
wasteful in terms of object file size and link time, so it's always advisable to
ensure there is at least one eligible method that can serve as the key function.
Here are the most common mistakes that lead to this error:
Failing to define a virtual destructor
--------------------------------------
Say you have a base class declared in a header file::
class B {
public:
B();
virtual ~B();
...
};
Here, ``~B`` is the first non-pure, non-inline, virtual method, so it is the key
method. If you forget to define ``B::~B`` in your source file, the compiler will
not emit the vtable for ``B``, and you'll get an undefined reference to "vtable
for B".
This is just an example of the more general mistake of forgetting to define the
key function, but it's quite common because virtual destructors are likely to be
the first eligible key function and it's easy to forget to implement them. It's
also more likely that you won't have any direct references to the destructor, so
you won't see any undefined reference errors that point directly to the problem.
The solution in this case is to implement the missing method.
Forgetting to declare a virtual method in an abstract class as pure
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Say you have an abstract base class declared in a header file::
class A {
public:
A();
virtual ~A() {}
virtual int foo() = 0;
...
virtual int bar();
...
};
This base class is intended to be abstract, but you forgot to mark one of the
methods pure. Here, ``A::bar``, being non-pure, is nominated as the key function,
and as a result, the vtable for ``A`` is not emitted, because the compiler is
waiting for a translation unit that defines ``A::bar``.
The solution in this case is to add the missing ``= 0`` to the declaration of
``A::bar``.
Key method is defined, but the linker doesn't see it
----------------------------------------------------
It's also possible that you have defined the key function somewhere, but the
object file containing the definition of that method isn't being linked into
your application.
The solution in this case is to check your dependencies to make sure that
the object file or the library file containing the key function is given to
the linker.

2
deps/lld/docs/open_projects.rst vendored
View File

@ -3,8 +3,6 @@
Open Projects
=============
.. include:: ../include/lld/Core/TODO.txt
Documentation TODOs
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More